Creativity

Can technology use affect our creative abilities?

There is a common misconception, that stems from research conducted on split-brain patients in the 1960s, suggesting that creativity and analytical thinking are confined to either the right- or left-hemispheres of the brain. This has led to expressions about people being either creative or analytical, implying a dominance of one side of the brain over the others.

Creativity research conducted since the 1980s has challenged this binary perspective, yet the outdated myth is still entrenched as a worldview and perpetuates narratives around how we work. It also fosters a subconscious bias towards the creative potential of both ourselves and others. 

 

Research on freestyle wrappers highlights that both analytical and creative regions could be found on the right and left sides of the brain. FMRI scans conducted during the study indicated that creative regions can only be activated when the brain temporarily attenuates (switches-off or rests) the analytical processing functions. 

A creative idea as defined by Alice Flaherty is “one that is both novel and useful (or influential) in a particular social setting”. In this research she focusses on the creative drive, rather than skill, an important shift from the dominant narratives towards recognising that creativity is an inherent trait in us all. She notes that individuals who experience writer’s block can become frustrated and depressed by the problem, further exacerbating the issue. Alternatively, they can overcome the mental rut by taking a break and allowing themselves to be distracted. 

It seems, therefore, that when our brain is engaged in wrestling with a problem to solve, it is impossible to see things from a new perspective, or develop creative ideas, or make lateral thinking connections. Whereas taking a break allows the brain freedom to make unique, creative connections.

You may have noticed that your most creative ideas come to you when you are in the shower, on a walk and when not entrenched in cognitively demanding activities. But how many of us avoid boredom at all costs. In any break we have from work, or physical social connection, or in any moment spent alone, our attention is more often than not focused on a screen. 

 

Spending time online or staring at a screen, can limit time spent engaging in free association. Our ‘thinking’ brains have limited chance to disconnect, and to switch on the ‘creative’ brain, denying us of potential novel, creative thinking. This may lead to lower levels of creative time and possibly a reduced sense of creative ability. 


It may be time for us to consider that using our technology to distract us from a hard or cognitively demanding task is denying us creative and lateral thinking experiences. The less creative we think we are, the lower the chances are that we will give ourselves the freedom to recognise that we are by nature creative beings. 


Our challenge, therefore, is to actively allow ourselves strategic periods of time away from our screens and constant distractions, and proactively rediscover our inherent creative flair.

 

Links to a few other articles and podcasts on being creative are available below:  

Related Articles
Dr Sean Guillory Poster

Dr Sean Guillory | Ep 23

Watch or listen:
Three Dimensions of the Information Environment and the Online-Offline Convergence

Dr. Sean Guillory explores the blurring of physical, virtual, and cognitive spaces, cognitive warfare, ethical AI, and the emotional impact of digital tech in shaping identity and the future of conflict.

Connect with the guests
Dr Sean Guillory
Associate Professor Andrew Campbell has been researching and teaching in Digital Mental Health, Cyberpsychology and Child, Adolescent and Family Mental Health for over 20 years.
 
He is the Chair of Australia’s first formal Cyberpsychology Research Group located within the research theme of Biomedical Informatics & Digital Health in School of Medical Sciences in the Faculty of Medicine & Health at The University of Sydney.
 
He is the Inaugural Australasian Editor of the journal Cyberpsychology, Behavior and Social Networking and speaks regularly through media and community events about consumer technologies impact on health and wellbeing.

Connect on Social Media :

In this episode Dr. Sean Guillory, an accomplished cognitive neuroscientist talks about his work and research in the world of cognitive warfare and the future of conflict. 

The Cognitive Domain and Online-Offline Convergence (O-O Convergence):

Sean introduced the concept of O-O convergence, a phenomenon where physical, virtual, and cognitive dimensions increasingly blur, reshaping our perceptions of reality. He explored how advancements in AR, VR, and AI could lead to indistinguishable interactions across these dimensions, raising critical questions about identity, misinformation, and the future of human experiences.

The Evolution of Warfare:

We examined the shift from traditional kinetic warfare to battles fought in the information and cognitive domains. Dr. Guillory explained how modern conflicts often centre around influencing narratives and perceptions rather than physical confrontation, with implications for national security and cyber defence strategies.

Cyberpsychology and the Extended Mind:

Our conversation delved into the extended mind theory, exploring how digital interactions shape our identities and behaviours. Dr. Guillory highlighted the interplay between our online and offline selves, emphasising the importance of safeguarding cognitive integrity in an increasingly interconnected world.

Ethics and the Future of AI:

A thought-provoking discussion unfolded around the ethical challenges posed by emerging technologies like Neuralink and generative AI. Dr. Guillory addressed the possibilities of integrating human cognition with AI, emphasising the need for cautious and principled development to mitigate potential risks.

Emotional Implications of Digital Spaces:

One poignant topic was the emotional and psychological impact of virtual environments, such as recreating loved ones through AI. We explored the potential benefits and ethical dilemmas of such technologies, pondering their role in therapy and their capacity to redefine grief and memory.

The Weaponisation of Information:

Dr. Guillory shared insights into how information, once benign, is now weaponised for political and strategic gain. From state-sponsored propaganda to the influence of online communities like fan groups, the conversation highlighted the growing complexity of managing the information space.

Takeaways for Cyberpsychologists and Beyond

  • Cyber psychology is at the forefront of understanding how technology influences cognition, identity, and social interactions.
  • The importance of fostering ethical AI and safeguarding the cognitive domain cannot be overstated in our rapidly evolving digital landscape.
  • Public and private sectors must collaborate to counteract the weaponisation of information and promote critical thinking among digital citizens.

This episode underscores the multifaceted intersections of psychology, technology, and security, offering valuable insights for professionals and enthusiasts alike – whether you’re intrigued by the implications of cognitive warfare or the ethics of AI-human integration.

Dr Sean Guillory's Research
Other podcasts
Emma van der Schyff Part 2 Podcast Poster

Emma van der Schyff | Ep 22

Watch or listen:
Video Games and Social Capital

In this episode we explore the Emma’s research on community dynamics in digital spaces, specifically how online gaming fosters social capital – how we builds and maintains connections, supports mental health, and bridges cultures.

Connect with the guests
Emma van der Schyff

Emma is:

  • PhD Candidate in CyberPsychology at the University of Sydney
  • And also teaches two undergrad subjects: Human Development and Innovations in eHealth.

Connect on Social Media :

CyberPsychology Research Group

Building on her previous podcast discussing social connectedness, Emma delves into the intriguing intersection of video games and social capital. 

Understanding Social Capital Through Gaming

Emma explains social capital as the value derived from our social connections, which manifests in two forms:

  • Bonding social capital: Deep ties with close friends and family.
  • Bridging social capital: Looser connections with acquaintances or diverse groups.

Video games, particularly online multiplayer games, serve as unique platforms to foster both types. Through teamwork, collaboration, and shared goals, players forge meaningful connections, often transcending geographical and cultural boundaries.

Gaming as a Social Bridge

Emma draws parallels between online gaming and offline activities like sports leagues or university meetups, highlighting how both create opportunities for bridging social capital. In gaming, relationships can evolve from casual interactions into deep, supportive friendships, mirroring real-world social dynamics.

Mental Health and Anonymity in Gaming

We explored the ways gaming provides a safe space for discussing mental health, with some players finding it easier to open up to online friends. The online disinhibition effect – enabled by anonymity – allows for genuine conversations and psychological safety, empowering individuals to seek support.

The Positive and Negative Aspects of Gaming Communities

Emma shared the multifaceted experiences of gamers, from the camaraderie and mentoring relationships fostered in online spaces to the challenges posed by:

  • Gender-based discrimination in traditionally male-dominated environments.
  • Toxic behaviour and verbal abuse.
  • Racism and other harmful behaviours, exacerbated by anonymity.

Emma highlighted initiatives like Safe in Our World, a charity working to address these issues and promote safer gaming environments.

Escapism and Gaming’s Role in Mental Rejuvenation

Gaming provides an active form of escapism, offering players immersive experiences to recharge and disconnect from daily stresses. Emma noted the parallels with other hobbies like reading or listening to audiobooks, emphasizing the legitimacy of gaming as a restorative outlet.

Looking Ahead: The Future of Social Capital in Gaming

Emma’s reflections on emerging technologies, including virtual reality (VR) and augmented reality (AR), paint an exciting future where gaming may further blur the lines between online and offline interactions. These advancements could redefine how social capital is built and maintained in digital spaces.

Recommended Reading

For those keen to explore these themes further, Emma recommends:

  • Bowling Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American Community by Robert Putnam, an influential analysis of social capital and community dynamics.
  • Issues and Debates in Cyberpsychology by Professor Linda Kay, a foundational text for understanding the field.

This episode offers a compelling perspective on the transformative role of gaming in building connections, fostering well-being, and navigating the complexities of modern social life.

If you need help with the negative aspects of gaming, get in touch with including ‘Safe in our World’ at https://safeinourworld.org

Emma van der Schyff's Research
Other podcasts
Auxane Boch Podcast Poster V3

Auxane Boch | Ep 21

Watch or listen:
Video Games, Social Robotics and the Ethics of AI.

In this episode we talk about how video games foster social integration and education. We discover the difference between ‘Interactional Systems’ and interactive tech, and the integration of AI-powered social robots in healthcare.

We also talk about the ethical concerns surrounding AI, its productivity potential, sentience, and media misrepresentation of academic findings. 

Connect with the guests
Auxane Boch

Auxane Boch is:

  • A Doctoral candidate in Interactional Technology Ethics at the Technical University of Munich (TUM). 
  • She is a Researcher in Video Games, Immersive Realities, Social Robotics and AI Ethics from a psychology perspective
  • She is also a Friedrich Schiedel Fellow at the TUM Think Tank where she also co-leads the Immersive Realities Working Group
  • And she is the Women in AI Germany Research Officer.

Auxane’s multidisciplinary expertise spans video games, immersive realities, social robotics, and AI ethics.

Connect on Social Media :

Check out her website & Research Gate profile:

🎙️ In this episode, we explore how technology shapes our minds and society. Here’s what we covered:

  • Gaming for Good: The potential of video games as tools for social education and integration—proving it’s not the tech, but how we use it that matters.
  • Late-Night Gaming: Is it a growing concern for adults, or just another misunderstood habit?
  • Interactional Systems vs Interactive Tech: AI, online games, and robots—how these systems redefine human interaction.
  • Immersive Realities Lab at TUM: Cutting-edge solutions in virtual environments and beyond.
  • AI in Healthcare: Social robots transforming daily care for those in need and shaping the future of healthcare.
  • Ethical Design: How psychological insights guide the creation of responsible social robots and tackle key ethical AI concerns.
  • AI and Society: Can AI boost productivity and bridge skill gaps, or will its growing intelligence pose risks to humanity?
  • Regulating AI Ethics: Will these guidelines curb illicit activities or only control mainstream use?

Recommended Reads and Games

  • Books: The New Breed by Kate Darling and Reality is Broken by Jane McGonigal.
  • Games: What Remains of Edith Finch and Detroit: Become Human for emotionally rich, thought-provoking experiences.

🎧 This episode is a must-listen if you’re curious about social robots, immersive realities, AI ethics, or online gaming.

Auxane Boch's Research
Other podcasts
Dr Stéphane Bouchard Part 2 Podcast Poster

Dr Stéphane Bouchard | Ep 20

Watch or listen:
Virtual Reality Psychotherapy

Dr Stéphane Bouchard takes us on a fascinating journey through the development and use of Virtual Reality (VR) as a clinical tool, explaining how it can help overcome anxiety disorders, addictions, and chronic pain.

Stéphane’s insights underscored how VR is reshaping the future of mental health care and its potential to revolutionise psychotherapy.

Connect with the guests
Dr Stéphane Bouchard

Dr Stéphane Bouchard is a Director of Psychology at Quebec University – Laboratoire de cyberpsychologie de l’Université du Québec en Outaouais in Canada.

He is also a world leader in Virtual Reality (VR) based therapies.

Read his research in ORCiD

Find out more about the Quebec University CyberPsychology Lab, the team, their research and work.

In Virtuo

Find out more about In Virtuo and  get in touch with Dr Stéphane Bouchard to find out more about their VR offerings.

Dr Stéphane Bouchard, the world leader in virtual reality (VR) therapies, talks in this episode about VR research and its transformative potential in mental health treatment.

A Personal Journey into VR

Stéphane recounted how childhood dreams of becoming an astronaut and an early passion for sci-fi shaped his career. While eyesight limitations dashed his astronaut ambitions, his curiosity for exploration led him to psychology. Inspired by groundbreaking VR research in the ’90s, he merged his interests in technology and psychotherapy, creating a legacy in VR-based therapies.

What Makes VR Therapy Unique?

Unlike traditional telepsychotherapy, VR immerses patients in controlled, interactive environments that evoke emotional and behavioural responses. Using VR headsets, patients can safely confront fears, practice new skills, or manage cravings. Stéphane explained that VR provides a “standardised, controllable emotional context” that enables precise therapeutic interventions.

Applications Across Mental Health

Stéphane’s lab specialises in creating VR environments for:

  • Anxiety Disorders: From phobias to PTSD, VR aids in exposure therapy by allowing patients to confront fears safely and progressively.
  • Addictions: Simulated scenarios help patients develop control over cravings in real-life situations, such as resisting offers of drugs or alcohol.
  • Body Image and Schizophrenia: VR supports therapeutic work on self-perception and cognitive rehabilitation.

The Science of Presence

A critical aspect of VR therapy is “presence,” or the illusion of being fully immersed in a virtual world. Stéphane explained that VR doesn’t need to be perfectly realistic to be effective—what matters is how it triggers emotional and psychological responses. This understanding guides the development of environments that feel “real enough” for therapeutic progress.

Medical and Cultural Innovations

Beyond mental health, Stéphane’s lab explores VR’s role in:

  • Pain Management: VR helps distract patients from acute pain or teaches relaxation techniques for chronic pain sufferers.
  • Cultural Sensitivity: For example, VR environments tailored to Inuit culture integrate biofeedback to reflect emotional states, such as weather conditions representing stress.

Challenges and Future Directions

While VR therapy is groundbreaking, it comes with hurdles:

  • Accessibility: Hardware costs and tech knowledge remain barriers.
  • Ethical Use: Ensuring therapists use VR responsibly and effectively is paramount.
  • Technology Evolution: Rapid advancements mean constantly updating VR environments to remain compatible with new systems.

A Call to Collaboration

Stéphane also spoke about his company, InVirtuo, which distributes VR therapeutic tools to professionals globally. He stressed the importance of collaboration between researchers, clinicians, and developers to ensure VR tools remain scientifically grounded and accessible.

From anxiety disorders to chronic pain management, Dr Stéphane Bouchard’s work illustrates how virtual reality can be harnessed to deliver precise, controlled, and ultimately transformative therapeutic experiences.

By combining VR technology with expert psychological insight, clinicians can help clients conquer phobias, build coping skills, and even reduce loneliness. While it’s no magic wand, VR is rapidly proving its worth as a key component in the future of mental health treatment—one that just might help us all reach for the stars, no rocket ship required.

Dr Stéphane Bouchard 's Research and Publications
Other podcasts
Emma van der Schyff Part 1 Podcast Poster

Emma van der Schyff | Ep 19

Watch or listen:
Social Connectedness through Video Games

In this episode, Emma talks about her research that showcases how online gaming communities foster friendships, enhance social bonds, and contribute to our understanding of digital interactions, thereby increasing feelings of social connectedness amongst players.

Connect with the guests
Emma van der Schyff

Emma is a:

  • PhD Candidate in CyberPsychology at the University of Sydney
  • And also teaches two undergrad subjects: Human Development and Innovations in eHealth.

Connect on Social Media :

CyberPsychology Research Group (Sydney University)

In this episode exploring Social Connectedness Through video games, we talk through: 

 Emma’s research explores how online gaming communities foster friendships, enhance social bonds, and contribute to our understanding of digital interactions.

Emma’s Journey to Cyberpsychology:

From a background in psychology and a passion for mental health, Emma shares how her academic mentors and exposure to innovative research at the University of Sydney inspired her to pursue a PhD focusing on online communities.

The Social Side of Video Games: 

Emma’s research investigates how communication tools within games (e.g., voice chats, messaging) influence the development and maintenance of relationships. She highlights the evolving nature of video games as platforms for meaningful social interaction.

The Bigger Picture: 

With an estimated 3 billion players worldwide, Emma discusses the importance of understanding video games not just as a leisure activity but as a significant medium impacting mental health and community building.

Debunking Misconceptions: 

Emma addresses common stereotypes, including how X-Gen parents often view gaming through the lens of their own experiences. She emphasises the importance of understanding the diversity of gaming platforms and player motivations, rather than simplifying it as “screen time.”

Gaming Addiction vs. High Engagement: 

The conversation touches on the nuanced debate around gaming disorder and the potential for mislabelling normative behaviour as addiction. Emma urges researchers, media, and policymakers to approach the subject with balance and evidence-based perspectives.

Challenges for Female Gamers: 

Emma acknowledges the prevalence of discrimination in gaming spaces and provides actionable advice for female gamers, from setting boundaries to finding supportive communities. She also encourages allies to stand up against toxic behaviour in gaming environments.

Practical Tips for Gamers:

For those struggling to balance gaming with offline responsibilities, Emma shares strategies for recognising unhealthy habits, fostering positive gaming communities, and seeking support.

Visit Safe in our World if you or someone you know may be struggling with excessive gaming.

Broader Implications: 

The conversation explores societal trends, such as South Korea’s now-repealed Cinderella Law, and raises questions about governmental versus parental roles in regulating young people’s digital engagement.

Recommended Resources:

Emma suggests Issues and Debates in Cyber Psychology by Professor Linda Kay as an essential read for anyone interested in the field. The book provides a comprehensive yet accessible overview of the discipline and offers valuable insights into current research trends.

Emma van der Schyff's Research
Other podcasts
Erick Miyares Podcast Poster

Erick Miyares | Ep 18

Watch or listen:
The Psychological Impact of Technology Use in Cyber Warfare.

In this episode, we explore the psychological impact of technology use in cyber warfare in the Armed Forces Intelligence Units. Eric Miyares reveals the psychological toll of cyber warfare operations, detailing operator stress, cognitive overload, and the future of operational CyberPsychology.

Connect with the guests
Erick Miyares

Erick is a veteran of the US Marines and Army Special Operations Intelligence. Now has retired from the forces he has pivoted into researching the impact of cyber warfare on the psychology of ‘Interactive Operators’.

In the shiny new field of Operational CyberPsychology, Erick is pioneering a pathway into the psychological impact of those who deal with the cognitive and emotional strain of cyber warfare.

Even though he is a veteran, he continues to serve his country by psychologically supporting those who are still engaged in international operations.

Connect on Social Media :

In this episode Eric talks about his passion for cyberpsychology that emerged from very personal experiences. After losing friends to suicide and reflecting on his own cognitive struggles upon retirement, he realised there were deeper mental health and cognitive concerns linked to continuous high-stakes technology use in military settings.

The Rise of Operational CyberPsychology

Eric highlights a growing need for “operational cyberpsychology” in the military. This perspective takes established knowledge about physically demanding roles – such as pilots and infantry troops – and applies similar research methods to those who engage in digital or ‘cyberspace’ operations. Eric argues that we understand the physiology of fighter pilots and submariners but lack insights into the cognitive and psychological burdens on cyber operators who wage war with keyboards and code.

Cyberspace Operator Syndrome

Drawing inspiration from the concept of “Operator Syndrome” (originally used to describe the constellation of physical and mental health issues experienced by special forces), Eric proposes a related idea: cyberspace operator syndrome. This syndrome accounts for the chronic stress, burnout, rumination, and moral injury that can afflict those working to infiltrate or defend networks. Traditional thinking may see cyber operators as “desk-bound,” but Eric’s research shows they shoulder enormous responsibility, from pressing the ‘Enter’ key to launch a virtual offensive to preventing adversaries from breaching critical systems.

The Extended Mind

Eric and other researchers draw on the idea that using computers can effectively transport an operator’s consciousness into a different domain. When a cyber operator is deeply engaged with adversary systems, their sense of self can become “disembodied,” merging with the online space in real time. This immersion, Eric explains, amplifies stress and heightens the psychological stakes – especially when errors could jeopardise mission success or even cost lives.

Future Directions & Broader Implications

Eric hopes his research will translate into concrete changes within defence and intelligence communities. He envisions new guidelines on assessing, selecting, and training cyber operators, alongside more holistic support for mental health and resilience. His work also complements other researchers, like Todd Fletcher (focusing on cyber security professionals) and Dr Marshall S. Rich (examining the psychology of cybercriminals).

By exploring varied angles—defence, offence, and criminal behaviour—these experts collectively map the complex human dimensions behind our interconnected digital world.

Ultimately, Eric’s story and studies underscore the fact that, whether it’s a drone pilot, a special operations analyst, or a defensive cyber team, modern warfare is as much a psychological battleground as a physical or virtual one. Through ongoing research and collaboration, Eric hopes to ensure the well-being of those who protect our networks – and, by extension, the rest of us.

You can read more about Erick’s journey into Operator CyberPsychology in his LinkedIn blog from August 2024: https://www.linkedin.com/feed/update/urn:li:activity:7233880137191075841/.

Other podcasts
Dr Rachel Kowert Poster

Dr Rachel Kowert | Ep 17

Watch or listen:
The Science of Video Games

In this episode Dr Rachel Kowart reveals how digital games shape mental well-being, trust, and safety. She talks about her research on how gaming fosters connection and creativity and about her multimedia platform PsychGeist.

Connect with the guests
Dr Rachel Kowert
  • Rachel is a Science, Games and Technology Policy & Product Advisor and a Researcher – she focuses on mental health, and trust & safety in digital games and game adjacent spaces.
  • She is the founder of Psychgeist – a multimedia content production studio for the intersection of science and games – which includes a YouTube channel and a book series published by Play Story Press.
  • And she is doing her best to make the (digital) world a better place.

Connect on Social Media:

In today’s episode of Confessions of a CyberPsychologist, I chat to Dr Rachel Kowert a Science, Games and Technology Policy & Product Advisor and a Researcher. Through her work, Rachel aims to create a safer and more inclusive digital world.

We talk about The Science of Digital Games including: 

From Therapy to Cyberpsychology

Rachel shares her unexpected journey into the field of cyberpsychology. While pursuing a career in therapy, she noticed a growing number of concerns about online gaming among parents and players. This inspired her to pivot, earning a PhD from the University of York, where she delved into the uses and effects of online games.

The Positive Impacts of Gaming

Contrary to popular fears, Rachel highlights that gaming often fosters a sense of community, reduces loneliness, provides stress relief, and boosts creativity. While concerns like excessive screen time or content appropriateness persist, she notes that games often fulfil unmet needs, such as socialisation or achievement, rather than being inherently problematic.

Trust, Safety, and Extremism

Rachel also discussed her recent work examining the exploitation of gaming spaces by extremists. While significant progress is being made to address trust and safety gaps, this area underscores the need for ongoing collaboration between researchers and the gaming industry.

PsychGeist: Bridging Science and Pop Culture

Rachel’s COVID-born initiative, PsychGeist, includes a YouTube channel with over 200 videos on gaming science and a book series published by PlayStoryPress. These resources aim to make academic insights accessible to general audiences while celebrating beloved pop culture icons like The Witcher and Stranger Things.

Career Insights for Aspiring Cyberpsychologists

For those looking to enter this field, Rachel emphasises the importance of networking and multidisciplinary approaches. While a background in psychology is beneficial, fields like sociology, communication studies, and UX design are equally relevant.

Standout Moments

  • The Role of Games During COVID: Rachel shared a poignant example of how online games like Minecraftoffered connection and creativity during lockdowns.
  • The Metaverse Debate: She provided a reality check on the once-hyped concept of the metaverse, noting that while it remains present in platforms like Fortnite, its initial promise of revolutionising digital workspaces has largely fizzled.
  • Encouraging Academic Accessibility: Through her book series, Rachel champions relatable and engaging academic content, making psychological concepts approachable for both fans and students.

Rachel recommends The Psychology of Video Games by Celia Hodent for readers eager to explore the psychological, ethical, and design aspects of gaming.

Dr Rachel Kowert's Research and Publications

Source (information taken directly from): https://rkowert.com 

Extremism and Radicalization in Digital Games

Games are venues where extremist radicalization and recruitment occurs. My work in this area is focused specifically on the cultural elements of gaming spaces that may be leveraged as digital assets of influence.   

Mental Health and Digital Games

The impact of digital games on mental health has been found to be both positive and negative. Learn more about my work in this area which has specifically focused on the impact of mediated communication and social communities in digital gaming spaces.

Hate, Harassment, and Dark Participation

Toxic gamer culture is a term that has been associated with digital gaming spaces for a significant amount of time. Learn more about my work in the field of hate, harassment, and dark participation, within online gaming spaces.

General Uses and Effects of Digital Games

Not all research can fit neatly into a box. Learn more about my other work in the gaming spaces, including  my work on parental advocacy, games and learning, and dark patterns.

The Metaverse

There remains more questions than answers when it comes to future technologies, particularly within discussions about the so-called “metaverse”. My work in this space has largely been advocacy work around mental health and trust and safety in these spaces of the future.

Other podcasts
Supremacy Book Review

Supremacy – Parmy Olson

AI seems to be everywhere at the moment. The media machine and the echo chamber of social media algorithms have bathed my feeds in news, white papers, and academic articles about the latest digital revolution. I have to admit here that before reading Supremacy, my knowledge of AI and the large language models that drove the algorithms and machine learning behind them was a bit of a foreign concept.

Although Supremacy sets out a history of just two AI companies (ChatGPT and DeepMind) and the personalities that shaped and invested in them and subsequently bought them, Parmy Olson does a great job of explaining throughout what drives AI tools—at least the ones that are competing head-on with search engines.

If you want a history of AI and a glance at the potential future, this is a great book to start with. It is surprisingly entertaining and deeply fascinating while still being very ‘quaffable’. Having recently finished the book, I am about to flip back to Page 1 and start again – as I am sure I will get a few more golden nuggets of insights I didn’t pick up the first time.

Dr Stéphane Bouchard Part 1 Podcast Poster

Dr Stéphane Bouchard | Ep 16

Watch or listen:
Video based Telepsychotherapy.

In this episode, we explore video based tele-psychotherapy, the definitions around, and differences to, other forms of therapy, and what therapists need to consider when conducting video based tele-psychotherapy.

Connect with the guests
Dr Stéphane Bouchard

Dr Stéphane Bouchard is a Director of Psychology at Quebec University – Laboratoire de cyberpsychologie de l’Université du Québec en Outaouais.

He is also a world leader in Virtual Reality (VR) therapies, based in Canada.

Read his research in ORCiD

Find out more about the Quebec University CyberPsychology Lab, the team, their research and work.

In today’s episode of Confessions of a CyberPsychologist, I chat to Dr Stéphane Bouchard about Video-based Telepsychotherapy. Stéphane shared his journey from clinical psychologist to a pioneer in video-based therapies, exploring the transformative potential of telepsychotherapy and its impact on mental health care.

The Origin of Video-Based Telepsychotherapy

  • Stéphane began using telepsychotherapy in the 1990s to overcome geographical challenges in delivering CBT to patients with anxiety and agoraphobia in remote areas.
  • Early efforts involved using cumbersome, specialised videoconference units long before the convenience of internet-based tools like Zoom.

Telepsychotherapy vs. Traditional Therapy

  • Telepsychotherapy is as effective as face-to-face therapy for many disorders, including anxiety, depression, and PTSD. However, evidence varies for other conditions like personality disorders or issues without established gold-standard treatments.
  • It offers greater accessibility and patient autonomy, allowing clients to choose therapists based on expertise rather than location.

The Role of Telepresence

  • Telepresence, or the feeling of “being together” despite physical separation, is critical to the therapeutic alliance in telepsychotherapy.
  • Minor disruptions like technology glitches can impair telepresence, but it doesn’t need to be perfect for therapy to be effective.

Challenges and Ethical Considerations

  • Privacy and Security: Ensuring confidentiality is paramount, especially when sessions occur in non-traditional settings like cars or family rooms. Therapists should use secure, encrypted platforms and establish safety protocols for clients in potentially harmful situations.
  • Hybrid Models: While telepsychotherapy offers flexibility, face-to-face options remain important for those who prefer in-person interactions or whose conditions may benefit from it.
  • Zoom Fatigue: Staring at screens and processing limited non-verbal cues can be taxing, highlighting the importance of managing therapy schedules thoughtfully.

Emerging Trends and Technology

  • Telepsychotherapy has shifted therapy from a geographically bound service to a personalised, accessible model. However, the public sector must adapt funding structures to support this change.
  • The future may see virtual reality therapy enhancing telepsychotherapy, though technical and ethical challenges remain.

Ethics and Media Representation

  • Stéphane emphasised the need for mental health professionals to guide the development of telepsychotherapy tools, ensuring clinical needs and ethical standards drive innovation.
  • He also highlighted the importance of critically evaluating media representations of cyberpsychology research and encouraged direct engagement with original studies.

Recommended Reading

Stéphane suggested Ethics in Cyberpsychology by Thomas Parson as an essential resource for understanding the ethical implications of technology in psychological practice.

Closing Thoughts

This insightful conversation underscored the transformative potential of telepsychotherapy in making mental health services more inclusive and accessible. Stéphane expertise illuminated both the promise and the challenges of this evolving field.

Research and Publications
Other podcasts
Rachel Wood Poster

Rachel Wood | Ep 15

Watch or listen:
AI and the Future of Work and Society.

In this episode, I chat with Rachel Wood, a speaker, researcher, writer, educator, and therapist.

We talk about Generative AI and Mental Wellbeing in the future workplace.

Connect with the guests
Rachel Wood

Rachel is a speaker, researcher, writer, educator, therapist, and PhD candidate, researching the intersection of psychology, AI and the future of work, education and relationships.

(As a caveat: Rachel has a PhD in cyberpsychology, but is not a “cyberpsychologist”)

Connect on Social Media :

In this episode we explore the fascinating intersection of psychology, AI, and the future of work and relationships.

Rachel shares her unique journey from music education to counselling and finally to her current research in cyberpsychology. She discusses her PhD studies, which focus on the psychological impact of artificial intelligence on professionals, the workplace, and educational systems. Her insights on the rapid evolution of AI and its implications offer a fresh perspective on how we can adapt to the challenges and opportunities of emerging technologies.

Key Takeaways:

Psychological Skills for Navigating AI in the Workplace
Rachel introduces the concept of “psychosocial and vocational plasticity,” emphasising skills like cognitive flexibility, curiosity, and grit to help us adapt to rapid AI advancements. She provides practical exercises, such as arguing the opposite side of a disagreement, to enhance these skills.

Addressing AI Ambivalence
Mixed feelings towards AI—both excitement and hesitation—are natural, but they can be barriers to adoption. Rachel highlights the importance of open dialogue in workplaces to address these emotions and facilitate smoother integration of AI tools.

Generative AI and Human Relationships
The conversation delves into the potential of generative AI as artificial companions and its impact on relational dynamics. While AI can help isolated individuals, Rachel warns of the risks of unidirectional relationships eroding essential interpersonal skills like compromise and empathy.

Therapeutic Applications of AI
Rachel explores groundbreaking therapeutic applications, such as AI-generated future selves to reduce anxiety and AI tools for “self-parenting” younger selves. These tools could help individuals process trauma, find hope, and gain agency in healing.

The Future of Work and Vocational Identity
AI will likely redefine vocational identities, providing opportunities to focus on meaningful work and explore purpose beyond repetitive tasks. Rachel sees this as a chance to redesign work-life balance and foster creativity.

Thought-Provoking Moments:

  • AI in Debating and Cognitive Flexibility: Could algorithms that expose us to opposing viewpoints reshape how we engage with diverse ideas?
  • Bidirectional Relationships vs AI Companions: Are we at risk of losing critical relational skills in the age of always-agreeable artificial companions?
  • AI and Future Self Therapy: Can visualising a hopeful future self help us overcome current anxieties and break negative habits?

Rachel’s insights underscore the importance of intentionality in embracing AI. By equipping ourselves with adaptive skills and fostering meaningful human connections, we can shape a future where technology enriches rather than diminishes our lives. 🌐

Other podcasts
Dr Rowena Forsyth Poster 2

Dr Rowena Forsyth | Ep 14

Watch or listen:
Digital Health and Communities

Dr Rowena Forsyth, a Senior Lecturer in Digital Health at the University of Sydney. Rowena’s work sits at the intersection of health sociology, cyberpsychology, and digital communities, and she has a keen interest in how people use technology collectively for decision-making, support, and connection.

Connect with the guests
Dr Rowena Forsyth

Rowena is a Senior Lecturer in Digital Health at the University of Sydney.

Her focus is health sociology especially qualitative digital health, cyberpsychology, medical tourism and online communities.

Find out more about her work and research at Sydney University here.

Connect on Social Media:

In today’s episode of Confessions of a CyberPsychologist, I chat with Rowena about: 

Her Academic Journey

Rowena began her career studying sociology and health services research, focusing on how information was communicated between doctors and laboratory staff during the shift from paper-based to computerised systems. Through this, she became fascinated by the “collective” element of decision-making—how information exchange online can build new communities and foster shared understanding.

Medical Tourism and Online Communities

  • Growing Global Trend
    Medical tourism, where individuals travel abroad for health procedures, has been on the rise, with an estimated 5 million people worldwide engaging in it in 2015. In Australia, roughly 20,000 individuals travel for cosmetic procedures alone each year.
  • Why Go Abroad?
    Contrary to common assumptions that medical tourists are seeking luxury or extreme procedures, Rowena’s research shows they are often everyday people looking to address long-term concerns, such as post-pregnancy body changes. Cost, efficient scheduling, and specialist expertise abroad all play significant roles in their decision-making.
  • Online Support Networks
    Many medical tourists form tight-knit online communities on platforms like Facebook, often closed or private groups where members can safely discuss procedures, post updates, and share healing progress photos. These spaces provide both practical tips and emotional support, evolving into lasting friendships.
  • Shared Stigma: Feeling judged or misunderstood by friends and family, individuals turn to these online groups where their choices are not stigmatised.
  • Paying It Forward: Those who have undergone procedures will often mentor newcomers, offering everything from hospital recommendations to encouragement and first-hand recovery advice.

Professional Communities and Online Identities

  • Privacy and Boundaries
    Health professionals frequently join closed online communities to consult each other, share best practices, and keep up to date with new research. While some keep personal and professional identities separate, others prefer to be authentic across all platforms. Concerns about institutional guidelines and regulatory body oversight also influence how much they share.
  • Benefits of Online Collaboration
    Many practitioners find these digital networks crucial for:
    • Exchanging research and articles
    • Offering peer support for rare or complex cases
    • Facilitating international collaboration, often leading to co-authored publications

Digital Health for Young People

  • Trauma-Informed Approach
    Rowena is involved in a project focusing on 12-year-olds and older adolescents in the Pacific region. Using co-designed workshops and fictional scenarios, researchers explore how teens use digital tools for nutrition and physical activity guidance.
  • Early Findings
    A high percentage of young people (81% of 13-year-olds) already have smartphones and use platforms like YouTube, Instagram, and TikTok to find health information. The goal is to improve digital literacy, ensuring they access reliable, up-to-date content.

The Future of Cyberpsychology in Australia

Australia’s unique demographic landscape—large geographical distances, diverse populations—creates immense potential for cyberpsychology research. Whether it’s adolescent digital health or the ethical boundaries of online professional identity, the field continues to grow. Academic groups at the University of Sydney, including Rowena’s own team, are keen to welcome more students and researchers to explore how we can use technology wisely and ethically to enrich both patient and practitioner experiences.

Dr Rowena Forsyth's Research and Publications

Source (and more details available): Dr Forsyths Profile at the University of Sydney.

Book Chapters

  • Does Involving Clinicians in Decision Support Development Facilitate System Use Over Time? A Systematic Review. [More Information]
  • Medical Tourism.

 Journals

  • Cosmetic Medical Tourists’ Use of Online Support Communities: Sharing Information, Reciprocity, and Enduring Relationships. [More Information]
  • Health Professionals’ Use of Online Communities for Interprofessional Peer Education. [More Information]
  • How Are Clinicians’ Acceptance and Use of Clinical Decision Support Systems Evaluated Over Time? A Systematic Review. [More Information]
  • Self-reported and accelerometry measures of sleep components in adolescents living in Pacific Island countries and territories: Exploring the role of sociocultural background. [More Information]
  • “I am not just a place for implementation. I should be a partner”: a qualitative study of patient-centered care from the perspective of diabetic patients in Saudi Arabia. [More Information]
  • Increasing Access to Mental Health Services: Videogame Players’ Perspectives. [More Information]
  • Mental Health Help-Seeking Behavior of Male Video Game Players: An Online Survey. [More Information]
  • Patient-centered care in the Middle East and North African region: a systematic literature review. [More Information]
  • It Helps Me With Everything”: A Qualitative Study of the Importance of Exercise for Individuals With Spinal Cord Injury.”. [More Information]
  • Online Group Counseling for Young People Through a Customized Social Networking Platform: Phase 2 of Kids Helpline Circles. [More Information]
  • Comparative optimism about infection and recovery from COVID-19; Implications for adherence with lockdown advice. [More Information]
  • Optimising consent and adherence in high-risk medical settings: nurses’ role as information providers in allogeneic bone marrow transplant. [More Information]
  • Rules of engagement: Journalists’ attitudes to industry influence in health news reporting. [More Information]
  • Views of health journalists, industry employees and news consumers about disclosure and regulation of industry-journalist relationships: An empirical ethical study. [More Information]
  • Women’s views about maternity care: How do women conceptualise the process of continuity? [More Information]
  • Power and Control in Interactions Between Journalists and Health-Related Industries: The View From Industry. [More Information]
  • Trouble in the gap: a bioethical and sociological analysis of informed consent for high-risk medical procedures. [More Information]
  • Health Journalists’ Perceptions of Their Professional Roles and Responsibilities for Ensuring the Veracity of Reports of Health Research. J[More Information]
  • Medicine, the media and political interests. [More Information]
  • Policies and practices on competing interests of academic staff in Australian universities. [More Information]
  • Widening the debate about conflict of interest: addressing relationships between journalists and the pharmaceutical industry. [More Information]
  • Women with gestational diabetes in Vietnam: a qualitative study to determine attitudes and health behaviours. [More Information]
  • Decision Making in a Crowded Room: the Relational Significance of Social Roles in Decisions to Proceed with Allogeneic Stem Cell Transplantation. [More Information]
  • Tissue donation to biobanks: a review of sociological studies.[More Information]
  • Patient perceptions of carrying their own health information: approaches towards responsibility and playing an active role in their own health – implications for a patient-held health file. [More Information]
  • Distance versus dialogue: modes of engagement of two professional groups participating in a hospital-based video ethnographic study. 
  • Distance versus dialogue: Modes of engagement of two professional groups participating in a hospital-based video ethnographic study. [More Information]
  • Illuminating everyday realities: the significance of video methods for social science and health research. 
  • Are health systems changing in support of patient safety?: A multi-methods evaluation of education, attitudes and practice. [More Information]
  • Video Research in Health: Visibilising the Effects of Computerising Clinical Care. [More Information]
  • When requests become orders – a formative investigation into the impact of a computerized physician order entry system on a pathology laboratory service. [More Information]
  • Whiteboards: Mediating professional tensions in clinical practice. [More Information]
  • The (im)possibilities of clinical democracy. 
  • Visibilising Clinical Work: Video Ethnography in the Contemporary Hospital.  
  • A tale of two hospitals: Assessing cultural landscapes and compositions. [More Information]

Conferences

  • The challenges of adapting a face-to-face intensive qualitative research methodology course for online delivery to graduate level public health students.
  • You have to see it to believe it: Video as a tool for facilitating reflexive health care practice.
  • Video ethnography as a methodology for studying the technologization of practice. 

 Research Reports

  • Quality Domains for the Development of a Consumer Experience Report on Quality of Residential Aged Care. [More Information]
Other podcasts
Dr Masa Popovac Poster

Dr Maša Popovac | Ep 13

Watch or listen:

Senior Advisor

Dr. Maša Popovac, an expert in cyberpsychology and developmental psychology. We delved into her extensive research on online safety and cyberbullying, her journey into the field, and her work developing practical interventions to protect young people in digital spaces.

Digital Literacy and Online Safety at the Alannah & Madeline Foundation in Melbourne, Australia.

Main CyberPsychology Expertise:

How to reduce cyberaggression, cyberbullying and online risks and build digital literacy and resilience.

Consultant Expertise:

Cyberbullying in the workplace

Other Specialisations:
  • Online safety training and interventions
  • Use of technology for health and wellbeing
Follow:

In this episode, I chat with Maša about: 

The Complexity of Online Aggression:
Maša highlighted the blurred lines between victims, perpetrators, and witnesses in the online space, explaining how individuals can often play multiple roles simultaneously. She emphasised the developmental challenges faced by young people in navigating these dynamics.

Cultural and Global Insights:
Despite differing levels of access to technology, Maša found striking similarities in the prevalence and nature of cyberbullying in South Africa, the UK, and beyond. Common tactics included defamation, exclusion, and harassment, reflecting universal social hierarchies and peer dynamics.

Effective Online Safety Strategies:
Maša underscored the importance of proactive, dialogue-based approaches for parents and educators. Key strategies include setting early boundaries, fostering open conversations about online experiences, and empowering young people to engage responsibly in digital spaces.

Challenges with Policy and Media Narratives:
The discussion also touched on the pitfalls of sensational media coverage, which often fuels moral panic rather than providing balanced, actionable advice. Similarly, knee-jerk policy reactions, like blanket bans on mobile phones in schools, may address symptoms without tackling root causes.

The Future of Cyberpsychology:
Looking ahead, Maša identified emerging areas of interest, including artificial intelligence (AI) literacy and social virtual reality. She stressed the need for dynamic, evolving research and education to keep pace with technological advancements.

Practical Applications:
Currently working in Australia with the Alannah and Madeline Foundation, Maša focuses on implementing digital literacy and online safety programs in schools. She shared insights on creating meaningful behavioural change through information, motivation, and skills-based interventions.

This episode offers valuable perspectives for parents, educators, and policymakers navigating the challenges of online safety in a rapidly changing digital world. Maša’s emphasis on holistic, evidence-based approaches provides a constructive framework for addressing cyberbullying and fostering digital resilience.

Podcasts
Social Media and Mental Health (19 March 2021)

The podcast interview covers a discussion of how social media affects our mental health and what we can do to enhance our wellbeing in the context of technology use.

Videos
Long-term Effects of Trolling (8 August 2021)

An interview with CGTN’s Stephen Cole discussing the severity of cyberaggression and cyberbullying on mental health and wellbeing and what we need to do about it.

Online and offline aggression and bullying among adolescents in the UK and South Africa (December 2017)

A presentation at the World Anti-Bullying Forum about online and offline aggression and bullying among adolescents in the UK and South Africa

Workplace Technology Research

Note: although these links redirect to the published article, the research can be requested via Research Gate. 

2019

Exploring the role of work identity and work locus of control in information security awareness.

This research explores the adherence to organisational information security and the role of work-related and individual factors such as individuals’ perceived control within the workplace, their commitment to current work identity, and the extent to which they are reconsidering commitment to work.

Hadlington, L., Popovac, M., Janicke, H., Yevseyeva, I., & Jones, K. (2019). Exploring the role of work identity and work locus of control in information security awareness. Computers & Security, 81, 41-48.

Other Research Articles
2021

Adults’ perceived severity and likelihood of intervening in Cyberbullying.

Cyberbullying is a serious issue among adult samples.

Perceptions of severity and likelihood of intervening in cyberbullying among adults varied based on the type/nature of bullying.

Older adults were more likely to intervene than younger adults.

Popovac, M., Gill, A.S., Austin, L. & Maposa, R. (2021). Adults’ perceived severity and likelihood of intervening in Cyberbullying. International Journal of Bullying Prevention.

2021

Measuring online health-seeking: Construction and Initial Validation of a new scale.

Adults engage in online-health seeking behaviour for support, information and as a supplement or alternative to offline medical care.

Individual and contextual factors influenced the nature of online health-seeking among adults.

Popovac, M. & Roomaney, R. (2021). Measuring online health-seeking: Construction and Initial Validation of a new scale. British Journal of Health Psychology.

2020

Gaming when things get tough? Examining how emotional regulation and coping self-efficacy influence gaming during difficult life situations.

People can turn to gaming when facing difficult life situations.

They do so as a distraction from life difficulties, to feel a sense of achievement to connect with others, and for in-game connection and stimulation. 

Younger players and those with lower coping self-efficacy were more likely to game during stressful life circumstances.

Caro, C. & Popovac, M. (2020). Gaming when things get tough? Examining how emotional regulation and coping self-efficacy influence gaming during difficult life situations. Games and Culture.

2019

Exploring the role of egocentrism and fear of missing out on online risk behaviours among adolescents in South Africa.

Online risk taking among adolescents is influenced by developmental and social factors.

Popovac, M. & Hadlington, L. (2019). Exploring the role of egocentrism and fear of missing out on online risk behaviours among adolescents in South Africa. International Journal of Adolescence and Youth, Open Access.

Media Articles
COVID-19 and the risk in cyberbullying among young people during lockdown

In this interview by Deutsche Welle, Masa highlights her concerns about the continuation of bullying in person once children return to school, especially if they were bullied during lockdowns. 

Or download a PDF of the article.

4 ways to end Cyberbullying - without quitting the internet

Op-Ed piece in ‘Apolitical’

‘Limiting children’s screentime won’t make the problem go away.’

In this article Dr Popovac highlights the prevention and intervention strategies that we should be taking to address cyberbullying. 

‘Working towards a coordinated multi-level approach to online safety that targets children and adolescents, parents and teachers, as well as service providers, organisations, charities and support services is key in ensuring comprehensive and impactful responses to the changing digital environment.’

Or download a PDF of the article.

Book Chapters Published
Book: The Oxford Handbook of Cyberpsychology

(Chapter) The Psychology of Online Lurking.

Popovac, M. & Fullwood, C. (2019)

This chapter covers a number of aspects related to the personal and social determinants of online lurking within the context of health and education. 

Chapter Abstract taken directly from Oxford Handbooks Online Page:

Lurking, or passive online participation, is often defined as non-participation or minimal participation in online groups or communities. Although lurking has previously been considered a negative behavior in online spaces, with lurkers accessing the social capital of online communities without providing anything in return, current perspectives consider lurking as a legitimate form of online participation. Current literature shows that lurking is a more nuanced activity than previously considered, as individuals may not only vary in their participation across different online groups but their participation may also vary over time within an online group. This chapter examines the key personal and situational factors associated with active or passive participation, as well as the differential outcomes linked to levels of engagement in online groups generally, followed by a more detailed exploration of lurking in the context of online support groups and education.

An intervention developed for young people in schools to enhance online safety.

Reducing Cyberbullying in Schools

(Chapter) An Intervention using the Information-Motivation-Behavioural Skills Model

Popovac, M. & Fine, P. (2017)

An Intervention using the Information-Motivation-Behavioural Skills Model: Tackling Cyberaggression and Cyberbullying in South African Adolescents. In Campbell, M. & Bauman, S. Reducing Cyberbullying in Schools: International Evidence-Based Best Practices. Elsevier: USA

Chapter Abstract taken directly from the Psycnet Page:

‘This chapter describes an intervention that focuses on addressing cyberaggression, including cyberbullying. Cyberaggression, a broader term encompassing a range of different experiences including cyberbullying, harassment, and stalking that occur online, is defined as “intentional harm delivered by the use of electronic means to a person or a group of people irrespective of their age who perceive(s) such acts as offensive, derogatory, harmful or unwanted”. Experiences of cyberbullying are forms of cyberaggression, but only cyberbullying shows intentionality, imbalance of power, and repetition. These distinctions in definitions are important for accurately measuring the behaviors in research contexts, but have little bearing for those experiencing these behaviors or those aiming to address them. Thus, this intervention considers both cyberaggression and cyberbullying’

Beyond the School Gates:

Popovac, M. (2017)

Beyond the School Gates: Experiences of Cyberaggression and Cyberbullying among Adolescents in the UK. Technical Report by the University of Buckingham and Sir John Cass’s Foundation.

This chapter discusses the online risks among UK adolescents and parental perceptions of risk

Marshall S. Rich

Dr Marshall S. Rich | Ep 12

Watch or listen:
Digital Mental Health

In this episode, we explore the work of the world of Forensic CyberPsychology. 

This involves understanding cybercriminal behaviour and the cognitive bias and decision-making vulnerabilities of cyber attackers.

Dr. Marshall Rich merges cybersecurity, psychology, and forensics, revealing how attacker behaviour shapes modern cyber threats and defences.

Connect with the guests
Dr Marshall S. Rich

Marshall is a Forensic CyberPsychologist has over 30 years of experience in cybersecurity, incident response, and risk management. 

He has served in both military and civilian sectors, blending his expertise in technical defence systems with a deep understanding of human behaviour.

Currently a Senior Expert in Cybersecurity at the United States Institute of Peace, he works at the intersection of peacebuilding and cybersecurity, crafting strategies to counter the ever-evolving cyber threats.

Connect on Social Media:

Watch an interview with Dr Rich and Professor Aiken on Forensic CyberPsychology at Capitol Technology University.

In this episode, we talk about the intersection of Forensic CyberPsychology and Cyber Security. 

Dr. Rich shared how his military experience highlighted the role of human behaviour in cybersecurity. Sophisticated systems can be undermined by human error or psychological manipulation. This realisation led him to earn a PhD in forensic cyberpsychology, where he studies how adversaries exploit cognitive biases to breach systems.

A Multi-Dimensional Approach to Cybersecurity

Dr. Rich advocates for integrating technical defences with insights from cyberpsychology. By understanding the psychology of both attackers and victims, organisations can predict and preempt cyber incidents more effectively. This holistic approach incorporates:

  • Behavioural insights to counter attackers’ tactics.
  • Dynamic training programs tailored to evolving threats.
  • Feedback loops to refine strategies in real time.

Forensic Cyberpsychology in Practice

At USIP, Dr. Rich develops training programs that equip personnel with tools to identify and mitigate cyber risks. He emphasises the importance of understanding the specific threats faced in different global conflict zones, tailoring strategies to local conditions. His predictive algorithms, developed during his PhD, achieve an impressive 70% accuracy in forecasting cyberattacks, allowing his team to focus on high-risk areas.

The Role of AI in Cybersecurity

Dr. Rich explored how AI can enhance both offensive and defensive strategies. While adversaries use AI to scale up attacks, defenders can employ it to predict behaviours and counteract threats proactively. The future of cybersecurity lies in this interplay between AI and human behavioural analysis.

Insights for Aspiring Forensic Cyberpsychologists

For those interested in the field, Dr. Rich recommends a blend of education in psychology or cybersecurity, specialised training in digital forensics and behavioural analysis, and practical experience. Networking and interdisciplinary collaboration are vital to staying ahead in this fast-evolving field.

Recommended Reads:

  • The Cyber Effect by Dr. Mary Aiken – A deep dive into how the digital world shapes human behaviour.
  • Cybersecurity and Cyberwar: What Everyone Needs to Know by P.W. Singer and Allan Friedman – Exploring the intersection of cybersecurity and global conflict.

Marshall’s experience covers a range of skills including the military, academia and working with government organisations.

Dr Marshall S. Rich's Research
Other podcasts
Dr Andrew Campbell Poster

Dr Andrew Campbell | Ep 11

Watch or listen:
Digital Mental Health

In this episode, we explore the work the CyberPsychology Research Group at Sydney University are doing in Australia. 

We also dive into gaming and the future of cyberpsychology in industry.

Connect with the guests
Dr Andrew Campbell
Associate Professor Andrew Campbell has been researching and teaching in Digital Mental Health, Cyberpsychology and Child, Adolescent and Family Mental Health for over 20 years.
 
He is the Chair of Australia’s first formal Cyberpsychology Research Group located within the research theme of Biomedical Informatics & Digital Health in School of Medical Sciences in the Faculty of Medicine & Health at The University of Sydney.
 
He is the Inaugural Australasian Editor of the journal Cyberpsychology, Behavior and Social Networking and speaks regularly through media and community events about consumer technologies impact on health and wellbeing.

Connect on Social Media :

CyberPsychology Research Group

Drawing on his groundbreaking work in online counselling, gaming, VR therapies, and AI, Andrew shares his journey into cyberpsychology and the pressing issues shaping the field today.

Early Pioneering in Cyberpsychology

  • Unorthodox Beginnings
    Andrew’s fascination with online behaviour began in the late 1990s, before “cyberpsychology” was even recognised. His professors warned that studying psychology on the internet would be career suicide, but Andrew persevered, eventually attracting international experts to support his PhD research.
  • Academic Recognition in Australia
    Despite early scepticism, Andrew was able to launch the first Cyberpsychology Research Group in Australia at the University of Sydney in 2017. It has since expanded rapidly, reflecting a growing acceptance of cyberpsychology’s importance.

Mental Health Services Moving Online

  • Early Online Community Support
    Andrew identified a gap in mental health services: people were already going online for support but lacked professional, structured help. These insights fuelled his research into online counselling and mental health platforms.
  • My Circles Platform for Young People
    In collaboration with Kids Helpline, Andrew’s team developed My Circles, a tailored social media platform providing safe, counsellor-moderated communities for adolescents and young adults. They offer groups focusing on depression, anxiety, substance misuse, LGBTQ+ issues, and more—creating a vital space for kids in remote regions or those lacking local mental health resources.

Screen Time vs. Meaningful Engagement

  • Moving Beyond ‘Hours Online’
    Andrew argues that the concept of “screen time” is too simplistic—time spent online can be highly beneficial if it fosters creativity, learning, community, or mental well-being. Instead of dwelling on a fixed limit of two hours a day, families should focus on what kids are doing, why, and how it makes them feel.
  • Four Pillars of Digital Activity
    Andrew worked with HP on a tool called ‘Reflect’, which tracks online use in four categories:
    1. Productivity (work, school, organisation)
    2. Creativity/Leisure (gaming, content creation, music)
    3. Health & Well-Being (exercise apps, lifestyle research)
    4. Social Connection (family chats, genuine community)
      By visualising online activity, individuals can see whether they’re achieving balance or slipping into excessive use.

Gaming, VR, and ‘Moral Panic’

  • Debunking ‘Gaming Disorder’ Myths
    While excessive gaming can contribute to mental health problems like depression or social withdrawal, Andrew cautions that gaming alone seldom causes these issues. Often, underlying personal or environmental stressors lead to unhealthy gaming patterns.
  • Virtual Reality Interventions
    Andrew’s team explores VR in mental health contexts, including PTSD and anxiety treatments for veterans and calming interventions in emergency rooms. There’s also potential for VR to support older adults in aged-care settings, helping with social connectivity and cognitive stimulation.

Fostering Healthy Digital Citizenship

  • Signs of Problematic Use
    Social disengagement, sleep disruption, and aggression are key indicators that a child’s gaming habits might be becoming harmful. Andrew emphasises early intervention, empathetic communication, and professional help where necessary.
  • Parent–Child Dialogue
    Rather than banning devices outright, parents should show genuine interest in the games their children enjoy, understand the motivations behind gaming, and work together on finding a healthy balance.

The Future of Cyberpsychology

  • Broad Industry Applications
    The next wave of cyberpsychology is poised to affect every sector—from corporate environments and engineering firms to health care and education—wherever humans interact with digital systems.
  • AI, Deepfakes, and Misinformation
    Andrew highlights the dangers of AI-driven deception and the urgent need for critical-thinking skills in navigating misinformation. Cyberpsychologists will play an increasingly important role in helping organisations design ethical systems and educate the public.

Key Takeaways

  1. Cyberpsychology Has Real-World Impact: Once dismissed, the field now addresses crucial societal challenges, from rural healthcare to youth mental health.
  2. ‘Screen Time’ Is Outdated: Focus on meaningful engagement, not just hours spent online.
  3. Gaming Isn’t the Enemy: Underlying social, emotional, or mental issues usually fuel ‘excessive use’.
  4. Parents Should Engage, Not Just Restrict: Effective strategies involve understanding what children gain from gaming or social media.
  5. Ethics and Critical Thinking Matter: With AI and deepfakes on the rise, learning to identify misinformation is vital for safeguarding ourselves and our communities.

Final Thoughts
Andrew Campbell’s passion for cyberpsychology shines through in his drive to blend academic rigour with practical, real-world solutions. From providing remote mental health support to investigating AI ethics and scam prevention, his work underscores the value of keeping people at the centre of all digital innovation.

Dr Andrew Campbell's Research and Publications

Source (and more details available): Dr Campbell’s Profile at the University of Sydney.

Books

  • Using technologies safely and effectively to promote young people’s wellbeing: A better practice guide for services. 
  • Psychology and Life 
  • PHE1IDH Individual Determinants of Health. 
  • Psychology and Life: Australian Edition. 

Book Chapters

  • Communicating Electronically with Adolescents. [More Information]
  • Online Social Networking and the Experience of Cyber-Bullying. [More Information]
  • The effect of e-health contents on health science students’ attitude toward the efficiency of health ICT in care provision. [More Information]
  • Game-based learning: Current research in games for health, a focus on biofeedback video games as treatement for AD/HD. [More Information]
  • Healthy Connections: Online Social Networks and Their Potential for Peer Support. 
  • Online Social Networking Amongst Teens: Friend or Foe? [More Information]

 Journals

  • Exploring Discussions About Virtual Reality on Twitter to Inform Brain Injury Rehabilitation: [More Information]
  • Health Professionals’ Use of Online Communities for Interprofessional Peer Education. [More Information]
  • The Reel Health Care Professionals of Instagram. [More Information]
  • Increasing Access to Mental Health Services: Videogame Players’ Perspectives. [More Information]
  • Mental Health Help-Seeking Behavior of Male Video Game Players [More Information]
  • Speech-Language Pathologists’ Views of Using Virtual Reality for Managing Cognitive-Communication Disorders Following Traumatic Brain Injury. [More Information]
  • Exploring the use of virtual reality to manage distress in adolescent patients in emergency departments. [More Information]
  • Online Group Counseling for Young People Through a Customized Social Networking Platform: Phase 2 of Kids Helpline Circles. [More Information]
  • A comparison design study of feedback modalities to support deep breathing whilst performing work tasks. [More Information]
  • A National Survey of Children’s Experiences of Parental Separation and Support Needs in Australia. [More Information]
  • Effectiveness of virtual reality interventions for adolescent patients in hospital settings. [More Information]
  • Psychoeducational social anxiety mobile apps. [More Information]
  • BRecommendations for the Design and Implementation of Virtual Reality for Acquired Brain Injury Rehabilitation. [More Information]
  • The Use of Virtual Reality for Managing Psychological Distress in Adolescents. [More Information]
  • A scoping review identifying the need for quality research on the use of virtual reality in workplace settings for stress management. [More Information]
  • Social Media Use by Young People Living in Conflict-Affected Regions of Myanmar. [More Information]
  • A Customized Social Network Platform (Kids Helpline Circles) for Delivering Group Counseling to Young People Experiencing Family Discord That Impacts Their Well-Being [More Information]
  • Augmented Experiences: Investigating the Feasibility of Virtual Reality as Part of a Workplace Wellbeing Intervention. [More Information]
  • Internet-Delivered Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Anxiety Treatment: [More Information]
  • Social Connection and Online Engagement: Insights From Interviews With Users of a Mental Health Online Forum. [More Information]
  • A Preliminary Understanding of Search Words used by Children, Teenagers and Young Adults in Seeking information about Depression and Anxiety Online. [More Information]
  • RDigital Health in Melanoma Posttreatment Care in Rural and Remote Australia. [More Information]
  • Representation of Women in Video Games. [More Information]
  • The Use of Social Networking Sites in Mental Health Interventions for Young People. [More Information]
  • Development and evaluation of an online acceptance and commitment therapy program for anxiety: Phase I iterative design. [More Information]
  • Virtual World Interview Skills Training for Students Studying Health Professions. [More Information]
  • Facebook as a Recruitment Tool for Adolescent Health Research. [More Information]
  • Using Facebook to deliver a social norm intervention to reduce problem drinking at university. [More Information]
  • ‘Off your Face(book)’: Alcohol in online social identity construction and its relation to problem drinking in university students. [More Information]
  • Comparing online and offline self-disclosure. [More Information]
  • “I did not realize so many options are available”: Cognitive authority, emerging adults, and e-mental health. [More Information]
  • Comparative randomised trial of an online cognitive-behavioural therapy program and an online support group for depression and anxiety.  
  • Understanding e-mental health resources: Personality, awareness, utilization, and effectiveness of e-mental health resources amongst youth. [More Information]
  • The Use of Computerized Self-Help Packages to Treat Adolescent Depression and Anxiety. [More Information]
  • Ageing, social capital and the Internet: Findings from an exploratory study of Australian ‘silver surfers’. [More Information]
  • Biofeedback video games to teach ADHD children relaxation skills to help manage symptoms. 
  • Can children with AD/HD learn relaxation and breathing techniques through biofeedback video games? 
  • Internet use and loneliness in older adults. [More Information]
  • Perceptions and behaviour of access of the Internet: A study of women attending a breast screening service in Sydney, Australia. [More Information]
  • Internet Use by the Socially Fearful: Addiction or Therapy? [More Information]
  • Stress and Psychological Well-Being among Allied Health Professionals. [More Information]

 Conferences

  • Understanding the First Person Experience of Walking Mindfulness Meditation Facilitated by EEG Modulated Interactive Soundscape. [More Information]
  • An Interactive Soundscape to Assist Group Walking Mindfulness Meditation. [More Information]
  • Mediscape: Preliminary Design Guidelines for Interactive Rhythmic Soundscapes for Entraining Novice Mindfulness Meditators. [More Information]
  • Sounds in the Moment: Designing an Interactive EEG Nature Soundscape for Novice Mindfulness Meditators. [More Information]
  • Online communication in different contexts: Social and eHealth Disclosures. 
  • Virtual world interview skills training for Health Professionals. 

Report

  • Evaluation of SANE Australia Thriving Communities project: The University of Sydney. 

 Research Reports

  • Mobile Myanmar: The Impact of Social Media on Youth Living in Conflict-Affected Regions of Myanmar.
  • A National Online Survey about Children’s Experiences of Parental Separation.
Other podcasts
Dr Paul Marsden poster

Dr Paul Marsden | Ep 10

Watch or listen:
The Human-AI Interaction

In this episode, we explore AI, Positive Psychology, Digital Wellbeing and technology.

Connect with the guests
Dr Paul Marsden

Paul is a Chartered psychologist specialising in consumer behaviour, wellbeing and technology. He is a university lecturer at UAL and a consultant consumer psychologist with Brand Genetics.

Paul believes that the biggest digital disruption is the one happening in our heads, as technology transforms our identity, experiences and relationships. He helps businesses understand how this digital disruption influences consumer needs, motivations and behaviour.

He lectures on consumer trends and consumer psychology at the business school of the London College of Fashion, where he also researches the phenomenon of “enclothed cognition” – the psychological impact of our clothes on how we think.

He co-founded Brainjuicer PLC (now System1 Group), a research company that uses online psychological techniques to understand consumers.

Connect on Social Media :

In today’s episode of Confessions of a CyberPsychologist, YouTube Link, I chat with Dr Paul Marsden about the intersection of technology, well-being, and AI-driven futures. From his early fascination with Blade Runner to developing AI “co-workers” for businesses, Paul offers an inspiring take on how technology can be harnessed for positive change.

Growing up with Cyberpunk Influences

Paul’s childhood fascination with Blade Runner ignited his interest in synthetic humans and the blurred boundaries between human and artificial intelligence. This early inspiration spurred him on to do a PhD and eventually co-found Brain Juicer (now System1), a research agency based on word-association techniques.

Positive Psychology and the ARC of Happiness

He underlines the importance of positive psychology, highlighting self-determination theory—specifically the ARC model (Autonomy, Relatedness, and Competence)—as a guiding principle:

  • Autonomy: We thrive when we feel in control of our choices, whether online or offline.
  • Relatedness: Connection to others—be it through social media, communities, or shared experiences—bolsters our well-being.
  • Competence: Feeling capable and “savvy” boosts happiness and encourages repeat engagement in both digital and consumer spaces.

He points out how brands and technology platforms that support these three needs often inspire loyalty, promote well-being, and turn user satisfaction into sustainable profitability.

AI for Well-Being and Business

We talk about the potential of AI assistants—like “Mia” or “Lexi”—that can be given specialised skills and even distinct personalities. In business contexts, these AI “co-workers” not only handle routine tasks (filling forms, summarising documents, analysing data) but also provide empathetic support to employees. By tailoring AI with human-like qualities and memory, users build genuine rapport with their digital counterparts.

He also discusses AI’s capacity to democratise therapy by offering empathetic conversations and personalised mental health support, particularly in a world where counselling resources are stretched. AI’s potential to reduce barriers—such as cost, stigma, and lack of local services—could open mental health support to a far wider population.

Debunking the Doom and Gloom

From I am Gen Z (a documentary highlighting the digital anxieties of Gen Z) to the ongoing debate between Elon Musk’s AI pessimism and Mark Zuckerberg’s optimism, Paul emphasises a balanced view. He sees technology not as inherently harmful but as a tool whose impact depends on how it is used—and crucially, whether it displaces activities that meet our innate ARC needs. He also stresses that regulatory or institutional fears shouldn’t block everyday people from accessing the transformative possibilities of AI.

Looking Ahead

Cyberpsychology is evolving beyond its traditional focus on social media, cyberbullying, and online risks. The rise of AI offers a reset moment: a chance to embrace an applied, more positive strand of cyberpsychology that explores how humans and machines can co-create value, enhance well-being, and tackle real-world challenges.

Key Takeaways:

  1. ARC Model – A simple but powerful framework for designing technology and consumer experiences that promote happiness and loyalty.
  2. Empathy in AI – Human-like AI can boost productivity and provide meaningful emotional support, reshaping how we work and care for each other.
  3. Digital Literacy – Embracing AI across education and business is crucial; we risk falling behind if we ban or overly restrict these tools.
  4. Positive Outlook – Technology reflects our choices and motivations; focusing on the good it can do encourages innovation and shared prosperity.

Recommended Reading

  • Anything by William Gibson (who coined “cyberspace”)
  • Without Miracles by Gary Cziko
  • Darwin’s Dangerous Idea by Daniel Dennett

By shifting our lens towards the potential for well-being, AI, and positive psychology, we can steer cyberpsychology from a “doom and gloom” narrative to one centred on thriving, innovation, and meaningful human connections.

Acronyms:

AI: Artificial Intelligence

LLM: Large Language Model

Other podcasts
Chelsea Gault Poster

Chelsea Gault | Ep 9

Watch or listen:
The Psychology of Online Gaming and Personality Type.

In this episode, we explore the psychology of Personality, Archetypes and Self-Perception in online video game playing.  

We chat about her research into Player Archetypes (the different roles players take on while gaming), how players may become disinhibited while they game, and how choosing a specific avatar can change a gamer’s perception of themselves. 

Connect with the guests
Chelsea Gault

Chelsea is a full time Cyberpsychology PhD student at the University of Buckingham.

She works at Virtual Reality Experiences as a researcher, supporting the evaluation and development of a range of VR assessment and training modules. She also tests the use of VR for team building and group assessment – supported by empirical evaluation and research.

Is is also as a part-time hourly paid lecturer at the University of Huddersfield – lecturing in a variety of Psychology related subjects, – both at Undergraduate and Postgraduate level.

Connect on Social Media :

Chelsea shares her cyberpsychology journey that underpins her passion for gaming and competitive e-sports. We cover:

Chelsea’s Background and Passion for Gaming:

  • Chelsea’s early love for gaming inspired her academic pursuits, blending her passion with research in psychology.
  • She detailed her transition from counselling to cyberpsychology, spurred by her curiosity about how gaming affects reaction times and behaviour.

Esports and Gender Inclusivity:

  • Chelsea explains the world of esports—competitive electronic gaming—and its growing prominence globally.
  • As a top-ranked player and the first female president of her university’s esports society, she highlighted the challenges of gender stereotypes in gaming and her role in breaking barriers.

Academic Insights into Gaming Behaviour:

  • From her undergraduate dissertation to her Master’s research, Chelsea explored how gaming genres and player archetypes influence behaviour. Her findings exposed limitations in categorising gamers solely by genres or archetypes.
  • Her PhD seeks to develop a trait-based approach to understanding gamer behaviour, moving beyond traditional categorisations.

The Proteus Effect and Online Disinhibition:

  • Chelsea described how in-game avatars influence behaviour (the Proteus Effect) and the impact of online anonymity on self-expression.
  • She noted that while gaming allows individuals to explore aspects of their identity, the real-world effects are typically short-term.

Gaming Myths Debunked:

  • Addressing misconceptions, Chelsea refuted the stereotype that gaming leads to aggression or social withdrawal. Research shows gamers often excel academically and develop robust social connections through gaming.
  • She stressed the importance of recognising gaming as a social and rewarding activity when balanced with offline responsibilities.

Parenting in a Digital Era:

  • Chelsea provided practical advice for parents, emphasising communication, understanding the games their children play, and fostering a balanced relationship with technology.
  • She highlighted the need for parents to help children build offline connections and monitor for signs of excessive gaming.

Cybersecurity and Online Safety:

  • Tips included using two-factor authentication, separating personal and gaming emails, and educating children about the risks of sharing personal information online.

Future of Cyberpsychology:

  • Chelsea’s work aims to reshape how we understand gaming and its psychological impacts. Her research challenges the sensationalist narratives often propagated by the media, advocating for a nuanced, evidence-based perspective.

This episode offers a thought-provoking dive into the intersection of gaming and psychology, shedding light on the benefits of gaming and the importance of informed, empathetic discussions around the topic. 

Other podcasts
Ep 8 Todd Fletcher and Dr Chris Fullwood

Todd Fletcher and Dr Chris Fullwood | Ep 8

Watch or listen:
The Psychology of CyberSecurity Professionals.

Why do cybersecurity professionals either blatantly or subconsciously disregard standard cybersecurity protocols?

In this episode, we explore how personality and psychology shape cybersecurity roles and how human factors drive defences, risk, and burnout in the digital world.

Connect with the guests
Todd Fletcher

Todd Fletcher: Cyberpsychology PhD student exploring the psychology of cybersecurity professionals, with a rich background spanning IT, networking, and cybersecurity engineering.

Visit Todd’s research and personal website.

Dr Chris Fullwood

Dr. Chris Forwood: Senior Lecturer in Psychology at Birmingham City University and co-author of the Oxford Handbook on Cyberpsychology.

Read more about Chris and his research and watch his podcast episode on how we present ourselves online.

This episode delves deeply into the intersection of psychology and cybersecurity, providing invaluable insights for professionals, students, and parents alike. Whether you’re exploring the field or safeguarding your digital presence, understanding the human element in technology is more crucial than ever.

Cyberpsychology vs Cybersecurity:

  • Cyberpsychology: Broad discipline examining human interaction with technology, from motivations to behavioural impacts.
  • Cybersecurity: Primarily technical but deeply intertwined with human psychology, focusing on protecting systems and data while understanding user behaviours and vulnerabilities.

Todd’s Research Journey:

  • Motivation: Todd’s curiosity about the psychological factors influencing cybersecurity professionals.
  • Current Focus: Examining how personality traits, organisational culture, and cognitive behaviours affect decision-making and security compliance among professionals.
  • Goal: Developing a “Security Acceptance Model” to better integrate human psychology into cybersecurity practices.

Insights on Personality and Cybersecurity:

  • Certain traits, such as curiosityopenness to new experiences, and conscientiousness, correlate with success in cybersecurity.
  • Traits like impulsivity and risk-taking can increase susceptibility to breaches, such as falling for phishing scams.

Human Factor in Security:

  • Cybersecurity breaches are often linked to human errors rather than technical failures.
  • Stress, burnout, and cognitive overload significantly impact professionals’ effectiveness and decision-making.

Challenges in the Cybersecurity Profession:

  • High burnout rates due to long hours, constant upskilling demands, and pressure to safeguard against evolving threats.
  • Lack of leadership support and understanding of cybersecurity risks within organisations.

Youth and Cybersecurity:

  • Encouraging curiosity in technology while guiding ethical practices is vital for fostering a positive interest in cybersecurity.
  • Parents should foster open communication and maintain awareness of their children’s online activities to prevent malicious influences.

Pathways into Cybersecurity:

  • Multiple routes include certifications, college degrees, and self-learning. Key attributes for success are curiosity, continual learning, and networking with industry professionals.

Favourite Cyberpsychology Resource:

  • Oxford Handbook of Cyberpsychology: A foundational text that explores the interplay of human behaviour and digital technology.
Other podcasts
Cath Knibbs EP7

Catherine Knibbs | Ep 7

Watch or listen:
The Psychology of Cyber Trauma, Online Harm, Gaming and Digital Connection.

Cath Nibbs explores online harms, reveals tech’s effect on child behaviour, and offers insight into safer digital interactions, healthy relationships, and solutions, spotlighting digital well-being.

Connect with the guests
Cath Knibbs

Cath Nibbs is a cyber trauma expert (amongst adults and children), human behaviour technologist, therapist, podcaster, TEDx speaker, global educator, and prolific author.

Cath’s focus lies at the intersection of online harms, psychotherapy, and how our relationships with technology affect our wellbeing.

She is currently studying towards a PhD. 

The Scope of Cyber Trauma

Cath highlighted her decade-long research into how children experience and process online harms. From witnessing violent or inappropriate content to grappling with social media anxieties, her work unpacks the complex psychological impacts of digital spaces and includes articles, books and developing online content to help others understand online trauma.

Key insights include:

  • Desensitisation or Adaptation? Children and adults may not always recognise how online content affects them emotionally and neurologically.
  • The Role of Technology in Relationships: Cath describes technology as a “relationship provocateur” that can alter how we connect with others and ourselves, potentially redefining attachment dynamics.

Books and Educational Work

Cath’s books delve into technology’s influence on human behaviour. Her forthcoming book, Managing Your Gaming and Social Media Habits, explores why we engage with technology the way we do and how to foster healthier, more intentional digital habits. She also addresses the common misconception that social media is for girls and gaming is for boys, offering nuanced insights into how different people use technology.

Cyber Trauma Therapy and Education

In her private practice, Cath works with children and families affected by online harms, often those from vulnerable backgrounds. She uses innovative approaches like gaming therapy to understand children’s inner worlds, showing how their gaming strategies reflect their real-life coping mechanisms.

She also educates therapists, social workers, and parents on navigating the digital landscape safely. Her aim is to replace fear-driven, authoritarian approaches with informed, supportive guidance.

The Bigger Picture

Cath advocates for a balanced perspective on technology. While recognising its potential for harm, she stresses that tech itself is not inherently bad—it’s human behaviour that shapes its outcomes. Her work encourages critical thinking, nuanced discussions, and better public understanding of these issues.

Where to Find Cath’s Work

Cath’s podcast, The Cyber Synapse, offers deep dives into topics like AI in therapy and data security. Her TEDx talk, The Real Social Dilemma, provides an eye-opening perspective on how technology impacts relationships. You can also find her books, videos, podcast (The Cyber Synapse Podcast) and training resources on her website.

This conversation was a profound reminder of the complex interplay between technology and human psychology. Cath’s work is a call to action for us all to engage more thoughtfully with our digital tools, ensuring they empower rather than harm.

Get in touch with Cath if you would like help around online trauma.

Books Published
Soon to be Published
Other podcasts
Ep5 CoaC

Drs Fiona Clements, Lisa Orchard and Darren Chadwick | Ep 5

Watch or listen:
Digital Inclusion for those with Intellectual Disabilities

This episode explores cyberbullying and victimisation among individuals with mild to moderate intellectual disabilities, highlighting research on digital inclusion, online risks, and the importance of tailored support systems.

Connect with the guests
Dr Lisa J Orchard

Social media usage and the resulting impact – including the role of technology within infant feeding decisions.

Connect on Social Media :

Dr Darren Chadwick

Cyberbullying and victimisation amongst those with mild to moderate intellectual disabilities.

Connect on Social Media.

Dr Fiona Clements

Lived experience research with adults with developmental disabilities and their carers - specifically around CyberPsychology.

This episode explores the intersection of intellectual disabilities. cyberbullying, and victimisation with Fiona Clemmons, Lisa Orchard, and Darren Chadwick—researchers and practitioners with a wealth of experience in cyberpsychology, intellectual disabilities, and digital inclusion:

Meet Our Guests

  • Fiona Clemmons: A counselling psychologist working with the NHS in eating disorder services, Fiona has a personal connection to intellectual disability through her family, which inspires her research on digital inclusion and cyberbullying.
  • Lisa Orchard: A senior lecturer and co-lead of the Cyberpsychology Research at Wolverhampton University (CREW), Lisa’s journey into cyberpsychology began with studying online communication and how social media shapes human behaviour.
  • Darren Chadwick: A researcher and advocate for individuals with intellectual disabilities, His work focuses on digital inclusion and how online communities can empower people with learning disabilities.

Key Discussion Points

Understanding Cyberbullying
Cyberbullying is more than just a generic term—it encompasses specific behaviours like harassment, flaming, impersonation, and exclusion. Fiona’s research identified harassment as the most common type experienced by individuals with intellectual disabilities, yet newer forms like ‘griefing’ and shaming are underexplored.

Online Risks for Vulnerable Groups

  • Content Risks: Exposure to harmful material (e.g., violence, hate speech).
  • Contact Risks: Negative interactions with others, such as cyberbullying or grooming.
  • Conduct Risks: Harmful actions initiated by the user, like flaming or sharing harmful content.
    These categories frame how researchers assess risks for those with intellectual disabilities.

Digital Inclusion Matters

Darren highlighted the importance of ensuring that individuals with intellectual disabilities have access to technology and the internet. With the right support, they can navigate risks, build resilience, and experience the benefits of digital connectivity.

Fiona’s Groundbreaking Research

  • Explores the unique ways people with intellectual disabilities experience cyberbullying.
  • Highlights the need for interventions that balance safety with empowerment, helping individuals build digital literacy and independence.
  • The findings stress the need for tailored support systems and informed policies to bridge gaps in digital access, especially as online services grow increasingly essential.

Global and Future Challenges
Darren underscored the double disadvantage faced by older adults with intellectual disabilities, a group often excluded from research and support networks. He also highlighted the need for global research into technology use in underserved regions.

Broader Reflections

  • Cyberpsychology as a Growing Field: Cyberpsychology intersects with social media, gaming, digital risks, and online behaviour, making it a versatile and exciting area of study.
  • Opportunities for Research: The field offers endless avenues for exploration, from understanding online harassment to the digital inclusion of marginalised groups.

This episode explorse how technology can empower or harm—and how we can all work towards a more inclusive digital future.

The favourite CyberPsychology book

* Darren: Applied Cyberpsychology

* Lisa: So, You’ve Been Publicly Shamed

* Fiona: The Oxford Handbook of Cyberpsychology

Podcast Transcript

(Transcript generated directly from podcast audio using TurboScribe, and not manually corrected for transcribing errors).

Welcome to Confessions of a Cyberpsychologist. Today I’m chatting with Fiona Clemmons, Lisa Orchard and Darren Chadwick on victimization and cyber bullying amongst those with mild to moderate intellectual disabilities. Welcome Fiona, Darren and Lisa.

It’s a delight to have you on board. Thank you for inviting me. Happy to be here.

So before we start chatting about this important topic I just want to find a bit more background about each of you and where you come from, a little bit about what you’re doing and then why and what would that pivot point was for you in terms of your cyber psychology journey and what got you passionate about it. So start with Fiona. Yeah so I mean yeah my journey to cyber psychology it’s probably yeah quite a long one in terms of kind of various interests I’ve had over the years.

So I mean in terms of where I currently am, so I’m currently actually working in eating disorders and eating disorder service at the moment in the NHS but prior to that I was doing my doctorate at the University of Wolverhampton and I think one of the kind of things that I was excited about about Wolverhampton was actually the cyber psychology because there’s not many universities in the UK that focus on cyber psychology so I thought that sounded pretty cool, pretty awesome. So I was quite interested in maybe aligning my research alongside with the cyber psychology stuff and in terms of so my research kind of overlapping with kind of intellectual developmental disability so that’s kind of been a longer standing interest of mine. So prior to the doctorate I did a master’s in health psychology where I looked at kind of the experience of informal carers so particularly carers who are parents of children and children including adult children with developmental and intellectual disabilities and looking at the impact in terms of their well-being and health and really enjoy kind of working in kind of the disabilities area and for me that comes from kind of a personal interest and so my brother’s got kind of severe developmental disability so that’s kind of where that interest came from and my father being a caregiver kind of just naturally that’s where I was drawn to.

So kind of coming to Wolverhampton I kind of saw an opportunity really to combine the two and looking at the cyber psychology side which kind of you know is both Lisa and Darren’s interest so Lisa more in the cyber psychology and Darren on the developmental but kind of bringing the two together was really exciting opportunity and looking at kind of digital inclusion and particularly for adults with developmental and specifically intellectual disabilities. Yeah and I mean just in general I suppose my interest in cyber psychology I think as someone who is a millennial growing up the internet you know has been a big part of my life and I think really seen the benefits and throughout life as well so I think yeah growing up it’s been such an influence and how I make sense of the world but also my communications so I think that’s also partly why I was really excited to kind of as a psychologist to kind of delve into to that area. Thanks for that Fiona.

What about you Lisa? Yeah so hi everyone I’m a senior lecturer at the University of Wolverhampton and I’m the current co-lead of our research centre in cyber psychology which we call CREW which is cyber psychology research at the University of Wolverhampton and I co-lead that with Dr Joanne. So for me I guess I fell into cyber a little bit just out of coincidence so when I was doing my undergraduate I you know Fiona touched on that part of observing the world and you know being a millennial used to use the internet as a teenager and it was all very new and exciting and so when I came to do my undergraduate project I wanted to do something about online communication and you know I spoke to my dissertation supervisor at the time and the word cyber psychology hadn’t really come around then you know it was kind of in pockets so it was more social psychology with this online angle to it and I ended up doing a project looking at how people with shyness communicated on the internet so I fell in love with that and then I was very lucky to get a job as a demonstrator which is sort of a teaching assistant at Wolverhampton and very lucky in the fact that there were lots of people at Wolverhampton who already had this interest in cyber again before it was kind of cyber so I got to hook up with my supervisors there so my director of studies Dr Chris Fulwether who sadly moved on from Wolverhampton now but we because we had such a large number of people interested in cyber to develop the the crew research group so it was originally WITS Wolverhampton Internet and Technology Society and then over time as we started to be called cyber psychology we adopted the cyber name. It sounds a little bit like Dead Society.

I’d love to be part of that one. Brilliant. Darren what about you? I had kind of like a career primarily looking at the well-being and working collaboratively with people with intellectual disabilities way before I ever really started to think about cyber psychology really at all and I remember kind of early 2000s at some conferences I went to people were starting to talk about the internet and using the internet for interventions and how people were involved in the internet and so for the past life since the 1990s I’ve worked with people with learning disabilities I have a lot of friends with learning disabilities and do a lot of inclusive research with them but in about 2010 I went to Wolverhampton University and I met Chris Fulwood and luckily I was very much his office mate so we chatted about our two areas of interest and WITS was in full flow then and now my area was different and we just started to talk about things and then we decided to do some research together so with Dr Caroline Wesson who’s also still at the University of Wolverhampton we did a literature review looking at the internet and how it was used by people with intellectual disabilities which is still one of my favourite papers I’ve ever written because it was fun just finding out about the area and then I kind of went along with the journey of cyber psychology as a kind of sub-discipline developing and becoming a subsection of the BPS so and from that I kind of realised that it was another area because one of the things I’ve always been interested in is the kind of disadvantage of people with intellectual disability and how they’re unfortunately sometimes viewed or not viewed at all within society as important or worthy of merit so I like to combat that with my research so I like my research to have kind of social meaning and given how much we now use the internet and like hours and hours a day that we kind of use technology and how reliant we are on it every day it’s really important that there aren’t subsections of the world that are systematically excluded from that so for me that was something that kind of fitted into my passion for why I do research so I’ve kind of carried on since 2010 publishing around digital inclusion of people with disabilities and digital risk and for me what’s quite important is the support that’s provided to enable people to use the internet and to make their own decisions around using the internet and technology in their everyday lives so that’s what my kind of interest is from and sustained till now and I’m currently doing some projects looking at older people with learning disabilities and how they use the internet and how they engage both in online and offline communities.

Oh that’s fascinating I’m going to have to chat to you again another time about that. So the reason I reached out to all of you and to come on this podcast is because you’ve just published a research paper on intellectual disability and victimization but before we get there Fiona you were kind of a lead author in this and this is part of your doctorate that you were doing so I just wanted to find out a little bit about just a little bit about your doctorate journey what got you started what you specifically focused on what it feels like to have finished. Yeah so I’ve completed actually in 2022 and it’s kind of the publishing process since then as I’m sure people understand it takes a while so it took us a while to get the research actually out there but in terms of yeah my journey I think so my doctorate was in counselling psychology and so it’s a bit different to a typical PhD in the sense that it’s not just 100% research you have kind of research as kind of one third of the doctorate and then you have another third which is the teaching and kind of the academic learning side and then another third which is kind of your practical placements where you’re kind of working in the NHS and putting it into practice really and I think in terms of particularly the research side yeah I mean it’s how I ended up in kind of the project that I did is actually down to really Darren and Lisa because they kind of they had an interesting idea which was around kind of looking at the specific kind of more interact you know the specific interactions that can occur in kind of behaviours like cyber bullying and looking at things like flaming and so kind of that and when I say flaming I mean kind of like those harassing kind of messages that can kind of go two-way between two people and I’m particularly then in the context of disability so they’ve kind of there was we received kind of a kind of a guide of proposed projects if anyone was interested and I saw kind of the two areas of interest and I thought great this sounds really really interesting and combining both the disability side but also kind of more the cyber the cyber psychology side and so kind of when I saw that project I emailed them both and we met and then we kind of got started from there really talking about ideas and kind of from there the project evolved and kind of that links with this paper that we published which was kind of fed into part of the kind of literature review that we did as part of the the doctorate and really understanding and the area and the specifics around cyber bullying and the specific types of cyber bullying that might be experienced for people with with intellectual disabilities.

Thank you so much for clarifying because I think a lot of people don’t understand the difference between a PhD and a doctorate and that was a really great way of showcasing that and PhD if I’m not mistaken is mostly research-based and the doctorate’s very different so thank you for clarifying that but you’ve finished I know it’s two years ago but what does it feel like to accomplish this massive achievement? Do you know, interesting question, do you know it feels like a lifetime ago now I think at the time it was a very challenging journey and I think particularly because halfway through my doctorate is when we had Covid and kind of the lockdown and kind of the impact of that so I think yeah I think it when I think of Covid as well it does feel like a lifetime ago I think yeah it was it was really difficult and I think but rewarding you know to have completed it so I’m really pleased and also really pleased that I’ve had the opportunity to kind of continue with Darren and Lisa to get that research out there as well because I think when you do a piece of research and you know a doctoral piece being such a big piece you know you do wonder what the impact will be so I think it’s really nice to actually share that and to get that get that information out there because it feels like it might have an impact which is really good but yeah it’s probably not fully sunken to answer your question. Fair enough, fair enough, probably when you’re 15 go I’m a doctor yeah I am of course I’m brilliant. So Darren and Lisa I know as supervisors and as academics you have a lot of things you juggle every day and quite a number of students you work with so it takes quite a lot of effort to bring on someone new as a to supervise so what is it about Fiona and what she’s wanting to study that you went this is it she has to be one of my supervisees? I don’t know if you remember this Darren but the whole project started on a post-it note didn’t it? Darren and I were just socialising after work the way that we do and Darren’s always been lovely at looking after me you know he’s my uncle Darren and he always checks in with my research and he was asking how research was going and we just got chatting about it and we kind of got carried away so we grabbed a post-it note and wrote down let’s do project about this I mean we’d put together the paragraph about it and I think it sat on the shelf for a couple of years before Fiona came along and picked it up but oh my gosh we couldn’t have asked for anyone better than Fiona because she just completely took that paragraph and ran away with it and she was so independent so passionate about the research you know I honestly genuinely couldn’t ask for a better student than Fiona and I’m sure Darren feels the answer to a post-it note.

Yeah it was and it came out of a kind of so there’s a lot of research that suggests that people with learning disabilities are bullied on a weekly basis and you were really interested in online bullying of children weren’t you Lisa and that’s kind of where we just had a conversation about how important it was to tackle that and to address it in a sensitive way and Fiona really handled herself so well in terms of kind of managing the shift to online and doing online interviews with people with learning disabilities which is not an easy feat and just negotiated all that really really adeptly yeah so she was and we’re not just saying this you were an absolute model PhD doctoral student it was it was it was a pleasure supervising you and the work that you produced was of such high quality that it got published in New Media and Society which is a really really prestigious journal so yes well done and yes very very lucky for me and Lisa. So let’s talk about the article and I have to read this because it’s quite a long title so it’s a scoping review investigating the perspectives perspectives of people with mild to moderate intellectual disabilities on experiences of cyberbullying victimization and its subtypes which was published in Sage Journal in May so just for clarification because we kind of use cyberbullying as a generic term what is cyberbullying and what kind of different types of cyberbullying are there? Yeah so I think this is something that came up Caroline and is part of the review is that actually there’s so many different definitions out there of cyberbullying and you know some definitions kind of traditional bullying has the definition of that’s just been taken and applied to online bullying and then in other cases there’s been specific definitions that have looked on cyberbullying and kind of looked at it as a distinct process and given it a different definition so I think in terms of the review paper we kind of went with kind of quite a broad understanding of cyberbullying just in terms of something that would kind of encapsulate all the different definitions which was that idea around it’s kind of a behavior online with the intent to cause harm and so kind of via you know internet communications and so I suppose it’s capturing that element that there’s an intentional harm behind it. And in the introduction there was three elements that you wrote about was online content, online contact and online conduct which I’d never come across before and I just wanted to know if one of you can kind of clarify what it is and how they differ from each other.

Well it’s the work of Livingston and Haddon I think it came from originally and they kind of classified in the EU kids online study that there were different types of online negative kind of interactions that happened and so there was online content where people get access to potentially harmful materials online for example sexual or violent or hateful content there’s the kind of contact which is the focus Fiona do you want to take that one because it’s the focus of the paper. Okay so in terms of online contact risk so it is kind of risks that are occurring a relationship in terms of kind of two or more individuals and it is kind of a harm that is perpetrated towards someone else and so and that person being the receiver of that harm if that makes sense. So it would be an online contact risk for example is cyber bullying where that person would be cyber bullied and so it’s really kind of taking the perspective more of the person who’s victimized if that makes sense within that risk.

Yeah and then you’ve got the harassed and stalked haven’t you and being groomed would also fit into that as well and then we have the hot online conduct risks which is where the person themselves is actually engaging a behaviour that might be harmful to themselves or to other people so they’re perpetrating the bullying or the harassment or the stalking or the grooming or they’re kind of flaming people online or kind of sending out hateful content themselves and sharing that or illegal content themselves and there’s also an additional one which is contract risks isn’t there which kind of came up after we’d started the research which was a new revised thing which always becomes difficult when you’ve used a model in research and then they change it halfway through where you’ve not quite finished and that’s more about kind of negotiating kind of contracts online and signing up for things and getting kind of embroiled in kind of circumstances or with organizations where you might not be able to disentangle yourself or there might be financial repercussions from that so yeah that’s the fourth type that we didn’t talk about quite so much in the paper. Okay that’s really great to define that because I think we so often talk about cyber bullying as one specific thing and it’s kind of like screen time it’s such a generic thing that we that a lot of people throw around but there’s you know we know there’s no such thing as screen time but actually cyber bullying is just such a generic term so thank you for clarifying those different types and how it affects people both from the receiving and the aggressor in the process.

Darren, in terms of the gaps that we often look for when we’re doing research, and this comes from that posted note that Lisa and Darren wrote up, but what was that gap that you saw that you felt needed research? Because that’s really how we do research, is we find gaps and then we go find, understand what the research question is, a hypothesis, and then we go research and find out what the answer is. So what was that gap that you saw that you went, actually I really need to find out more about this? Yeah, so the gap was that, you know, so going away, examined the literature, and particularly in the case of intellectual disabilities, and we really found that there wasn’t really any research that was looking at the specific types of cyberbullying. And so in terms of, you know, we spoke there around the broad types of risks, but actually within cyberbullying itself, there’s different types of cyberbullying.

So examples include harassment, and outing people, so kind of maybe someone’s got a secret or something, and someone kind of reveals that online, and I think cyberstalking comes in as actually a type of cyberbullying. Briefing, flaming? They’re the newer ones, yeah, so they are, which is kind of in the gaming context, where people kind of might kind of sabotage the game for people, the shaming, so kind of shaming people about something. Impersonation, so kind of if, you know, we’re going online pretending to be someone else.

Exclusion as well, so kind of, we might go online and, you know, as we would in a kind of face-to-face setting, kind of exclude people from things, and kind of that kind of, yeah, false communication about people, and kind of, you know, making up information that’s not true. So kind of in terms of the gap there, there was papers looking at kind of online risks really in general actually, and not many papers specifically on cyberbullying as a specific risk, but then no research on actually then the specific behaviours within that, and so really kind of going more into the in-depth and understanding actually, you know, is there differences between the different, you know, the different types of cyberbullying, and quite often the intellectual disability papers would kind of conflate, and so they’re both face-to-face bullying, but also cyberbullying, and actually we know there can be a lot of differences between the two types, for example, you know, with the cyberbullying, and it can be hard for people to escape, you know, whereas if it’s, you know, more traditional face-to-face bullying, you know, the person might have a safe space at home, whereas actually, you know, the research shows that cyberbullying actually invades the person’s entire world, because even at home, you know, they might be experiencing this sort of bullying. So we felt kind of the research wasn’t really looking specifically at the differences, and it was hard to tell, you know, was this cyberbullying, or was this more face-to-face, and also in terms of the research, it wasn’t really looking at intellectual disabilities specifically, but quite often would look at disabilities in general, or disabilities in chronic conditions, and what we knew from the research is actually intellectual disabilities, there can be differences in terms of their experience, and it’s not, you know, one homogeneous population, everyone’s different, and it would be really hard, you know, to understand specifically the experiences of those with intellectual disabilities within a real mixed sample, and vice versa for other types of disabilities as well, you know, being in that mixed sample.

So we just felt there wasn’t really any that looked at the specific cyberbullying behaviours for intellectual disabilities, and looked at it within the online context, and that was kind of the gap that we identified in the literature. Are there specific types of cyberbullying that those with intellectual disabilities experience more than those who don’t have intellectual disabilities, and what are they? Yeah, so I mean in terms of what we found from the review is that harassment did seem to come out as kind of the most common experience that people were reporting, so as part of the review we really delved deep into understanding, you know, when people were mentioning cyberbullying, what did that actually entail, so looking at the specific behaviours involved, and harassment was, as I say, the most common experience, and as part of the discussion in the paper we went back to the literature out there, and a similar theme actually came out in the literature of those without intellectual disabilities, that harassment does seem to be the most common. However, a lot of the other cyberbullying behaviours weren’t discussed, so it might be that those other areas have just not been investigated, so for example, we didn’t really find many papers looking at flaming, for example, or the newer forms such griefing and shaming, so again that’s a gap actually, you know, is it that these ones are less common, or is it we’ve not investigated that yet, and kind of more research into those other types of cyberbullying could be helpful.

Yeah, it could be, and that’s a great thing about cyberpsychology, there’s just so much that we still want to learn, and there’s so many gaps, so so much opportunity for people to do research. So in terms of the cyberbullying and harassment side of things, and the different types of cyberbullying, is there a difference in age with intellectual disability, so are those who are younger children or adults experience different types of cyberbullying, or is it harassment across the board? From the review, and as I say, as quite is typical in the intellectual disabilities research, you know, that there wasn’t as many papers as we would have liked, compared to those, you know, in the literature of those without intellectual disabilities. So in terms of the papers and what we found, I would say it was quite mixed in terms of the samples, so it was about 50% of the papers were looking at adult experiences, and the other 50% were looking at the experiences of kind of children, adolescents, sometimes mixed samples that might have had, you know, young people and adults.

And it seemed to be a similar theme across both, that harassment was kind of the most common cyberbullying behaviour that people experienced. But kind of linking in, I suppose, with what Darren was saying in terms of his current area of research, what we did find is that older adults were really neglected in terms of the sample, the samples used in the studies. So I think there was maybe one study that included older adults as part of a mixed sample, but really, I think their voice is missed in the literature at the moment around cyberbullying, and if that’s something that is impacting them.

On top of that, I mean, I think it’s that intersection of disability and age together that kind of almost creates a double disadvantage for those people with learning disabilities, where they’re not necessarily viewed as able to use the internet or technology, so it’s just assumed that because they’re digitally excluded, they tend not to have that risk in their lives because they’re not on the internet, but actually some people are, and I think that’s sometimes underestimated and not thought about. And the idea that we have almost like a huge iceberg of people with borderline intellectual disabilities who live in society, who don’t have a diagnosis and not in touch with services or supports, but actually will kind of experience some of the same negative interactions online and probably more likely to use technology. That’s a really good point, because it’s kind of slightly milder than mild.

They don’t feel that they’ve got it bad enough or that they kind of feel as though they don’t want to get diagnosed because it might set them at risk if they go to the employer and say, well, actually I’ve got intellectual disabilities. So you talk about harassment as one of the main things that they deal with. What is online harassment in terms of cyberbullying? What does it mean to be harassed? Do you have examples? In terms of, if I go first with just kind of the definition that we use, so we, I mean in terms of the kind of taxonomies that are used for cyberbullying behaviours, there’s actually, it’s something that’s not really been updated in I suppose the more current literature, so kind of the most, I’d say one of the most commonly used ones that I came across in literature was Willard 2007.

But it doesn’t include, so a lot of the behaviours we mentioned earlier are part of that, but it doesn’t include some of the newer ones. So I think there is probably room for a bit of updating. But in terms of how they would define it, they defined it as kind of that interacts, so kind of a negative communication directed towards someone.

So it might include things such as insults, mocking, making fun of someone, and sometimes receiving threats. And it kind of differs from flaming in terms of how they would define it in the taxonomy, and that flaming tends to be a two-way interaction. So there would be the kind of victim might be responding back, whereas in the harassment it tends to be that one-way communication towards the person who’s been victimised.

It kind of mirrors a lot of the offline bullying that people would like to experience, so being made fun of, or being pointed out as different, and being targeted and relentlessly attacked as well online. And I think that was one of the worries that, and one of the things I thought was interesting about Fiona’s work was that idea that offline people tend to be bullied in catapult places, like on buses, and young adolescents tend to be the main perpetrators of bullying offline. But actually online, we didn’t know.

We didn’t know who it was going to be and whether it was going to happen to the same degree, but there was that fear that you can’t get away from it in the same way, because it’s online and you often take your technology with you to different places. Do you think those with intellectual disabilities might have their technology with them more often than those without, or is it just that there is no distinct difference that you can learn about? The amount of use has increased since Covid, very, very much so, and the main kind of devices people have are tablets from some of the international literature. And a lot of the literature looking at what devices people have doesn’t disaggregate people with intellectual disabilities from people with disabilities more generally, so it’s very hard to say for sure.

So we still need more research on that, looking at what technologies they use, how they use them, and how often. And often they are systematically excluded from the big studies that look at technology uses, just by the nature of having an intellectual disability, so that’s kind of missing too. But in general, when people have the research that Chris and I had done before Fiona had done her kind of thesis, indicated that people often use technology in the same ways that everybody else does, but just slightly differently in terms of needing more support.

So in terms of the research that you’ve done, Fiona, just with your doctor as well as this study and all the other stuff around intellectual disabilities and internet use, what practical application does this have, and how can the general public or those in business or those in the NHS use this information? So if I start with the study first and then can talk about the doctorate and more general implications. I think one of the key recommendations really, or things that we felt based on the literature today, was that there is differences in terms of the types of cyberbullying, and as I say, the harassment came out as kind of the main one across the papers, but actually more research is needed, particularly into these newer behaviours that are coming up, as we mentioned, griefing, shaming, couldn’t find any literature or any studies that have kind of examined that, and on impact, is there something that people are experiencing, and kind of what’s going on for them in terms of the psychological impact of that. And I think in terms of why it’s important, I think by knowing the specific types of experiences and behaviours that people are experiencing, we can then, that can inform specific interventions to support people.

So as Darren said, it’s about supporting people to independently be able to use these technologies, and I think that was a key thing throughout, thinking about the wider doctorate, was that people wanted to be online, even being able to facilitate their involvement in my research. It was during COVID, so we had to use Zoom, but actually the reason a lot of participants were able to use Zoom was, it was actually due to COVID, because it was through advocacy groups. They’d been supported to get online because of COVID, because their main social contacts had been stopped.

So they had that individual support to get online, be able to access things like iPads. So I think it’s really important if we understand these sorts of risks and the specific risks, we can support people to manage them, and as part of the research, what came out of those who had experienced these risks, in terms of the rest of the research I did, was that it wasn’t always a negative, that people felt they built resilience quite often, in terms of they might have had some negative experiences online, but if they had the right supports, and that links to another finding that came out for us, was around supports, and having the right supports to navigate those risks if they do happen. So I think it’ll inform specific interventions.

I think you’ve summarised that really well, Fiona, but it adds to the digital literacy information we have generally. I mean, at the moment, we’ve got all these big arguments, debates about whether we should be banning technology for certain age groups, or limiting technology for certain age groups, and actually it builds on that stuff where if we’re too risk aversive, and we stop technology, how are we going to teach people about technology? You know, we live in a technological world, we can’t just say let’s not use it anymore, so I think that finding is so important, just generally around the digital literacy research, to say that actually we shouldn’t be too scared of online risks, you know, there’s a way to manage it, and understanding people’s experiences can help us figure out the best ways to support people to manage these things. Darren, I don’t know if you’ve got anything to add? I suppose just kind of extending that a little bit in a kind of broader global sense, we’ve got a kind of, as a country, we’ve ratified the UN Convention on the Rights of Disabled People, so in doing that, we’ve said that people have the right to be part of the community, and a lot of our communities are now online, a lot of our interactions and the things that we do every day, and the ways that we talk to each other and spend time together are facilitated and mediated by technology, and what we don’t want is a world where there is systematic, there’s a systematic exclusion of particular groups of people, just because they’re viewed as more vulnerable, when actually the small amount of literature that does exist suggests that with the right support, and with the right guidance, and with the right kind of freedoms as well, people can exercise their right to potentially make bad decisions as well as good decisions online, but navigate and negotiate them in a way that kind of helps them, as Fiona said, build their resilience, and as Lisa said, we can’t be risk averse, we can’t be exclusionary of certain groups of people, because it’s inequitable and unfair ultimately, so I think, yeah, that’s the kind of the headline for me.

That’s a good point, Darren, because we are living in a democracy, and that’s what a democracy is all about, rather than denying certain people certain rights, because they have certain characteristics, whether it’s intellectual, physical, or mental, whatever that looks like, it’s, and we are democracies by education, and awareness, and supporting, and giving people tools, where there are risks, and helping them understand what those risks are. So Fiona, just zooming out slightly, just in terms of now, or last two years at least, since you finished your doctorate, and possibly before, you’ve been working in the NHS, are you going to be doing any more research in this area, or are you just finished focusing on your practical work in the NHS? Luckily, we still have actually some findings that we’ve not published yet, so we are working on a paper on one of the themes that we’ve discussed today, which is support, and understanding kind of, you know, what support is accessed, when we might experience an online risk, and kind of, what does that look like, and what is kind of the specific sorts of, you know, things that are involved in that support, but also thinking about, you know, from the perspective of people with intellectual disabilities, what kind of support would they like, and really, I suppose, hearing their voices, because quite often, you know, in the intellectual disability research, a lot of research doesn’t actually look at the voices of people with intellectual disabilities themselves, sometimes it’s more from carers, or kind of third party, you know, voices that are given, so we felt it was really important to understand actually, what is it that the individuals themselves think, and would be helpful, so that’s kind of one area I’m working on, and a completely different tangent, and it’s part of my work in the NHS, and eating disorders, and so I am doing a bit of research at the moment, and it’s not similar along the lines in terms of inclusion, but looking at particularly individuals who struggle with kind of binge eating disorder, and kind of weight shame and stigma, so I’m really looking at kind of inequalities actually within eating disorders, and because there is actually a big barrier for people with binge eating disorder to get picked up in terms of, you know, to be identified, but also for them to access services, because of the stigma in society around weight, and because quite often, individual struggling with binge eating disorder might be of a higher BMI, and people kind of miss kind of the underlying psychological distress, and so in particular, I’m looking at the evidence around, and kind of with one of the assistant psychologists, around the research around the importance of compassion focused interventions, because a lot of the evidence base is based on kind of more traditional cognitive behavioural therapy, but more third wave interventions bring in compassion, and that’s been shown to help with shame and stigma, and so it’s something that I’m hoping, and I know a lot of services in the UK are using compassion focused interventions, but it’s not in the nice guidance yet for eating disorders, so I’m quite keen to kind of improve the accessibility of treatment, but also treatment outcomes for people with binge eating disorder. So going on to Darren, you’ve been part of the Wolverhampton Intellectual Disability Network, and your passion is around digital inclusion for people with intellectual disabilities, so why is this such an important focus area for you? I suppose this kind of comes from when I was younger, and I did my psychology, and I did a placement working with people with learning disabilities, and that led to me doing a module on that, and then PhD, looking at older people, and their quality of life, and their community, and social inclusion, and I think as part of that, I realised how people are, like very few, like a very tiny percent of people with learning disabilities have paid employment, very few people have relationships where they get married, and they’re homeowners, and lots of the things that most people who are typically developing without an intellectual disability have, people without intellectual disabilities, people with intellectual disabilities are excluded from, or prevented from having, so that’s something that I’ve always been really passionate about, so moving to the digital world, that kind of became the thing that I was most interested in really, because I spend a lot of time online, although I’ve changed from one of those people who used technology a lot, and was very good at it, to someone who really just struggled with it, just like everybody else does as they get older, so that’s a change that’s happened over time, so I’m kind of interested in how people with learning disabilities navigate that, and currently I’ve got some projects that we’re doing looking at digital health inclusion of people with disabilities, and also the one I mentioned before, Include Age, that’s looking at older people, so I think it’s really important because for a kind of, I always think a measure of a society is kind of how it treats those people who are often disadvantaged, and I think a good measure of our society is how well included those people who we might classify as the most vulnerable or the most disadvantaged are treated, and I think people with intellectual disabilities sadly are still one of those groups, so that’s why I think it’s really important, and I also think it’s not going to change, so many of our public services are going online, with scant kind of thought about how those people without disabilities, sorry, those people with disabilities and older people are going to navigate that change and the supports that are available, so I think that that’s an important thing that really needs to be, it’s a key societal pressure that’s going to carry on as we move forward.

How that operates in kind of global majority countries, we have no notion of either, so 80% of all children with disabilities live in global majority countries, but we have very, very little information about the supports they receive, the supports their families receive, or how they use technology and how technology can help them navigate a world where there isn’t as much support for them, so there’s loads of really fascinating questions still out there, so that’s why it’s really important to still look into it, and lots of social change that we need to enact so we’ve got a better world. And you’re currently based at John Moores University in Liverpool? Yes, I sadly left Wolverhampton University 18 months ago, and I do miss all my colleagues though, it was lovely, but I had to come back to the north to be nearer to family, and I’m enjoying being at John Moores and running my projects there at the moment, it’s really fun. Brilliant, so what kind of undergrad and postgrad options do you offer in cyberpsychology, because there’s quite a few parents and young potential students who are wanting to do cyberpsychology, and as Fiona said, there’s so few universities in the UK that offer anything in undergrad and postgrad, so what do you offer at John Moores University? At John Moores we don’t have a cyberpsychology module at the moment, but hopefully, fingers crossed, in the future we will be developing a level six module for there, there are talk about potential new postgraduate programmes, but I’m not sure whether that will be one of them, it’s probably better to ask Lisa this, because I think Lisa has much more.

But you still are available as a supervisor on specific areas, especially if it’s intellectual disabilities. Yeah, so I’ve got a lot of projects I’d really love to do, and if people would love to do them with me, I’d be very happy to supervise people in digital inclusion and disability research. There are a lot of poster notes with just a lot of questions waiting to be answered.

So Lisa, you’re at Wolverhampton University and you do quite a bit of research around social media use, and especially uses and gratifications in social media, but you also do research on the role of technology with infant feeding decisions, so why is understanding why people use social media such an important area of research? I think, so I’ll hold my hand up and say I’m one of these people that actually love social media. I get so engaged, it’s ridiculous how much time I waste on social media. And so part of this question is based on my own curiosities of what it is that draws people in.

I think, you know, as a psychologist, there is nothing better than observing human behaviour online, because you see the whole spectrum of possibilities from people and how they interact. And I’m also one of these people that has a bit of a tendency to get sucked into all the new latest trends in cyber. So if I go to a cyber psychology conference, I’m sitting there and thinking, oh, I want to try that now, and I want to try that now.

So I think social media is one of those that it’s so broad that you can dip in and out of different kind of subsections of cyber. But in terms of the infant feeding decisions, you know, again, this is something that’s really interesting to me is about kind of smaller communities online and how different communities interact. And the breastfeeding community online is quite a small niche community in that, you know, within the UK, we have very poor breastfeeding rates.

And so I was always interested in how that community forms support online and how that perhaps differs from the offline support that we have. So I think it’s just about understanding what it is that social media can offer us. And I’m not really one for the negatives of social media.

Yes, you know, I appreciate there are negative social media. But there’s a reason why so many people love it so much is the reason why it draws us in. And that’s the great thing about use and gratifications.

It’s such a positive theory, that actually, we know what we’re doing when we’re on social media, we’re getting something out of it, and we choose to use it as opposed to being like a slave to technology. So it’s just a way of understanding what it is, you know, what it satisfies in us in terms of our human needs. So yeah, just all that kind of introspection of my own usage, I guess.

I only came across the term use and gratification when I was doing my masters. And I think it’s great to be able to, as a social media user, think about why I actually use it. What am I spending all this time on social media for, because we get told off so often about how long we spend on social media, without understanding why I’m doing it.

And I often use the example of during COVID, because my family’s all over the world, it was really great way of me keeping in contact with them. So that was a huge gratification and a great use of social media for me. And I didn’t want someone to tell me that I spend too long on it, because actually, this was my little safe space and was like, actually, everyone’s okay, and I feel better about life space.

And so it’s just such a great concept to talk about, and let people engage with that in a way of actually, I do use it for a really good reason, kind of like what you just said, Lisa, in terms of, I use it, and I love it. And this is why I use it. And I’m okay with that.

Well, I mean, I feel like the world would be better if we all had more dog and cat videos, like if we all had more memes and gifs or however you pronounce that word. So yeah, I think the internet just offers a lot for us. Lots more animal videos, I’m up for that.

So you are at Wolverhampton University, and that you offer what’s kind of seems to be one of the main hubs of cyber psychology in England, and where it can start in England. So what is it that you offer from an undergrad and postgraduate perspective and for someone wanting to study cyber psychology? Yeah, so at our undergraduate level, we have an undergraduate in psychology. And as part of that, the level six includes an optional module of cyber psychology.

And that’s very much a whirlwind tour of what cyber can be. So there’s a lesson on social media, on gaming, on online disinhibition and trolling behaviours, on cybercrime, you know, really mixed bag of everything that cyber can encompass. Unfortunately, in terms of our masters in cyber psychology, we have temporarily shut that down.

I’m not sure logistically if that’s coming back anytime soon. However, we do have PhD options. So anyone interested in a PhD, you can find out more about cyber psychology research on our Wolverhampton University website and find out all about our interests within that.

And we have the the counselling psychology doctorate that Fiona did. And, you know, I think the fantastic thing about cyber is you can dip it across all these different things. So there are so many questions you can ask from a counselling and cyber perspective.

And so, you know, Fiona has shown how to do that with her work, but I’ve done things like looking at negative content online and how that affects wellbeing and things like that. So there are lots of questions you can ask if you’re interested in doing the counselling psychology doctorate, but dipping your toe into cyber as well.

Show All Collapse
Other podcasts
Lisa Orchard

Dr Lisa J Orchard – Social Media Usage and Resulting Impact

Senior Lecturer

at University of Wolverhampton (UK)

Dr Orchard is also: 

  • External Examiner MSc Cyberpsychology at IADT (Ireland)
  • BPS Hon. Secretary Cyberpsychology Section
  • Co-Lead, Cyberpsychology Research at The University of Wolverhampton (CRUW) Research Cluster
Main CyberPsychology Expertise:

Social Media Usage and the Resulting Impact

Other Specialisations
  • The role of technology within infant feeding decisions.
  • Personality and online behaviour.
Follow:
Connect:

Email her directly at:  l.j.orchard@wlv.ac.uk.

Lisa is also a Supervisor to PhD and Doctoral students such as Dr Fiona Clements.
They published articles alongside Dr Darren Chadwick on Cyberbullying and victimisation of those with mild to moderate disabilities.
Courses available at Wolverhampton
Videos and Podcasts
Helping Psychologists Explain Human Thought and Behaviour (2022)

In this webinar, Lisa joins Dr Linda Kaye and Dr Dave Harley in a discussion on gaming, social media, virtual reality, online learning and online groups – especially the around the motivations, experiences, and effects surrounding the interactions between humanity and technology. 

Social Media in Covid-19 (26 March 2022)

The interview covers:

  • A discussion around social media use through Covid-19, and potential benefits and areas of risk.
Breastfeeding and the role of Social Media (2021)

This video is an infographic summary of research findings, focussed specifically on how we can best use social media to facilitate breastfeeding support and information.

Research Articles
Workplace Technology Research
24 March 2020

Active Social Media in Covid-19

This paper includes suggestions for positive social media use within Covid-19 Lockdowns.

Other Technology Research
2020

A systematic review exploring the impact of social media on breastfeeding practices

A systematic review of literature exploring the role of social media within breastfeeding practices.

Other CyberPsychology Research

Clements, F. A., Orchard, L. J., & Chadwick, D. D. (2024). A scoping review investigating the perspectives of people with mild to moderate intellectual disabilities on experiences of cyberbullying victimisation and its subtypes. Journal of Intellectual Disabilities. https://doi.org/10.1177/17446295241252214 (Impact Factor: 1.5; Estimated Contribution: 25%)

Clements, F. A., Chadwick, D. D., & Orchard, L. J. (2023). ‘I’m not the same person now’: The psychological implications of online contact risk experiences for adults with intellectual disabilities. New Media & Society. https://doi.org/10.1177/14614448231217994 (Impact Factor: 5.0; Estimated Contribution: 25%)

Jovanović, T., Bodroža, B., Orchard, L., Fullwood, C., Kermani, H., Casale, S., … & Hren, D. (2023). Cross-cultural validity of the psycho-social aspects of Facebook Use (PSAFU) scale. Psihologija, 56(1), 31-62. (Impact Factor: 1.26; Estimated Contribution: 20%)

Kaye, L. K., Rousaki, A., Joyner, L. C., Barrett, L. A., & Orchard, L. J. (2022). The Online Behaviour Taxonomy: A conceptual framework to understand behaviour in computer-mediated communication. Computers in Human Behavior, 107443. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2022.107443 (Impact Factor: 8.957; Estimated Contribution: 20%)

Orchard, L. J., & Nicholls, W. (2022). A systematic review exploring the impact of social media on breastfeeding practices. Current Psychology, 41, 6107–6123. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-020-01064-w (Impact Factor: 2.387; Estimated Contribution: 80%)

Orchard, L. (2021, July). The virtual public servant: Artificial intelligence and frontline work by Dr Stephen Jeffares. British Psychological Society Cyberpsychology Bulletin, 5. (Impact Factor: N/A)

Clements, F. A., Chadwick, D. D. & Orchard, L. J. (2020). Lockdown can be especially difficult for those with learning disabilities. Journal of Health and Social Care Improvement, 3(2), 21–24. (Impact Factor: N/A; Estimated Contribution: 10%)

Orchard, L. J., Fullwood, C., Morris, N., & Galbraith, N. (2015). Investigating the Facebook experience through Q Methodology: Collective investment and a ‘Borg’ mentality. New Media & Society, 17(9), 1547-1565. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461444814530099 (Impact Factor: 5.31; Estimated Contribution: 90%)

Orchard, L. J., Fullwood, C., Galbraith, N., & Morris, N. (2014). Individual Differences as Predictors of Social Networking. Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication, 19(3), 388-402. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcc4.12068 (Impact Factor: 7.432; Estimated Contribution: 90%)

Fullwood, C., Orchard, L. J., & Floyd, S. (2013). Emoticon convergence in Internet chat rooms. Social Semiotics, 23(5), 648-662. https://doi.org/10.1080/10350330.2012.739000 (Impact Factor: 1.568; Estimated Contribution: 30%)

Orchard, L. J., & Fullwood, C. (2010). Current perspectives on personality and Internet use. Social Science Computer Review28(2), 155-169. https://doi.org/10.1177/0894439309335115 (Impact Factor: 4.418; Estimated Contribution: 70%)

Vowles, A., Orchard, L. & Hever, T. (2007). A postnatal community social support group in Tipton, West Midlands. Clinical Psychology Forum172, 9-12. (Impact Factor: 0.15; Estimated Contribution: 40%)

Orchard, L. (2006). The effective use of consultations: A literature review. Psych-Talk54, 15-17. (IF: N/A)

ONGOING STUDIES / IN PREP.

Orchard, L. J., Nicholls, W., & Markova, A. (under review). Experiences of brelfie-taking and social media sharing by UK breastfeeding mothers. 

Orchard, L. J., Nicholls, W., Hinton, D. & Elliot, M. (in prep.). Measuring general public attitudes towards breastfeeding: A scale validation. 

Fullwood, C., Chadwick, D., Wesson, C., Chen-Wilson, J. & Orchard, L. J. (in prep). Sexual identity, self-concept clarity, and the online self.

CHAPTERS IN BOOKS

Orchard, L. J. (2019). Uses and Gratifications of social media: Who uses it and why? In A. Attrill-Smith, C. Fullwood, M. Keep, D. Kuss (Eds.),The Oxford Handbook of Cyberpsychology (pp. 3320-348). Oxford Academic.

BLOGS AND MEDIA ATTENTION

Orchard, L. J. (2023). When did you last see someone breastfeeding? University of Wolverhampton.https://www.wlv.ac.uk/news-and-events/wlv-blog/2023/july-2023/blog-when-did-you-last-see-someone-breastfeeding.php

Orchard, L. J. (2021). Cyberpsychology: What is it? Why I love it and why you would love it too! University of Wolverhampton. https://www.wlv.ac.uk/news-and-events/wlv-blog/2021/december-2021/cyberpsychology-what-is-it-why-i-love-it-and-why-you-would-love-it-too.php

British Psychological Society (2020). BPS cyberpsychologists say being active on social media will help you cope with isolation. [Press release picked up by many International news outlets]  

El Pais (2019). The end of an era: what will happen when the ‘likes’ disappear. [Quoted interview]. https://elpais-com.translate.goog/tecnologia/2019/10/03/actualidad/1570055577_861141.html?_x_tr_sl=es&_x_tr_tl=en&_x_tr_hl=en&_x_tr_pto=sc

Orchard, L. J. (2019). The Impact of Social Media on Breastfeeding. The Breastfeeding Network. https://www.breastfeedingnetwork.org.uk/lisajorchard/

Orchard, L. J. (2019). E-boobs: The Impact of Social Media on Breastfeeding. University of Wolverhampton.https://www.wlv.ac.uk/staff/news/june-2019/e-boobs-the-impact-of-social-media-on-breastfeeding.php

Orchard, L. J. & Attrill-Smith, A. (2019). The Momo Challenge – What have we learned? University of Wolverhampton.https://www.wlv.ac.uk/news-and-events/latest-news/2019/march-2019/the-momo-challenge-what-have-we-learned-.php

Orchard, L. J. (2018). Why did you use social media today? University of Wolverhampton.https://www.wlv.ac.uk/news-and-events/wlv-blog/2018/blog-why-did-you-use-social-media-today/blog-why-did-you-use-social-media-today.php

Orchard, L. J. (2017). Too many non-friends in your Facebook ‘friends’? University of Wolverhampton.https://www.wlv.ac.uk/news-and-events/wlv-blog/2017/too-many-non-friends-in-your-facebook-friends/too-many-non-friends-in-your-facebook-friends-.php

Books or Chapters Published
Book: The Oxford Handbook of Cyberpsychology

(Chapter) Uses and Gratifications of Social Media: Who Uses It and Why?

The chapter on Social Media is a theoretical look at why people may be drawn to social media and how our individual differences may drive this usage.

Chapter Abstract taken directly from Oxford Handbooks Online Page:

Social media is built upon user-generated content and interactivity between users. Understanding the users within social media is therefore imperative to understanding how social media itself functions. This chapter explores the users of social media in more detail and asks the two key questions of who uses social media, and why they do so. When looking towards past research for inspiration as a way to understand user interest towards media, the Uses and Gratifications model stands out as a key approach for exploring media uptake. Therefore, the chapter starts by focusing on the Uses and Gratifications framework and how it can be used to explain why individuals are drawn to social media. The framework is then expanded to discuss how individuals’ personal needs, in particular personality, can impact upon such motivations.

psydchad

Dr Darren Chadwick – Inclusion and Support Online

Senior Lecturer

In Psychology at Liverpool John Moores University

Main CyberPsychology Expertise:

Cyberbullying and victimisation amongst those with mild to moderate intellectual disabilities.

Darren is also a Supervisor to PhD and Doctoral students such as Dr Fiona Clements. They have published articles alongside Dr Lisa Orchard on Cyberbullying and victimisation of those with mild to moderate disabilities.
FionaClementsIDphoto 2

Dr Fiona Clements

Dr Fiona Clements works with adults with eating disorders in the UK National Health Service (NHS).

In this episode, Fiona tells us about:

00:49 Her background and what she is doing now in the NHS. Starting a Doctorate in CyberPsychology looking at digital inclusion specifically in intellectual disabilities.

09:00 Fiona’s Doctorate journey, what got her started, what a Doctorate involves, what she focussed on, how that links into the article that was published, and what it is like to finish and the impact of the doctoral research.

13:32 What started the project that brought Fiona into the process of the Doctoral research.

15:53 The different types of Cyberbullying. The negative online interactions of: online content, online contact, online conduct and online contract risks.

20:17 The gap in knowledge that the research was trying to address. The different types and definitions of cyberbullying. How cyberbullying differs from offline bullying.

24:05 Harassment as the most common experience of cyberbullying amongst those with intellectual disabilities.

25:48 The impact of age on the type of cyberbullying that takes place and the lack of cyber related research amongst older adults who have intellectual disabilities.

28:17 The definition and examples of online harassment, how that differs from flaming and how the online cyberbullying relates to offline bullying. The increased proliferation of gadgets since Covid, and the similarity of technology use between those with and without intellectual disabilities.

31:49 Practical applications of research around the different types of cyberbullying amongst those with intellectual disabilities. Insights that facilitate the development of interventions to support people, so they are able to independently use technology and understanding what support is needed to navigate online risks and decision making that happens online.

37:17 Additional findings due to be published on ways to support those with intellectual disability who may be exposed to online risks. Inequalities amongst those with eating disorders and focussing on 3rd wave (compassion focussed) interventions and accessibility to this treatment.

50:23 The self-stigmatisation of cyberbullying linked to self-esteem. The differences in the type risks in relation to self-stigma and self vs others blaming.

52:23 Media’s sensationalising of academic research in a way that spreads misinformation and negative social narratives – to push their own agenda. The responsibility of academics to get research findings into the public domain in an understandable way and having to correct misinformation.

Counselling Psychologist (DCounsPsy)

Fiona’s Doctorate is from the University of Wolverhampton. Her MSc in Health Psychology at the University of Surrey.

She continues to be passionate about lived experience research with adults with developmental disabilities and their carers; specifically in the areas of cyberpsychology and health psychology.

Connect:
Explore her up-to-date research
Recommended Reading:

The Oxford Handbook of Cyberpsychology.

EP4 Raakesh Kriplani

Prof. Dr. Raakesh Kriplani | Ep 4

Watch or listen:
The Work of CyberPsychology in India.

Prof. Dr. Raakesh Kriplani (in India) works alongside government institutions and the Rashtriya Raksha University to train the next generation of CyberPsychologists in India. We talk about how effective robotic, and AI mental health counselling therapy is and what influences children’s digital technology behaviour.

Connect with the guests
Prof. Dr Raakesh Kriplani

Prof. Dr Raakesh Kriplani is a pioneering CyberPsychologist in Pacific Asia, working in therapy, security and training.

Find out more about the work he does on the CIIPS website.

Rashtriya Raksha University:

In this episode, we speak with Professor Rakesh Kriplani, a leading cyberpsychologist in Asia-Pacific and the director of the Cosmic Integrated Institute of Psychology and Security (CIPS). Professor Kriplani shared his remarkable journey from a background in traditional psychology and medicine to becoming a pioneer in CyberPsychology.

A Unique Path to Cyberpsychology
Professor Kriplani’s journey began with a desire to bridge the gap between medical and psychological understanding. His early career involved working in pharmaceutical companies and medical colleges, fostering an eclectic approach to psychology. His fascination with the burgeoning digital world led him to envision the potential of online counselling as far back as 2008, long before it gained mainstream traction.

Building a Digital Ecosystem for Mental Health
Professor Kriplani’s efforts have culminated in the creation of a comprehensive ecosystem addressing digital wellness and CyberPsychology. Key initiatives include:

  • Digital Wellness Workshops: With a commitment to deliver 900 workshops annually in schools, these sessions focus on the science behind digital behaviours, addiction, and neurological impacts.
  • Training Cyberpsychologists: Through certificate and diploma courses, CIPS is equipping a new generation of professionals with the skills to address cyber addiction, digital counselling, and cyber security.
  • Digital Rehab Centre: Set to launch on a 20-acre island in Goa, India, this initiative will focus on combating mobile addiction through immersive, tech-free experiences.

Cybersecurity and Radicalisation
Professor Kriplani also highlighted the broader applications of Cyberpsychology, particularly in addressing global challenges such as cyberterrorism, radicalisation, and misinformation. His work with India’s Ministry of Home Affairs and international organisations reflects a growing recognition of cyberpsychology’s potential to enhance both national security and societal well-being.

The Role of AI in Mental Health
A particularly exciting development is the integration of robotics and AI in mental health. Professor Kriplani is pioneering India’s first robotic counselling centre, which leverages AI to provide unbiased, stigma-free counselling. While acknowledging the limitations of AI in addressing complex emotional needs, he emphasises its suitability for issues like mild trauma, relationships, and teen counselling.

Challenges and Vision
Despite his significant achievements, Professor Kriplani candidly discussed the challenges of scaling Cyberpsychology, including a lack of funding and trained professionals. His ultimate vision is to make Cyberpsychology as globally recognised as yoga, positioning India as a leader in this transformative field.

Join the Movement
Professor Kriplani’s work underscores the urgent need for global collaboration in Cyberpsychology. Whether you’re an educator, policymaker, or tech enthusiast, there’s a role for everyone in building a healthier digital future.

Recommended Reading:

Wired for Wellness, provides practical insights for parents, teachers, and students to navigate the digital world.

Podcast Transcript

(Transcript generated directly from podcast audio using TurboScribe, and not manually corrected for transcribing errors).

Welcome to Confessions of a Cyberpsychologist. Today I’m chatting with Professor Rakesh Kriplani who is a pioneer cyberpsychologist in Asia-Pacific and director of the Cosmic Integrated Institute of Psychology and Security which we’re going to find out more about later. Thank you for joining us today Rakesh.

Thank you, thank you for inviting me and giving an opportunity for this platform and I’m really happy somebody’s recognizing the field of cyberpsychology across the globe. I’m happy for this thing. Rakesh, before we get into the questions I’d really like to find out more about you in terms of your background and then also what that pivot point was for you in terms of understanding cyberpsychology and it becoming part of what a big part of what you do.

So giving a brief introduction about my journey in the field of psychology and cyberpsychology. So initially when I thought of entering into the field of psychology, so I was always curious to know about like how a psychologist can understand the prescription, the medical prescription. So my father he was a doctor, he was an MBBS doctor here, so I asked him that I wanted to know about medicine.

He said you have done your master’s in psychology so it’s possible to understand the medicine part. I said no how can I understand the prescription? He said why you want to understand the prescription? I said if a patient has some drug-induced problems or something which is a reactive, how can I understand this is a problem of stress or because of drugs? He said it’s too difficult because you can’t do medical now, it’s a psychology field. He asked me to go for some alternative thing for this part.

So my career started by joining a pharma company just because of this curiosity and I joined a pharma company as a medical representative to understand the medicines part and there I joined as a MR, as a medical rep and for six months I worked in that company to understand all the medicines. I got free of cost training from the company on the medical advisors in the continuous medical education program and they even paid me the salary also. So I was very happy that six months I got training and in the sixth month then I resigned from the company and I told the company that actually I wanted to learn medicines and I know no one was able to train me so I got a training here and I want to become a psychologist.

So but during that period my performance was very high and in fact I sold a cosmetic product to the very rural pharma farmers. So the company was surprised that how did you sold a pharma a cosmetic product. So that was my first training when they requested me to train the other colleagues of mine to give training to them.

So the journey started with this confidence and then I worked for Ayurvedic psychology. I was a professor with homeopathy college. I was there with dietetics department for seven years.

I worked with sexology. I worked with a pathology. Then I was working in a physiotherapy department as a visiting faculty there.

So I worked with 11 different different colleges medical colleges to train psychology student and the medical part. So I always thought of having an eclectic approach during my early learning period also. During that period Orkut was very popular.

WhatsApp was just to get yet to get introduced. And in 2008 and 9 I had a thought in my mind like how people can basically use online platforms for counseling so that the stigma can be removed. Because I was struggling 25 years back in India being in the field of psychology was a big struggle.

In fact when I got married at that moment it was a big challenge whether I should continue with my wife or continue with my profession. So basically my in-laws and everybody said you have choice now. Either you leave this thing or you do.

I said I want both the things together. So it was a big challenge for me for the struggle. So when Orkut was there I was just thinking like there should be some platform where online consulting should be there.

And I started studying about the behavior of how people are going to internet cafes paying a one hour rent there at that moment and going for online chatting and other things. So during that period I thought later on apart from the cyber security apart from the safety which was a very primitive part at that moment in India. The people will be addicted there and there’s going to be a field called cyber psychology.

I started reading about it and I came to know there are very few pioneers in the world working on this thing. And I tried to convince a lot of police commissioners, bureaucrats and a lot of policy makers in India that this is the field which you should think about. They thought you know I’m just crazy.

I am talking about something which is going to be 2050 or 60. So they were not recognizing me at that time. But one commissioner who was a engineering graduate he recognized me and he said no I really appreciate and we will start with the police department here and we’ll invite the principals.

So he invited around 400 principals and the day one when I went for the lecture which was only for a one hour session and he was expecting me 10 to 15 powerpoint slides. I prepared 2000 slides and he was surprised. He said you are you’re talking about 2000 slides.

I said I’m not going to say today but this is my research and this is for my future just because you gave me an opportunity. I thought I will avail this opportunity for all my PPTs. So the day one the principals they were surprised to know like these types of problems are going to come up and they said we want sessions in our school since then I had been working now with minister of home affairs, minister of external affairs.

I worked on cyber terrorism, cyber radicalization. I worked with mobile addiction clinics. I have my own mobile addiction.

I started with certificate diploma courses and the complete ecosystem I have developed now in last 15 years and the ecosystem’s last part which I’m coming in month of June in Goa in India one of the beach tourist placed in India is one of the first worst digital rehab center in an island where people will come down there to get rid of the mobile addiction and someone has donated me a 20 acre island basically for this novel project. So that’s the complete ecosystem currently I have developed. This was my journey.

Wow that is quite a journey and as you say so varied. There’s so many different things you’ve done within your working career but come from a really interesting background of kind of medical side of things. Do you think that that helps you from the addictions clinics that you’re looking at? Do you think that helps from the biological perspective of how people operate with technology and the impact it has on them? Definitely.

So whenever I will create awareness in schools like I have around 900 workshops commitment in one year for schools. So in a year we deliver 900 workshops to create awareness about digital wellness. So the primary part of the workshop is basically more of scientific part the cause-effect relationship of all these things how dopamine works how the endorphin and oxytocin melatonin how it basically social engineers are trying to control all these things and apart from that even on the constructive part also where we can basically work with the neurological aspect.

So that helps a lot to me and as I said I always believe in eclectic part. Initially also when I used to talk to my colleague and say I don’t believe only on talk therapy I think diet is also important. Mind, brain everything is important.

So they used to think if you don’t endorse your own colleagues I said no a person sitting in front of me his genetics his biological his metabolic his dietary part everything is responsible for his behavior. So same thing happens in the online virtual world also. Both the worlds are now we can consider online and offline world.

Yeah I think that’s a lot of psychologists approach technology from a you are just a human perspective rather than taking all those different elements of who we are into account when we’re thinking about technology and how it affects us and how we use it and that’s I think why cyber psychology is so interesting because we look at so many different elements of the technologies. It’s not just the physically I’m scrolling and I talk to someone there’s so many different ways it affects us too. So you started a certificate in cyber psychology and you’ve been running it for a few years now haven’t you? Certificate courses we have started in 2020-21 during the lockdown period yeah and fortunately I got a very good mentor and a coach Dr. Vaya ma’am.

She’s a legendary forensic psychologist of India and she was a director she’s a director there basically with Rajshri Raksha University which is one of the only police university of India run under the ministry of home affairs. So it’s under the directly under the ministry so she endorsed this thing and she called me up during the lockdown period and she said this is quite interesting and she said why don’t we start this course and we came across with the certificate and diploma courses and every three months four months we have a new batch for that and we are trying to create a human resource in India now and even in further course very soon maybe we’ll come up with a council also for this thing. So every three or four months you’ve got a whole new batch of students that come.

Yeah. How many people are on each batch that comes on? So we have 30 batch of 30 students in one batch. Okay.

So that is the limited online if that’s an online course yeah and we haven’t started offline course yet we are doing online itself so we restrict to 30 for the interactions so that it can be interactive or even then also usually what happens if we go for 50 to 100 students a lot of students they don’t open up the screen throughout the course they have put about the blank screen invisible so we said going for a volume would they disconnect us from the students so we kept only 30 so that we can give them projects and they can at least do submit assignments. Okay so it means that they can interact with each other on an individual basis or on a group basis and learn from each other and bounce off each other rather than just listening to a lecture all the time. We give practical things also case studies practical everything.

Now the university that you work with and one of the things I saw on their website that it’s a institute of national importance what does that mean and why is it nationally important? Yeah so in India basically there are two types of university one is the state university which is run by the state government we have a democratic federal state system here then we have a central government here so there are two different universities one which is run by state one which is run by central so this university was basically run by the state Prime Minister Modiji state Gujarat so he opened up this university and his initiation was this thing and later on he became a Prime Minister and then he made it now a central university so now it is under the Ministry of Home Affairs Home Affairs where all the police department and Ministry of everything is run so that’s now directly under the supervision of the Home Affairs so that’s why it is given the its national importance because it’s a national level university now. Okay wow that’s very cool and it’s great that you’ve got that as a backing and working with them on that because it gives what you’re doing so much more credibility than just you on your own doing a oh I am a cyber psychologist I want to run a course. So basically I am an ERF there and I have a center of excellence jointly with them for cyber psychology it’s the first COE of India for cyber psychology I think it’s the only one currently we don’t have any COE for cyber psychology so we have that’s the forensic and police university so all over India’s intelligence bureau right from the CBI to all the police department they get trained there basically so to reach to the common people and to the bureaucrats it was the best university to come up with this course and we are doing very good now and we are coming up with researchers also we have students now slowly we are starting PhD also there a lot of things are coming up now.

Wow that’s so exciting this really is pioneering work that you’re doing in India you’re kind of like the front the front person in the pioneering world of cyber psychology in pacific Asia which is amazing so you are director of cosmic integrated institute of psychology and security I have to read that because I can’t remember and it’s you shortened it to SIPS I think it is so tell me about that and how how you started that and what what it because you just rebranded as well haven’t you yeah so tell me about brand as well so basically SIPS was earlier central India institute of psychological science because I I am from central India the mid of the India basically Nagpur so it was termed in that way and we initially started like to train school counselors and like various workshops and seminars that was the initial purpose of starting this institute but as the cyber psychology thing picked up I saw that every city were demanding cyber psychologists from me and coach also trainers also so we we thought of coming up purely on cyber psychology rather than going for other mental health training so now basically the complete name which is cosmic we have rebranded now central India to cosmic that is the complete world and integrated that’s the integration of psychology and cyber security together and again we have put up security that includes everything right from the e-security to the national security everything is covered in that thing so that’s the logo also you can see there is a logo of I basically I formation is there with the yellow and pink and blue color so that also stands for basically a lot of color combinations of psychology so now the brand rebranding is done in that way that we are a cosmic integrated institute where we are working on psychological things which is connected to national security and the cyber security so we have many things with us we are also working with the army we are now in the process of delivering sessions to the army people the new recruits on mental health especially with the work-life balancing with them so we have many projects around 40 projects are there under CIPS we are doing CSR activities also we have many CSR activities we are coming up with the first free mental health counseling center in India in Nagpur and most probably this is just yesterday only I got an approval it’s going to be the first robotic free counseling center. Wow so tell me about the robotic counseling centers that using an artificial intelligence or how does that work? Yeah so the yesterday only we got an approval for the CSR that you can come up with this thing and they pass me the budget for that thing so I have inquired across the globe but currently we have seen around two or three people are there those who are working on robotic most of them they are working on chat box and basically they are working on open AI system and but I was keen on putting up a robot in the chamber where people can come up and they can just talk to the robot rather than texting with the robot so that was my part so yesterday I got so let’s see maybe within a month or so I’ll be again coming on interacting with you and that’s going to be the first robotic counseling center where people would be putting a VR or robot and all together and non-stigmatic non-biased way they can do the counseling part. So do you think that that people will have a better therapeutic experience with the robots and AI than they would with a human? Do you think the robot takes up that power dynamic that often is in the room when you do face-to-face or even online therapy? Yeah because I was because being from the cyber psychology field I have put up a scope of cyber psychology in all the areas right from the school problems to the mobile addiction to the terrorism around 40 professions are there so one is basically about the gaming specialist or gaming developer and robotic part also so with the AI and cognitive engineering working with the cyber psychologist so in fact I was being pro with this part but again another part is there whether the how is the treatment part whether a person will be more comfortable with robot so yeah researchers say basically people are more comfortable with the robot like when they feel the robot is unbiased is non-judging and there is a lot of information available with the robot he has the precise evidence-based treatment available with trillions of data with him and the most important thing the patient or the client thinks okay he will not disclose this to anybody because he doesn’t know anybody in the society like me being a popular person in our city after my popularity or being with so many schools colleges and NGOs I faced one problem like because of my popularity a lot of people they didn’t turn up to me because they know me they feel I know all my friends they common friends are there so I usually tell my wife I said I am paying the cost for the celebrity for being a popular that a lot of people they don’t turn up to me because they feel I am known to everybody so yeah the robot is not known he’s not a person he he stored every data with him so one part is there and second thing the sensors and slowly gradually the AI along with the technology the sensors which can be used for the pulse and BP and other gradually it’s going to come up so I think robot will be able to assess the facial is able to assess the facial expression which we can miss because sometimes we are into a space we have burnouts sometimes we are not in that state to understand to pick up that point which a person is trying to tell us but since robot has that AI system along with that so you can pick up that phrases so I am going to the research part now to what it but with the psychosis but with something like where suicidal ideations are there or there are emergencies crisis help intervention is there I think there we will not recommend for that thing but the normal problem like relationship counseling trauma little bit issues teenage issues children coming up for various motivational interviewing reinforcements there I think they will be very much comfortable already they are working with chat GPT already they are on Instagram and Snapchat already they are doing it so we cannot reverse them now so it’s better to join them and be a part of the life then do you think that’s an AI will be able to understand empathy in a similar way to human or do you think it’s just that it’s about the phrases that people say and they kind of interpret those phrases in a specific way that then showcase some element of empathy or do you think it’s kind of the tone of voice and those kind of things that the machine learning picks up that they can then kind of do the empathy kind of thing yeah so but here on the so psychosocial perspective and generational science which we can discuss here for two minutes like what I am seeing on my personal analysis and my research like the Gen Z and the alpha both the generations they even lack empathy their sensitivity is down already so when Gen Z they are working with me now just pass out students I see very lack of empathy with them they are not so sensitive what we were as a millennials and some millennials working for the field of psychology they say sir how does it matter if somebody has a breakup how does it matter somebody has died in the family why she is so depressed this is not a big deal they always talk in front of me in this way like we were think used to think earlier 20 years back this is a big trauma she is facing there is a big problem now they say this is not a problem so I think the empathy has already been diminished with the Gen Z and alpha it has been the past story with millennials and Generation X so I think for them those who are even not defined with this empathy part if they are doing it with the robot so they are same each other yeah for a millennial it may be a problem when he sits in front of robot he may be expecting a larger empathy from the robot because he was from the face-to-face generation and from the earlier mobile previous mobile generation now these people are completely on mobile and they they don’t want to confront and come and talk to me on face-to-face for counseling they say why don’t you do online I said you stay in my city just two kilometers away from my house why don’t you come for offline they say I’m comfortable online so already they have chosen that part for the mental health so that’s the reason I shifted in that way okay let’s join them rather than asking them to get the perceptions of adoption of basically millennials and Generation X so that is the reason empathy will be lacking definitely but Gen Z alpha will not recognize this thing I agree with you I think that’s a really good point is that trying to get them into our space of kind of millennial Gen X world of we like face-to-face we prefer talking to people and to shoehorn them into that comfort what we find comfortable was actually unfair on them and it makes it more of a power dynamic and they don’t quite when they’re not they’re not comfortable then they can’t open up so it’s a really good point didn’t think about that yeah wow that’s amazing stuff you’re doing

So going back to your cyber security side of things, I saw that you got Dr Mary Aiken to do a talk with you. She’s one of my heroes in cyber psychology, so I’m very envious that you got her to do a talk. Yes, in fact everybody’s hero.

We all admire her. We adore her, basically, what the work she has done. Yes, absolutely.

So what did she talk about and what did she do with you? Did she help you launch the certificates or what was her role there? So I have a basic protocol like whenever I start the certificate course, so I invite one international guest from the field of cyber psychology. So initially I have invited Linda Kai also from UK. She also was one of the guests.

Oh, another one of the heroes. So Mary Aiken, she also was there. So Rahul Jha from Intech also from ITUC also I invite.

So always I’ve searched somebody who are working the world leaders in the field of cyber psychology and they can come. So she was there as a chief guest for the program and she spoke about the research part about how India and we can, she can just collaborate with us for various things. And we are just in the process of doing something good and asking the Indian government like to come up with some process or program with Mary.

So that last time she said, you invite me for India and I’d like to deliver a session for the Indian bureaucrats and the policy makers there. Oh, brilliant. She’s very knowledgeable about that stuff to have her come and chat to you and your key audience is such a bonus.

So in terms of the certificate going forward, so you’ve launched a few years ago, but you really now growing it substantially. What do you think your vision is for certificates in the next kind of five years? Yeah, I think now the human resource, the workforce for cyber psychology is required across the globe. I was there last year at Japan for the United Nations IGF program.

And there I came to know from many countries that they are not still aware about cyber psychology and they are inviting me to their countries for to deliver or to do something about cyber psychology. So I was very happy to understand that people are accepting this across the globe now, but still the human resource is lacking. So in India now, since I created this awareness now, so many cities here, many universities, they have asked me to start courses.

We’ve come now interacting and been finalizing with many universities in India. They wanted to come up with COE. And since we are tied up with our Rastri Raksha University for this particular title certificate in cyber psychology, so we cannot give this title to another university.

We are trying to put up in cybernetics or some other course there. But now every university, they want to come up with this course, credit courses also. And with human resource development, the schools now, they wanted to come up cyber counselors in school in India, not only the school counselor, but the cyber counselors, those who can treat only the addiction part and the mobile screen time.

In India, there is a big problem going on. The children here are sleeping at morning 5am. The whole night they are awake.

So there is a big problem going on. Sleep is the biggest problem now. And they go to school drowsy, then irritability, anger issues, mobile gaming issues, even a lot of cases of deep vein thrombosis, cardiac attacks, suicides.

It’s on a rampant level everywhere it’s going on. Every day, the front page of any city has one or two news of mobile suicides or gaming addictions. So it’s a big problem.

Even with the gambling part also, younger generations, they have entered into crypto and other gambling, poker and other gambling. So there are also a lot of problems are going on. So now we can say we are on the bombshell at this moment.

It’s going to blast. So every parent they know, only thing that everybody’s looking for a solution. So I’ve been alone, I thought I cannot reach to each and every family.

And just making videos or putting up reels and shots cannot actually solve the problem. It can only orient them about the problem. And the problem is known by everybody that they can see the child throughout the day sitting in a room and playing gaming.

So they don’t need to understand what is gaming addiction, they are suffering from that thing. So we need human resource and train human resource. So that’s the reason this certificate course has a wider scope across the thing like right from the cyber security professional to the psychology students, postgraduates, doctors, school teachers, anybody can do this thing.

And they can initially at least create awareness, they can coach in school, they can go and train in school. And when it comes to the clinical aspect, they can refer it to a psychologist. That is one part.

And once those psychologists, those who are doing this course, we train them specially for addiction and de-addiction part, we have special batches for that thing, like how to make them detox, how to give them alternatives, how to make them more, this is what basically we train them specially with the psychological fraternity. So we have different courses for that. So it’s a big scope all over the world, in SAARC countries, Asia Pacific, European countries, everybody’s saying is that how we can come up this course with our European Union and other places.

Only thing we have to reach through all like people like you and make a consortium partners with each other and come up with these courses. Absolutely. So it sounds like more than anything, you need practical help for families, for schools, for so many different institutions, they just need something practical.

And as you say, there’s kind of anecdotally, people see their children struggling with the phone and struggling with addiction, struggling with suicide. But that and they know there’s an issue, but they don’t quite know how to solve it. And do you find in the mass media that there is a lot of scared stories around mobile phones rather than practical help? That’s true.

That’s true. Everybody’s telling anxiety. Everybody’s creating and inducing anxiety and right from the consumer products to everything.

And the cost effect relationship no one is able to make understand because a lot of solutions can be at home itself. It can be sorted at home like simplest way when I deliver session for the certificate or by workshop, I usually tell them right from the baby boomers to the gen Z and alpha how they behave online. And what are the cyber behaviors? Many problems are sorted because of that they are able to understand we belong to X and Y. So obviously, there is a difference of behavior.

So this is a small insight which can be developed at home itself. So rather than telling them, okay, suicide is happening, suicide is happening, it’s better to tell them why the suicides are happening and what’s your communication role, how you can talk in short to this emojis generation to this short generation. So this is what I think like online everywhere, even in India also with our colleagues and they daily they put up shots and videos, reels and Instagram, indicating the symptoms, they want clients.

So my mission and my vision, I can say my overall contribution to the planet is basically to somewhere bring a social impact. So because I came to know Caroline, and a few years back that I cannot eat more than my hunger, that’s the limited thing I have, I can eat my two spoons of rice or something more than that is always it. So there was somewhere I wanted to contribute to the society, give back to the society.

And then even my child, he’s basically an alpha, he’s a 13 year old child. So he will also be surviving in this society where everybody’s going to be insane zombies. So what type of society I’m going to give it give to them same like what climate has done, we have done the mistakes, our children are facing the climatical problems now.

Yeah, yeah. This is my vision and mission. Like this is the reason I’m moving across the globe, asking people if we are not able to sort it out now in the next five to 10 years, it’s going to be irreversible, same like climate.

Yeah. Yeah, I agree with you. There is an element of and this whole generation that’s growing up now we laying down foundations for them, neurological foundations, if not social foundations and cultural foundations that in a lot of ways irreversible.

And I think growing up because I grew up analytical, so we didn’t have computers when I was growing up, not neither in school or university or in the home. And it’s only in my mid 20s when I got my first mobile phone. And those were the ones.

And it was it was only later on that I kind of got got into the smartphone. So from my perspective, I’d be looking at this generation from the younger generation from it. I grew up analytical world.

So for me to try and understand that is very difficult. So I agree there’s an element of education across generations of children. This is how your parents see things and parents.

This is how your children see things. And let’s find a common ground that we can talk about how technology is changing us and changing how we interact. And with that in mind as well, one of the things I often say to people, especially as adults and parents, is that children watch us and how we use our technology and they often copy it.

So we talk about screen time for them, but we don’t often think about our own screen time and what our children see. And they see this is how you be an adult. You do this with your phone and you don’t look at me.

You just do this and you work. So do you think that has an impact of how we operate our technology as grown ups and how that impacts our children in the home environment? Obviously, but it’s not only the sole reason for children getting into this particular addiction or online behavior, because even those parents, those who are not using the mobile or not been much on the screen, even their children are also basically into the mobile problems. Nowadays, I have so many parents for the middle class people, those who don’t have time for mobile, but they come up with the children, they have mobile addiction with the children.

Because the most problematic thing is the peer group influence. The peer influence is so high outside. They need validation.

They need approval. There are internal needs which are there into the subconscious mind. And they want these needs to be satisfied from the peer group.

So if they don’t belong to that group, they don’t do anything, they don’t belong to that group. So that need of validation, approval from the group, from the peer group is the most problematic thing that is triggering them. So I guess that is the most thing where we need to make them aware.

In our sessions, basically what we do in schools, on the day one and the day two, a lot of parents, they come up to schools and they say, what type of session was conducted? Our children, they came back home, and they were putting stickers on the front camera. And they said, you know, I want to install PUBG. So principals are very happy.

They said, these are my parents, they turn up today, and they said they are happy. So what was the session held? I said, they only, we created the insight. They only, we don’t moral police them then.

We did not tell them not to do, not to do. We only told them what exactly happens in the social darknet, how it goes. So they are quite intelligent enough.

They are 5G now. They are not 3G and 2G. They are 5G.

Their absorption is very fast. They understand the language in a short course. They don’t want lectures and big lectures.

They want, okay, let us know what is the problem. We’ll sort it out. Yeah, I think that’s a really interesting perspective.

So it’s not about telling people what to do. It’s telling them or educating them on the implications and how it affects you. And they make up their own mind and make their own decisions on how to go forward with technology.

That’s fantastic. It’s a great way, I think, to help people, give them tools to make better decisions around technology. So you, there’s so much that you want to achieve and so many things that you want to get done in the next five years.

There’s massive ambitions. How do you think you’re going to make that work? Because as you said, you can only eat, if you can only eat two spoons of rice, that’s all you can eat. So I’m working now and hard on this thing.

I know like maybe a few things will be left behind. Still I have a long way to go. But currently the complete ecosystem or the complete dots, currently it has connected.

So if you see right from the schools, we have a lot of schools here, leading schools of India, those who are running our programs in school. So we have this year’s commitment of 900 workshops. We have companies and corporates, they are doing program for that.

We have government missionaries and ministries, those are working with us. And then we have private sectors that now with the resort part. So currently, the only thing which is left is global aspect.

So globally also now I had been visiting twice or thrice outside and getting a lot of invitations from all. The only thing what I’m seeing is lacking is getting human resource for this thing, a trained human resource, which I think, because otherwise, I will not have a legacy to follow. This will end up with me itself when I go.

So maybe in India, very few people will come up with this thought, okay, this was a field somebody thought about. So second line, to create a second line is becoming a very challenging task for me. And when I create a second line, they feel, sir, it’s not so financially useful.

I’m not getting so much of financial benefits what I get from other fields. So they don’t sustain in that way. And there are no funders, no VC funding.

No one is able to accept it till now also that they will fund this thing. I’m doing it on the bootstrap from last many years. And my own company’s valuation is quite good.

But then also, I’ve spoken to a lot of corporates, those who are, you know, followers of me, but when it comes to cyber psychology, they know the problem is there, but they feel it’s not a commercial viable thing. It’s a social project. They don’t consider still a cyber psychology or psychology to be a commercial venture where we can reach the masses.

So I’m looking forward for somebody who can take under his umbrella, under the corporate umbrella, or the government umbrella. And I’m trying to reach our Prime Minister, I’m trying to reach to the top Home Minister here, so that once they come to know about this part that for how hard I am working on the Asia part. So I think same like has what yoga we have given to the world, cyber psychology will be also a part of India to the world.

Yeah, absolutely. I like the way you put that, because I think that’s true in a lot of countries, even in the UK, really, cyber psychology is slightly more of a social issue than a commercial venture. And it hasn’t quite broken into the commercial world yet in a way that the majority of people recognize what it is and how it can add value to the companies or institutions.

But I think there’s a lot of work that all of us have to do to educate and get people understanding the value that is cyber psychology and the value it adds to humans, to culture, to society. So I think, yeah, the work you’re doing is phenomenal in India. And we all need to follow your example and make cyber psychology a lot more commercially viable, because then it becomes a generic knowledge base rather than just a little social project and well done you.

So well done. Well done for all the work you’ve done. Thank you.

Thank you for the kind words and appreciation. It means a lot. Basically, it is it’s hard work being a pioneer in any field.

And this is a really tough one, because there’s so many people who are crying out for help. But how do we actually get the word out to them and give them the help they need, but also make it financially viable? Because it’s a lot of hard work to be a pioneer. It takes a lot of energy.

So well done. Are there any other things you want to kind of chat about that you haven’t spoken about? Because you’ve spoken about lots of amazing things that you’re involved in. But is there anything that you haven’t covered yet that you thought, oh, I really want to just chat about this? So I just wanted to say like a lot of people, they feel like when it comes to the term cyber psychology, they think about cyber addiction and they feel it is restricted to cyber addiction itself.

It’s not so cyber. Cyber psychology has bigger spectrum than the cyber addiction itself. So right from digital psychology, right from the marketing, consumer psychology, behavioral economics, and the most important thing, which is a national and international concern for everybody is basically the cyber radicalization and cyber terrorism and cyber warfare.

This is the most important thing which we need to understand. So I think there we require a lot of people who understand the geopolitical aspect as well as the psychology and cyber aspects together to make it a country safer, the world to be safer and peaceful, because the war now is not basically one-to-one, the drone war and the robotic war and the cyber war is coming up now. So it’s very difficult now in coming days, in the next generation, Gen Z and beta generation, they are going to see a very challenging things when it comes to the climate as well as to the internet, because any time it’s going to get collapsed.

So India, basically it is the cyber crime is going up more than around 300% and millions of millions daily swapping of money is going on. It’s getting swiped off. So and the detection is also very less, less than 1%.

Conviction is less than 1%. So we need a lot of professionals now. Eight lakhs professionals are required in India for cyber security.

Consider about the world. It’s a scope there basically when it comes to the employability part. A lot of people can get employed.

But when it comes to national security, because that makes the world peaceful. And so I have one student now, she is from Syria and she’s doing a cyber psychology course. She’s telling about how she’s a Brazilian basically and she is staying in Syria.

So she’s telling how they are suffering there. It’s so disturbing listening to things like what’s happening there. But we are not aware because whatever has been shown to us, we see only that part.

The same may happen to the children also. I think now it’s all about narratives. It’s all about the storytelling.

Whose stories and whose narratives are better than manipulative. So there the cyber psychological aspects can be used and the new generation, those who are not able to find the credibility of any news, fake news and other things, the deep fake AI and other parts. So if they are trained about this thing in schools, colleges, or even as a professional, I think we can have a new peaceful world under the cyber psychological aspect.

Yeah, I agree. And it is, I think the biggest challenge is human resource. Is just to get people who are passionate about this and get them trained up as soon as possible.

We really need resource all over the world. All over the world. Yeah.

And it sounds a bit shallow to ask you a really silly question about which book you’d most recommend to anyone in cyber psychology. It’s just because all the stuff you’re doing is so amazing. And now I’m asking you which book you’d recommend.

Seems very shallow question. We have all the common answers. We all know that we have all been following Mary and the cyber effect book and all these books written by Mary is awesome.

That’s the basically the holy book of cyber psychology. We can say initially the start of cyber psychology. So that’s a big for the bigness.

It’s good. I’ve also authored one of my book called wired for wellness been published by the Adroid publishers and we have unveiled it in Japan last year. So that is for the parents, teachers, and students to understand the basics of cyber psychology.

So right from the evolution of cyber psychology, the generation, the chemical responsible case studies, and brain and mind, how it works online. That is about that book in a very simple language. So, but I will recommend anybody who wants to start, should start with Mary Eakin’s book so they can have a love for cyber psychology.

Yeah. That was the very first book I ever read on cyber psychology and I was absolutely hooked from page one and it just, yeah, just gave me such a passion for the subject. So yeah, highly recommended.

Thank you so much for all your time and for giving us some insight into what you’re doing in India. It just sounds like you are completely exhausted with all the things that you’re doing, but still have so much energy and passion for spreading the word and getting people on board and getting them, building up the knowledge of what cyber psychology is to help every single person, every single generation. So thank you for all that you do in India for the field.

I just thank you also for inviting me and so that my voice can reach to the other side of the world. And this is a constructive side of cyber psychology, like we are doing it online. So this is the positive part of that thing.

Both points up both the sides. And with your appreciation words, I’m really encouraged. And these words makes me more energetic to work more hard and to make it more applicable and bringing us a social impact.

And that’s the reason I’m trying to connect all the dots from the world and inviting them, all of them to India and see how we are working here and how we can bring an impact. Same like the yoga, which is now running completely all over the world. Same thing we wanted to come up with India also.

Brilliant. So thank you so much for all your time and for joining us on Confessions of a Cyber Psychologist. Really looking forward to getting updates of all the things you’re going to be doing over the next couple of years.

And we’ll be sharing the links to the certificates that you’ve got in India and all the Facebook page and your LinkedIn page and all the other exciting things you’ve been doing and your book. Yeah, sure. I’ll be sending you the book also.

Yeah, that would be brilliant. Thank you so much for your time. Thank you.

Thank you.

Show All Collapse
Other podcasts
Unlocked Pete Etchells Book Review

Unlocked – Pete Etchells

Cyberpsychology / media-based psychological research is both under-funded and under-resourced. This is because, along with many other reasons,

  • CyberPsychology and media/digital technology-based psychological research is such a new field,
  • there are not enough academics conducting research across each area of digital and human interaction,
  • research results can be contradictory (for a number of reasons),
  • not enough of this research is leaking out into the public domain
  • digital technology is being invented and upgraded faster than research can be conducted and disseminated, and
  • it is relatively easy for journalists to pick up on research headlines and sensationalise the results to gain clicks, 

There are also not enough books or publicity about the findings from the research that is being conducted that are easy for the general public to consume. 

This is one of those books that every adult should read if they are interested in understanding more about their own and their children’s technology use.

It demystifies a number of concepts and debunks a lot of current debates, along with showcasing how a few recently released books (relating to human-technology interaction) have missed the mark and caused some unnecessary moral panic.

There are a number of academic concepts that Pete Etchells covers throughout the book and he refers to a number of research methodologies and results outcomes that can be slightly overwhelming and difficult to follow. But if you press through these explanations, there is a wealth of insights that are very worth absorbing. 

His last few chapters provide great practical ways to both view and engage with technology. He proposes that we use technology as tools that we have mastery over, rather than as masters that we have no personal agency over, or inherent ability to manage. 

He also provides an interesting perspective for parents around their children’s technology use and suggests some research-based strategies for a more effective way of managing a healthier relationship with technology. 

My only criticism of the Audible book is that the narration is very difficult to listen to. For me, it came across as tedious and patronising and distracted too much from the insights of the book. It’s highly unlikely I will build up enough motivation to listen to the Audible book again, and would recommend buying the physical book instead.

About Pete Etchells:

Pete is a professor of psychology and science communication at Bath Spa University. His research looks at the behavioural and well-being effects of playing video games. He is also interested in metascientific issues regarding best practices in digital technology effects research.

Adapted from his website: https://www.peteetchells.com/

Nicola Fox. Hamilton

Dr Nicola Fox Hamilton | Ep 3

Watch or listen:
How We Present Ourselves Online: Dating, Relationships and Attraction.

Dr Nicola Fox-Hamilton discusses her journey into cyberpsychology, from a career in graphic and web design to becoming a full-time academic.

We explore her research on online behaviour – particularly online dating and how online relationships have changed over time.

We also discuss how her Audible book aims to debunk myths about digital life.

Connect with the guests
Dr Nicola Fox Hamilton

Dr Nicola Fox Hamilton specialises in online dating and relationships, and attraction.

Nicola is a renowned Cyberpsychology Researcher, Lecturer, and Programme Chair at IADT in Ireland.

For speaking engagements, media appearances visit her website, or find her on LinkedIn.

Connect on Social Media :

IADT (Ireland)

Dr Nicola Fox Hamilton is a cyberpsychology researcher, lecturer & Programme Chair at IADT.

In this episode of Confessions of a CyberPsychologist, I chat to Nicola about her journey to Cyberpsychology, how the 2008 economic crash in Ireland pivoted her into pursue a master’s degree in Cyberpsychology – which led her to completing a PhD.

She shared how her unique background in design has influenced her research and informs her ability to communicate research effectively. We also talk about:

The World of Online Dating:
Nicola’s research focuses is online dating, how we judge other’s personality from their online profile in addition to research, how we present ourselves online through our dating profiles the challenges of building genuine connections through dating profiles. Her research focus. Key insights include:

  • The difficulty of expressing personality within limited character counts on profiles.
  • A fascinating contrast in how Irish and American men construct dating profiles.
  • The gamification of dating apps like Tinder, which transformed online dating into a mainstream activity, especially among younger generations.
  • The cultural perception of online dating has changed in the last decade, especially since the launch of Tinder and the 2020 Lockdowns – specifically the hyper-personal communication that didn’t always translate into offline compatibility.

Her Teaching and Programme Development at IADT:
Nicola oversees Ireland’s master’s programme in Cyberpsychology. She highlighted the available Masters programmes and what CyberPsychology educational opportunities IADT offers – both this year and future academic years, in person and online: the Cyberpsychology certificate and 2-year part-time Masters and what criteria are required for each to be considered for entry into the IADT programmes.

Work outside the University:

The talks, webinars, seminars and media interviews she has done and is available to do and how to get in touch with her if you would like her to talk about a specific topic in CyberPsychology.

Her Audible Book and Media Work:
Nicola’s audiobook, The Psychology of Online Behaviour (Audible Only),  is an accessible introduction to cyberpsychology, tackling misconceptions about technology’s impact on behaviour.

She reflects on how her book and media engagements aim to dispel myths and the moral panic and narratives being pushed by some mass media and provide a balanced perspective on issues like social media, gaming, and screen time. She also reflects on the role cognitive bias plays in media consumption.

Upcoming Podcast and Future Endeavours:
The podcast she is planning, alongside a colleague – due to launch in the summer of 2024. The podcast will delve deeper into cyberpsychology topics. With a conversational format, the they will explore the psychological mechanisms behind our online behaviours and discuss cutting-edge research.

Key Takeaways:

  • Online dating has evolved from a “desperate” measure to an engaging, gamified experience, but challenges persist in accurately perceiving others online.
  • Cyberpsychology bridges the gap between online and offline worlds, emphasising that our online interactions are simply extensions of ourselves.
  • Education about technology’s impacts, especially for parents and educators, is crucial to balancing risks with opportunities.
Recommended Reading:
Dr Nicola Fox Hamilton's Research and Publications

Talks and Workshops

Dr Fox Hamilton is available for media interviews key note speeches, talks, workshops, lectures and panel discussions.

Previous Podcasts

Bright Club Ireland 26th October 2021.

Podcast Transcript

(Transcript generated directly from podcast audio using TurboScribe, and not manually corrected for transcribing errors).

Welcome to Confessions of a Cyberpsychologist. Today I’m chatting with Dr. Nicola Fox-Hamilton, who is a Cyberpsychology Researcher, Lecturer and Programme Chair at IADT in Ireland. She’s also a media expert and a speaker specialising in cyberpsychology issues.

Welcome Nicola, delighted to have you on board.

Thank you for having me here. Nicola, before we get started on talking about the things that you’re doing and the projects that you’re working on in the future, could you please just give us a bit of a background on who you are and what the pivot point was for you in really your passion around cyberpsychology and leading into what you really specialise in, kind of the world of online dating? Sure, of course.

So I’m a little bit similar to you in that I did not start out studying psychology at all. I did graphic design and I ended up working in web design and then advertising for quite a long time. And the recession hit, the Celtic tiger crashed and burned in Ireland.

And I decided, I got laid off, which I was quite happy with, and decided to go back to college and do a master’s degree. And originally intended to do one in digital media, which would have been kind of complementary to the skills I already had, but overheard Dr. Gráinne Ciarán talking about the master’s in cyberpsychology, which sounded far more interesting because I had an interest in psychology. And so I decided to do that.

So it was a twist of fate that kind of sent me down this path. I never intended becoming an academic. I thought that things like consumer cyberpsychology and learning how to build community online would be really useful as a designer and in advertising.

But that wasn’t the stuff that I loved. It’s interesting, but it’s not the stuff I loved. I loved the social psychology, how people interact with each other.

I love all the stuff about individual differences, all of that kind of stuff. And so when it came to doing my master’s research project, I had lived in the States for quite a few years and I was back in Ireland not all that long. And I was interested in the difference in how people approach you to ask you out for a date or flirt in person.

And I wondered what that would look like in the online dating sphere, the difference between Irish and American people. And so I ended up looking at that for my master’s. And then Dr. Chris Fullwood from the University of Wolverhampton was our external examiner on the course.

And he suggested that I could go and do a PhD with him in the University of Wolverhampton, which I did. And many more years later than I originally intended, I got the PhD right when COVID hit. And that I continued on my research in online dating and it’s just such a fascinating, interesting area.

Yeah, so that’s how I got into it. And as I was doing my PhD, I started doing some teaching in IDT, started teaching cyber psychology and gradually built up so that I became full-time as a lecturer and moved away from, at that point, I was doing some consultancy work for design, started to just cut that back. And now I am a full-time academic, which is quite fun and different.

That’s quite a change from going from the graphic design agency side of things to academics. Do you think that feeds into your insights and the way that you approach the research that you do in terms of having that real world experience? I think where it probably most plays a part in the communication of the research, maybe. So I learned how to communicate succinctly, doing pitches for advertising and like writing some copy and things like that.

And I think that’s been really helpful. And communicating to different audiences, I think, has been really helpful. It also helps that, you know, I find it easy to create kind of nice slides.

In terms of approaching the research itself, I suppose, like, I still don’t have a psychology undergrad. I did think about going back and doing a conversion course. But after spending basically 10 years in education as an adult, I kind of had enough.

Yeah. And I suppose I probably think a little bit differently than someone who came in right from the beginning. Sometimes that’s good.

Sometimes it’s not so good. Sometimes there’s things that I’m unaware of that someone with a general psychology background might be aware of. But maybe it brings a different perspective to going about research and thinking about research.

Yeah. And I think that adds a lot of value to what you do. And because even chatting with a number of academics, there is there is a very specific way that they think about things.

And you can see someone who comes in from a slightly different perspective, how they just give that nuance, which changes the questions you ask and the way that you look at things. Yeah. So you’ve done quite a bit of research in online dating.

Tell me more about that. What are the big things you found? And is there any other research that you’ve done that you’ve gone or that kind of either spun off from that or different? Yeah, I haven’t done as much as I would like. The institute I work in is a teaching institute.

And so there isn’t a huge amount of time to do research, unfortunately. But my master’s research, like I said, was looking at the difference between American and Irish men and how they present themselves in their dating profiles. And that was quite fun because American men were writing three times as much as Irish men at that point.

Now, that may have changed. So that was around 2010. And Tinder hadn’t come out yet.

So when I went on to do my PhD research, Tinder arrived kind of a year or so after I started. And again, I was looking at what people were writing about in their profiles and how they were writing about themselves and presenting themselves. And it suddenly went from people writing 500 words to very, very, very short ones.

So it kind of changed the data I was getting and the richness of the data I was getting. And it kind of messed it up a little bit. But that happens with cyber psychology a lot.

But what I was looking at was how people. So one of the things we know about online dating is that it can be very frustrating for a number of reasons. But one of the main reasons is that when you show up for the first date, the person often isn’t who you think they were or how you thought they would be.

And sometimes that’s because they’re lying. But often it’s not. Often it’s because we don’t really get an accurate impression of what they’re like from their profile and from the initial chats that we have.

And so I wanted to know in more depth, like, what is it that we’re missing out on? So are we able to judge personality from people’s dating profiles? Are people expressing their personality? Is it being picked up accurately by other people? And so I did a number of studies. And essentially what I found was like seven, eight years later, no, we’re very bad at this. Profiles aren’t a good place to express their personality.

And people know this. They find it frustrating as well, writing profiles, because we’re highly complex people. And then we’re trying to fit in 500 characters or less, a picture of who we are that’s positive, but also accurate and has a bit of depth and isn’t cliched and stuff.

And so it’s quite difficult. And so, yeah, I found out that people are particularly bad at judging personality from us. Now, combined with photographs, they’re probably a little bit better.

We get a little bit more of a slice of personality from photographs, but it’s still pretty poor. And so that was quite interesting. And then during COVID, I did interviews with people and I haven’t managed to publish it yet, but I did interviews with people during lockdowns, during those first lockdowns where we were very locked down and looked at their experiences.

And then I did follow up questionnaires with them to see how they were getting on later, because about half of the people I interviewed had found somebody that they thought might result in a relationship that they were talking to a lot and had been talking to for at least a good few weeks or months even. And when I followed up a few months later, when the lockdown started to lift a little bit, a lot of them had either met up in person and the person wasn’t who they thought they were, or it had just fizzled out, because it’s very hard to keep something going that feels kind of intense and romantic without the possibility of meeting or knowing when you’re going to be able to meet or anything like that. And so I think it was a good example of seeing hyper-personal communication at play, where people felt, you know, this very intimate connection, heightened emotion, really felt like they were getting to know somebody.

And it created a little bit of a fantasy in their head of who that person was. And when they met in person, often it didn’t quite match what they expected. And that was something that would cause it to just kind of fizzle out or fall apart.

And whereas other people, like I said, just, you know, found it hard to keep it going. And a lot of other people, the other kind of half of the participants were trying online dating because, you know, they were at home, they didn’t have much to do. And they were like, well, here’s an opportunity to try something and spend a bit of time doing it.

And then they’re like, you meet somebody on there that you kind of like, but you don’t invest months talking to them without the possibility of meeting. So they’re kind of parking people, which you normally wouldn’t do, but was considered maybe a little bit more acceptable then. But none of those ones really worked out all that much.

So, yeah, it was interesting. But when one of my participants who was in an African country got in touch with me months after the second survey to say that she was getting married to the person that she had met, which was really lovely update to it. So that was quite nice.

I think that was the only success story that I know of. Very cool. Do you think the general perception on this, on a cultural perspective of online dating has changed rapidly over the last decade or so, and especially since lockdown? Yeah, yeah, absolutely.

I think, you know, it kind of started in the mid 90s and the initial people doing it were the early adopters. And there was still a perception that it was for people who were desperate. And around the time that I tried it, so I got interested in it because I tried it, was sort of two thousand and seven, eight, nine.

And it was more acceptable then, but it was still unusual. People were still telling their parents that they had met in a pub rather than meeting online a lot of the time. I was very open about it because I didn’t really care.

That was really interesting. And now it’s just completely mainstream, like so mainstream. There is nothing really different about the population of people who are doing online dating versus those who aren’t.

The personality traits, self-esteem, like so many different characteristics are just the same. It is just the thing that people do. And I think what changed with the rise of Tinder and the other apps is that young people didn’t engage in online dating before because they didn’t need to.

It was considered something that you did when you didn’t have access to people in the real world and young people were in college or starting jobs and there were loads of people around and lots of them were single and so they didn’t need to. Whereas people in their 30s felt more like they needed to. Tinder made it fun and gamified it and suddenly it just became a fun thing to do and people would hand their phone around their friends and swipe and it was entertaining and alleviated boredom.

It was also on your phone, so it was with you all the time. And so the 18 to 24 market went from like 10 percent of them trying online dating to now it’s like 59 percent or 64 percent, something extremely high. So that changed the market and changed the kind of perception of it and everything as well.

Do you think that’s the key pivot point was the gamification of it and the fun element rather than it being about serious, you’re desperate, so therefore you go online. It’s almost in some ways, I was actually doing some online dating about a similar time to you and got the same kind of, oh you’re desperate, giggle when I told someone I was doing online dating. But it just seems as though the whole shift has come or it seemed to me from anecdotally the shift came with when they’re talking about swap right, swap left.

There was an element of fun, there’s elements of not so desperate, it’s more it’s okay to do this now. Yeah, it became something to share with people rather than something to do by yourself quietly without telling anyone. I think the fact that it was gamified as part of it and the fact that it was on your phone was a huge part of it.

So you used to have to sit down in front of your computer and create your profile and talk to people and then when you were away from your computer you couldn’t do it. And when it became part of your phone you could do it in the bus and the train and when you’re having a break in college or whatever. And phones were something that all young people had and so it was something that was just there for them.

They didn’t have to go find it. So I think that was part of it. There was a lot of hype around Tinder as well and the fact it was the first app and gamified and all that stuff and that made it kind of trendy and cool and a lot of people who talk about why they use it is because it is trendy.

It’s because what people are doing. So yeah, there were a couple of different factors to it but the gamified part of it was certainly an aspect of it I think. And that’s interesting that it moved because I didn’t think about that.

It moved from on your own behind a computer in a room to actually in the community and you just shared it and it was you kind of moved yourself physically into a different space and in a different space changes the way you perceive it and changes the way you think about it. Yeah, absolutely. It’s less serious.

It’s less dedicated time to it I think. It’s more part of your day and integrated into it. Yeah, so it’s kind of almost less shameful because you can share it in the community.

Yeah, yeah. Oh, I keep on saying this. I just love psychology.

It’s great. And you spoke about the lecturing that you’re doing and being program chair at IADT. What does IADT stand for? Because I keep on getting it wrong every time I think about it.

So it’s the Institute of Art Design and Technology in Dunlary which is just in South County Dublin. There were a number of institutes of technology. We are the only Institute of Art Design and Technology.

So we’re the creative Institute of Technology. And we had the first master’s program in cyber psychology in the world. So Dr. Gráinne Kieron was the founding person to create that.

And it was 2007 when it started. So I was in the third intake in 2009. So it was very groundbreaking and like really new and really, really exciting to be part of it.

And now we have so we have the master’s which I’m program chair of and I teach on it and I supervise on it. We also have a certificate in cyber psychology which is one year, 20 weeks, two hours a week. And it’s basically one module and it’s an introduction to all of cyber psychology or as much of it as I can squeeze into 20 classes.

But it’s a really fun course for people who are interested in the area but don’t want to dedicate the time that a master’s would take because it’s basically a different topic every week. And we get lots of guest speakers in. I also teach the module in cyber psychology in our first year of the applied psychology undergrad which is kind of similar.

It’s an introduction to it. We go a little bit more in depth in some areas but it’s a really nice module and I think the students really enjoy it because so much of it is applicable to their lives. So yeah and then I’ve also taught things like psychology of design and user experience design and gamification and things like that.

So bringing some of the cyber psychology as well as some of my design background into other modules. So we will hopefully be having a new undergrad in like a gaming undergrad, game development undergrad potentially next year. So we’re writing some modules on psychology of gaming, gamification, things like that for that.

So there’s some really interesting stuff happening in IDT but the master’s program is fantastic. I mean I did it and now I’m running it. I’ll be handing it over to a new program chair and my colleague Dr Liam Chaloner next year.

But it’s such a fantastic program. It runs two years part-time and we run it primarily online now. So now we have students from Pakistan and Australia and America and all different countries which is really really lovely and makes it quite rich and all these different experiences coming in.

I think COVID was really interesting for us because obviously like everybody else we moved everything online and initially found it very difficult I think like everybody else. But we actually found it to be very powerful for this course because you know it’s mature students, they all have jobs, they have families and it made it easier to manage for quite a lot of people. It meant that people could come in from different countries to take it and then we have a couple of hybrid days each year so anyone who can come on campus and people travel from all around the world to go on campus they come in for two days in each term in a block and we kind of help build the community a little bit more there.

But we’ve been I think quite successful in building community online as well. So taking all the principles of what we teach and bringing it into the program it’s been quite nice. So yeah the program’s quite a broad one I know there are other programs now some are more focused on things like cyber security or like mental health therapy things like that.

Ours is fairly broad and you don’t need an undergrad in psychology to take it. So we get people coming in from journalism and marketing and tech companies and like IT looking to go into cyber security and we’ve had teachers and we’ve had people from the police and army like we’ve had just every kind of person come into the course. And there’s you know there’s something for everyone but there’s a lot of modules that you can kind of make your own and then of course the research project you can make your own and that’s about whatever topic you’re interested in as well within ethical constraints of course.

But it’s a really fun course to teach because of all the different backgrounds of people like I learn as much from our students I hope as they learn from me because everybody brings a different perspective to what I’m teaching and feeds that back into the program and it’s just really exciting to teach on. That sounds amazing. You said that they don’t need an undergrad so what do you need in order to actually get accepted on the master’s program? You need a 2-1 in an honours undergraduate degree of any kind.

We also have a process if you don’t have that to recognize your prior learning through work experience etc so there’s a process to go through where you answer some questions write an essay etc to do that and we’ve had quite a lot of people. I actually went in myself through that process because I had a three-year higher national diploma in graphic design I didn’t have a degree so obviously you can be just as successful going in through that process as having the undergrad degree itself. So if you’ve done an undergrad in psychology if you get a 2-1 you’ll automatically be accepted? Yeah you’ll be accepted that’s the criteria for coming in yeah there’s no kind of subject criterias or anything like that and that’s it I mean obviously you have to provide references and things like that but yeah essentially if you have the 2-1 you’re in.

Okay and then the certificates do you have to do that at all or is that just a standalone module that you can do if you want to? It’s a standalone module so the master’s is obviously a level nine master’s the certificate’s level eight which is like honours degree level and so the only criteria for entering that is a leaving cert in Ireland it would be which is your higher one A-levels so A-levels for the UK or the equivalent so it’s it’s kind of secondary school completion degree or finishing exams yeah to get into that one but we have like again that’s a huge range of people in it we’ve had people who have their leaving cert we’ve had people come in through that RPEL process the recognition of prior learning process who didn’t have a leaving cert we’ve also had people take it who have a PhD but don’t know much about cyber psychology so just a vast range of people with hugely different experience from all different kinds of backgrounds so again that makes it really fun and again people from all around the world because that is entirely online so that’s a really it’s a really nice program I like it a lot I love teaching it really does sound like you’re the birthplace of cyber psychology yeah I know academic and teaching ish yeah that’s amazing and okay so then in terms of if someone wanted to apply for the master’s when is your next intake of master’s students and have you already filled the places or can people still apply people can still apply it usually opens sort of February March but people have applied before that we still have places at the moment there’s usually a second round if there’s places available where the deadline’s the end of August but just basically apply any time from the start of the year to August we used to I used to be able to say to people you will probably get in even if it’s full now there’ll be one or two people who maybe applied in February and by September things have changed for them but we’re actually quite full so the last year or so particularly this year we’ve been we were really subscribed so sooner rather than later is better to get the applications in for sure.

And you have done an audible book on cyber psychology. Tell us about that. What’s got you start in the process of thinking about it? Why is it audible and why not a written book? And what kind of things have you learned during that process of of constructing it? And because you deliver it yourself, you actually read it and and deliver it.

So tell me more about the book. So I kind of knew in the back of my mind that I would like to write a book at some point, but I actually got commissioned to write it, which is why it actually happened, because I’m no good at a deadline. So I was commissioned by a company called One Dream.

They were called the Great Courses at the time. They have their own online learning programs. Yeah, but they also make content for audible.

And they asked me to write a piece on cyber psychology. And they actually found me through Twitter. Twitter was such a great place.

It’s unfortunate that it has degenerated into the awfulness that it is now. But I had a lot of great opportunities through there when it was fantastic. So, yeah, they commissioned me to do that.

I was assigned an editor. We talked through what I would like to have in it. And my primary kind of purpose about it was to dispel some myths and kind of counteract some of the bad media reporting around cyber psychology topics.

So I picked the kind of big debates and the big things that people were interested in and the things that I thought were quite important at the time. And they very much reflect the kinds of things that I teach, particularly in the certificate, that broad overview of cyber psychology. So it’s like an introduction to cyber psychology and coming at it from kind of a critical perspective in many ways and trying to counteract some of the scaremongering.

It was quite intense to write because it was during covid when everything was quite intense. And it was really fun to do it. To work with an editor was really fantastic as well.

And it was a really nice experience. And they gave me the option of recording it myself or having someone do it. And I thought it’d be quite fun to do it myself.

And I got to record it in recording studios in Dublin called Mill Lane, which are very famous recording studios. So that was a very fun experience as well. So, yeah, the whole thing was like a little bit stressful, obviously.

I think writing a book is always a bit stressful, but I really did enjoy it. And I’m quite proud of the end product. So, yeah.

It is such a great book. And I was telling you before we started recording that the first time I listened to it, I was like, I was just in awe, just going, oh, there’s so much information. And then I listened to it again.

Oh, there’s so much more information out front. And that was so interesting. And I’m now in the third round of listening to it.

Even now, I just I’m going, wow, that is so fascinating. Wow. I didn’t hear that before.

And this is amazing. So who do you think is the best audience for this? Who do you think is the type of people that would really get a lot from your book? I think there’s a lot of people out there worried about their own technologies or their kids technologies. I think I hope that they will get a lot from us.

But also people who are curious about how and why we behave the way that we do online. So why are we more toxic online? Why does misinformation spread online? Why do we shop the way we do? Why are people drawn to gaming so much? All of those kinds of things, like that curiosity about why is it so compelling? Have they designed it to be addictive? And if that’s not true, which it’s not, then what is it about it that makes it so compelling and that makes us enjoy it or do it so much? So which is a lot of people. And I think the audience for it is quite broad in many ways.

Yeah, I think you’re right. And I think a lot of teachers and therapists and media people would find a lot or get a lot from the book because it really does explain the psychological reasons why we do things and how it impacts us both psychologically and physically and how it’s different to the online, because you often compare the online world to the offline world and how that changes, which is one of the most fascinating things about cyber psychology is how very different we sometimes act online and how we act online then changes how we act in the real world. And one of the great things you talk about, which is one of the first things I learned is there is no an online and offline self.

It’s kind of they both influence each other. Yeah, but it’s still the same person. Yeah.

Yeah. There used to be, I think, more of a divide between who we were online and those online spaces. And now it’s just fully integrated into our lives.

We just kind of seamlessly go between the two throughout our day. Yeah. And I remember someone saying to me once is that especially the younger generation, they their friends are not just online friends and offline friends.

They’re just the conversation continues from offline to online and back again. It’s just this fluid motion. And I think as older generations, we’ve adopted that same kind of online, offline communication and where being.

Yeah, absolutely. Or at least a lot of us have. I know not everyone has.

And there’s still people who find it confusing or don’t like it. But certainly a lot of us have. Yeah.

Yeah. And it just it’s it makes sense to just this is the conversation we continuously having and it just changes the way we have it changes. Yeah, absolutely.

So it’s absolutely fascinating. And you spoke about the media, because one of the things that often when I talk to cyberpsychologists, they get really frustrated about the headlines and the clickbaits in the media. Do you think it’s changing, getting better? And do you think the media needs a bit more direction in terms of understanding what cyberpsychology really is all about? So I think in some ways it’s gotten better.

So I collect terrible headlines about cyberpsychology just out of pure frustration and fascination with how bad they can be. I unsubscribed from The Guardian because the stuff about cyberpsychology was just so bad that I could not give them money anymore. They had a headline that was children are tech addicts and schools are the pushers.

Like, OK, it’s just so ridiculous. And so there’s still quite a bit of that out there, but there’s a bit less about some areas. We’ve moved on, I think, from some areas of video game violence.

I was looking for some bad headlines recently, particularly around there used to be a lot of stuff about video game violence, making kids violent, creating school shooters, things like that. And when I went looking for that, most of the recent stuff is actually refuting it and giving a compelling argument that absolutely that’s not the case. Which is much more what the research is is suggesting.

And so that was that was one of the positive things I saw. I think there are some reporters out there that are really trying to do a good job around this. Yeah, there’s still a lot of nonsense.

And then when books get published, you know, Jonathan, is this name Jonathan Haidt? Yeah. Haidt, yeah. Books like that get published.

People just buy into the idea without critically engaging with it a lot. There’s some really, really good critiques out there of his book because it’s not great and not very accurate. It cherry picks some pieces of research to support the argument that he wanted to make from the start.

And he doesn’t critically engage with the research at all, which is really disappointing for someone who’s supposed to be a psychologist. But a lot of people just buy into that idea that, of course, it must be problematic. And because there’s so much media reporting around the idea that social media in particular or screen time is problematic, we start to believe that it is and project that onto our own behaviour and think that our behaviour must be bad and therefore we start feeling bad about it.

And so it’s just the whole thing is really, really frustrating and really problematic. But there are some very good people out there and there’s some very good people doing critiques of that kind of stuff. And so it’s one of the reasons why I do the media work that I do.

I mean, I find it quite fun and I enjoy it and I like communicating the research because we do all this research and people do all this research. And if it only stays in academic journals, it’s a little bit pointless because people don’t know what’s influencing their behaviour and help them understand their own behaviour. And so I like communicating it.

But part of my mission is to try and counteract some of the scaremongering and falsehoods that are out there as well. Do you think a lot of people go searching for that information in terms of cognitive bias or not necessarily searching for it, but only really consume the media that is feeding into their cognitive bias of, say, screen time is really bad for children or gaming. Yeah.

More children are going to shoot up their friends. I think it’s so it’s there’s a lot of factors there. So the media is more likely to report on something that’s shocking or that they can make a good headline out of.

So they don’t report on the findings where technology doesn’t seem to have any negative effect on kids because that’s not a very exciting headline. They report in the ones where somebody finds that it does. And then those headlines are more dramatic.

So they catch people’s attention more. And so they’re more likely to click on them. So there’s a few factors.

It’s not just that people are looking for that information, but they also do. There is a bit of cognitive bias there of clicking on things and believing in things that support your own view. And I know when I have done some media stuff, some of the comments I’ve gotten afterwards where I’ve talked about the research and even on my audio book, there’s a couple of reviews where I talk about the research and how most people are fine.

And some of the comments will be, well, clearly that’s not the case. I’m like, I’m telling you what the research suggests, that people are actually mostly fine, but people don’t want to hear us. Some people really want to believe that it must be bad for us.

And I think there’s there are loads of problems with the online world. Like, from my perspective, I would be really happy to find out that this thing isn’t necessarily a big problem. We can focus on this other thing that is a really big problem, like children being exploited, sexually exploited online.

Huge problem. So let’s focus on that rather than kids gaming with their friends, you know, rather than kind of creating a moral panic about all of it. Let’s look at the stuff that actually is a problem and try and focus on that.

But people, some people just don’t want to know. But then I do webinars and seminars with parents or with groups like the one of the health trusts in Northern Ireland. I did some seminars with them and people are often relieved.

Parents and caregivers are often relieved to find out that it’s not everything is not terrible. There are some things to look out for. There are some problems.

Cyberbullying is a problem, but it’s not every single thing that their kid’s doing. If their kid has a phone in their hand, it doesn’t mean the end of the world. And so people are quite relieved to find that out for the most part.

Do you think parents and educators need to be slightly educated a bit more about the impacts of technology? Do you think or do you think they have bought into the media hype around the bad or the negative effects of technology and they actually need to be almost re-educated in a way in terms of giving them the cyber story and giving them a proper balance? Yeah, and I think it’s not their fault. You know, we say bought into it’s what they’re doing. But what they see, they often aren’t getting a contrasting view.

And so they’re and they’re being presented it by someone like Haidt, who is a psychologist. They think that should be reliable information and it’s unfortunately not. And so it’s hard for people who aren’t in the field to pull it apart and understand that that person isn’t really constructively looking at the research and presenting something unbiased.

He’s telling a good story and it’s a compelling story. And so you can understand why people do buy into it. I think a lot of parents are relieved to get education about it and understand that it’s not such a problem.

Getting that education out to parents is quite difficult. And again, it’s one of the reasons I do media stuff. It’s one of the reasons why I did the book.

But even trying to get that to people can be quite difficult and to spread the word about it. It’s kind of a bit of a problem because we don’t have the same reach as the newspapers and the media and television programs and so on. Exactly.

We will continue to fight the fight. Exactly. And spread the word.

So you do a lot of talks and a lot of media interviews. What are the things that you focus on and what are you wanting to do going forward or hoping to do going forward? So I talk about a lot of different areas, which is unusual. I would typically have tried to stay in my own lane, my own research area, which, of course, is a lot of online dating, online communication, relationships and technology, things like that.

But because I teach across a broad area and oftentimes the media will come to me about stuff that I teach about, but isn’t my research area, the segments tend to be quite short. So it’s kind of surface level. And so if it’s a much bigger, deeper thing, I tend not to do it if it’s not in my area.

But I talk about a lot of different things. So I do talks for companies. I do media stuff and I’ll talk about general cyber psychology topics like, you know, who we are online, why we behave the way we do online, things like disinhibition, toxic behavior, harassment, trolling.

I’ll talk about how we present ourselves, how we communicate. I’ll also do quite quite a few of my talks are about well-being and social media, well-being and screen time, sometimes in the context of kids, sometimes both adults and kids. I also talk a bit about cybersecurity.

So things like the psychological reasons behind why we fall for phishing and scams and stuff like that, because that’s another one that I think the public can only benefit from having education around why that happens. And I think it’s quite important. So, yeah, I also talk a bit about the psychology of UX and how cyber psychology relates to UX.

So quite a few different areas. And I love doing those things. I love all of them, the media, the public talks, the company talks, everything like that.

I just find it really, really fun to do because it is, again, getting another audience to hear about all the exciting stuff in cyber psychology. And I love to talk about cyber psychology. So if somebody wants me to, I’m always open to that.

But, yeah, I think just a lot of different areas. But I specifically love talking about online dating and technology and relationships, which I sometimes get to do, but not as much for company talks. I have done one or two, which were quite fun, but that’s more media stuff.

Generally. So if a company wants to bring you in to do a talk for them, how do they get in touch with you? Is it through LinkedIn the best way to get in touch with you or through Twitter or? LinkedIn or my website. So my website has a lot of kind of what I do, what I’m able to do.

So a lot of TV clips, radio clips, all that kind of stuff. So things that I have done in the past. LinkedIn, I’m not a massive fan of LinkedIn, but I do check it because I have to.

And Twitter, I used to be on there a lot and I’m not so much anymore. But you can find me through any of them. I will always check them.

But any of those means are a way to get me. But my website has a lot of kind of information about how to get in touch and what kind of things I do. OK, and are you able to specialise or customise your presentations and talks for companies if they say we’d really love you to talk about this? Yeah, absolutely.

Yeah. Within the realms of what I’m experienced at. Yeah.

But yeah, absolutely. I’ve done that quite a lot. And you are planning on starting a podcast.

Tell us about that. So it very much comes from the same place as the motivation for the book, which is counteracting those narratives that are out there and communicating the fascinating research that’s being done in cyber psychology. So we don’t have a title for it yet.

We’ve been brainstorming, have come up with a couple of really nice ideas that I’m brainstorming about at the moment. The I think it’ll probably launch in the summer. We’re kind of in the planning discussion stages at the moment.

So it’s going to be myself and my co-host, Dr. Liam Chaloner, who is a lecturer in IADT as well, who’s going to be taking over for me as the programme chair of the Masters next year. He’s a fantastic researcher, fantastic lecturer. So it’s going to be great having the two of us doing it.

And we are going to delve into a lot of those topics that people are interested in, worried about. And I’m hoping that we can also integrate people, people’s voices into it as well. So get people to share their experiences, ask questions, etc.

and as part of it as well. So it won’t be a kind of a guest based podcast. We may occasionally have guests if somebody really interesting is around, but it’ll be more of a sharing the research.

So I have some favourite podcasts that I absolutely love, which aren’t on cyber psychology topics at all because there’s very little out there. But there’s one called Maintenance Phase and another one called If Books Could Kill. And I love the format of having two presenters and one researches something and presents it to the other presenter and they have a conversation around it.

I find it really engaging and they really get into the nitty gritty of the research. And I find that really fun. So the audience is me and people like me.

The audience is people who are interested in cyber psychology. Again, that idea of people who are curious about why we behave the way we do, what the research tells us about how technology’s impacted on us, all of those kinds of things. That sounds fascinating because it’s all those little questions and especially talking with another cyber psychologist, you can ask those very specific questions that really bring up the nuances of what that means for the general public.

That’s very exciting. I’ll definitely link to that as soon as it’s out. Well done on doing that.

Well, we haven’t we haven’t done it yet. But yeah, it takes time. I found it took ages for me to build up enough courage to actually get to the point of doing it.

And it’s just putting yourself out there is the first step. And even think about it’s the first step. I’m doing a really interesting course at the moment in IDT.

It’s a certificate in radio and podcast production. And that’s given me so many ideas about how to go about it and what kind of things to integrate and how to do the production and everything. So that’s been really great as well.

Is there anything else that you want to chat about that you find really fascinating and haven’t we haven’t covered yet? There’s so much about cyber psychology that I find fascinating, but we don’t have time to cover all of it. I think they’re the main things like my research, what we teach, the kind of reasons why I get into communicating all of this. And I think they’re all the core things.

I think if I get into talking about another subject that I’m interested in, we could be here for another hour. Which would be great for me. We’ve got things to do.

And that’s outside of you, the audible book you’ve done, what is the one book that you would recommend to other people to listen to or read right now? Can I recommend two? Yes, you can. I can’t choose between the two. OK, so there are two very different kinds of books.

The first one is a textbook and it’s an introductory text to cyber psychology called an introduction to cyber psychology. And the second edition just came out a few weeks ago, just before Easter. And it’s all written by lecturers in IDT or lecturers who were lecturers in IDT.

But it is kind of the core textbook. It’s a BPS core textbook. It’s really, really, really excellent.

So I highly recommend that for someone who wants to read more about the academic side and the research side of it. For people who don’t read an academic textbook. Pete Etchell just released a new book just before Easter called Unlocked.

And it is fantastic. And I cannot recommend it highly enough. I have the printed book behind me, but I also listened to it on Audible because that’s how I absorb most of my information at the moment.

And it is so, so good. It is the book that I would have liked to have written. It’s fantastic.

So it gets into the idea of screen time, the problems of conceptualizing screen time the way that it is in research and in conversation. Looking at the idea of addiction and whether or not we’re addicted to things. Looking at gaming, looking at so many different aspects, distraction, the idea that our attention span is reducing and looking at the good quality research on those and pulling those concepts apart.

And it’s very reassuring, you know, because the research isn’t terrible about most of these things. Most stuff is actually fine. So it’s really excellent.

Cannot recommend it enough. That’s definitely my next Audible purchase. Next month, ironing.

You’ll really enjoy it, I think. Nicola, thank you so much for all your time and all the insights and you just doing the most fascinating things in cyber psychology. And thank you so much for everything you’ve shared.

And we’ll be linking to all your podcasts and any books, all the books you’ve written and all the talks that you’ve done in the past on our YouTube channel and all social media posts. But thank you very much for joining us on Confessions of a Cyber Psychologist. Thank you very much for having me here.

Show All Collapse
The Anxious Generation Page Header

The Anxious Generation – Jonathan Haidt

Jonathan Haidt is a social psychologist.

This is different from a CyberPsychologist, in that social psychology takes a broader view of issues (including digital technology) that may or may not affect a collective group of similar people within an environment or context.

A CyberPsychologist will focus more on the individual level of how a person (who has specific traits that are similar to traits others have) interacts with and is impacted by various types of digital technology. 

There are likely to be a number of CyberPsychologists who will disagree with a lot of the concepts, propositions and conclusions within this book. I would suggest that this is partly because the worldview and direction of study differs quite substantially, but also partly because he has not focussed on Digital Technology as his primary psychology speciality.

For those who do disagree with his approach to, and misreading of, the data the suggestion is that he is cherry picking research that fits his theories while ignoring research that contradicts it. Correlation does not imply causation.

Being a relatively new research area, there are many nuances, subtleties and new findings in CyberPsychology that a social scientist may not take into account when diving into these topics. 

I don’t agree with everything he lays out in this book. He seems to veer off the main topic on several occasions, creating a few tenuous links back to his topic or argument. Additionally, some of his explanations are based on his very specific worldview that does not necessarily link back to other research. It seems a one-sided argument, that does not consider or weigh up other contradictory evidence.

However, he does present a number of compelling arguments and data to the reader that showcases a correlation between the launch of smartphones / social media and the increase in mental health conditions amongst teens in the last few decades. 

  • He talks through how the role ‘helicopter parenting’ has delayed the development of a sense of independence amongst teens and how the fear of real-world dangers has played into parents giving their children smartphones at a younger and younger age. 
  • He includes how Big Tech exploits very specific developmental stages and present the case of how different online elements affect teenage girls and teenage boys differently. 
  • He finishes by providing a number of suggested solutions for parents, schools and institutions and how we may be able to reverse the social trends we are witnessing amongst younger children.

Although the book is written for a USA audience, and based a mostly on data and research from the US, the theories and solutions he presents are still mostly relevant for other English speaking Western audiences.

Whether you agree or disagree with Mr Haidt on the issues and solutions he presents in his book, it is still worth a read. But, like any argument, it is always worth balancing it with those who have an alternative perspective on the same issues around how Big Tech, smartphones and social media may be influencing us and our teens.

We still have so much to learn about the longer-term impact of Digital Technology on human behaviour and psychology, especially amongst children, but we also know more than we did a decade ago. 

You can read a review in favour of his book in The Atlantic here, and a critique of his theories, research and book in The Daily Beast here.

Below are a few interviews Jonathan Haidt has conducted explaining more about the theories, concepts and solutions he presents throughout his book.

About Jonathan Haidt:

Jonathan Haidt is a social psychologist and the Thomas Cooley Professor of Ethical Leadership at New York University’s Stern School of Business.

He is the author of The Happiness Hypothesis, The Righteous Mind and co-author of The Coddling of the American Mind.

xr:d:DAF9VeyAH0U:22,j:6186113373098887372,t:24022014

Slow Productivity – Cal Newport

In his book Slow Productivity, Cal Newport makes a convincing argument that we need to slow down, rather than speed up if we are to become more usefully productive. 

He does a deep-dive into how we got to the place of what he refers to as ‘pseudo-productivity – The use of visible activity as the primary means of approximating actual productive effort‘ in a knowledge-work context and how this is leading to burnout. 

This is especially relevant in the context of remote and hybrid workers, where productivity signalling is needed to showcase levels of busyness and relevance within a job role. 

The premise of this book is for knowledge workers to be less focused on producing lower-value knowledge widgets – juggling emails, messages, etc to feel more ‘productive’ and get more items ticked off the To-Do List. He suggests we spend more time engaging in deeper work that produces greater value knowledge products and output over an extended period. 

This logic is counter-intuitive for today’s fast-paced DigiTech-driven transaction-based business culture; where employees are mostly just a number and an individual career is more about transferable professional skills than staying with one company for extended periods. 

Maybe it’s time to shift our business culture to a more sustainable, more value-driven one of Slow Productivity.

Cal’s logic is sound and this way of operating within a business environment (whether employed or self-employed) along with the skills we should develop from his previous book Deep Work will give those who embrace these philosophies a strategic and tactical advantage over the prevailing shallower focussed skillset of the majority of knowledge workers.

About Cal Newport:

Cal Newport is an associate professor of computer science at Georgetown University, USA. He has published a number of non-fiction books and conducts a lot of research on the interaction of humans and technology. 

You can find out more about him on his website.

Linda Kaye

Dr Linda Kaye | Ep 2

Watch or listen:
Why we really use emoji in our messages.

We chat with Dr Linda Kaye about the fascinating world of Emoji and their role in digital communication. Dr Kaye delves into why we use Emoji, how they shape the tone and interpretation of our messages, and their influence on the people receiving them. She also shares insights into her Introductory book on Cyberpsychology and how she feels the mass media interpretation of academic findings is improving.

Connect with the guests
Dr Linda Kaye

Dr Linda Kaye specialises in Social Inclusion and Wellbeing, particularly: How we can use online settings to promote social inclusion and well-being.

You can read more about her here.

Also known as ‘The Cyber Doctor’, Dr Kaye is available as a consultant to industry and a speaker. 

Find out more about her on her website The Cyber Doctor.

Connect on Social Media :

In the second episode of Confessions of a Cyberpsychologist, we dive deep into the fascinating world of cyberpsychology with Dr Linda Kaye, Associate Head of Psychology at Edge Hill University. Dr Kaye, a founding member of the British Psychological Society’s Cyberpsychology Section and keynote speaker at the upcoming 2024 Cyberpsychology Conference. She shares her insights and experiences in this growing field.

Finding Her Cyberpsychology Path

Dr Kaye’s journey into cyberpsychology began during her PhD research on the psychological experiences of video games. Struggling to find her academic community, she discovered cyberpsychology—a field that connected her to like-minded researchers. This sense of belonging inspired her to further explore the discipline, contributing to its growth as a recognised branch of psychology.

Building the Cyberpsychology Community

Dr Kaye recounts the 2018 establishment of the British Psychological Society’s Cyberpsychology Section. Alongside Dr Alison Attrill-Smith, Dr Chris Fullwood and Dr Simon Bignell, Dr Kaye was part of the founding members of the BPS CyberPsychology section (recognised by the BPS in 2018).

A Look Ahead to the Cyberpsychology Conference

As keynote speaker for the upcoming 2024 Cyberpsychology conference in Liverpool, Dr Kaye will address “What Cyberpsychology Can Tell Us About the Digitally Connected Human Experience.” Her talk promises a broad exploration of how digital technologies shape our interactions, behaviours, and emotions, while reflecting on future research directions and challenges.

Emojis, Behaviour, and the Human Experience

Dr Kaye delves into her pioneering research on emojis and her Ted Talk on what our Emoji use says about us and what she is researching now on the cognitive impact of receiving an emoji. Her research explores their role in communication and emotional expression. Initially focused on personality judgments based on emoji use, her current studies investigate how people cognitively process and interpret emojis. This shift highlights the nuanced ways emojis function as social tools, revealing generational, cultural, and individual differences in usage and interpretation.

Beyond Emojis: Exploring Social Media and Technology Acceptance

Dr Kaye’s research interests extend to understanding specific social media behaviours and their psychological drivers. She is also investigating technology acceptance in organisational settings, aiming to bridge the gap between theoretical models and practical applications in industry. Her research findings are being used practically in the business HR context (Net Emotion Index) and in Digital Marketing.

Making Cyberpsychology Accessible

Her book, Issues and Debates in Cyberpsychology (written during Lockdown), addresses pressing topics like screen time and social media’s impact on well-being, offering a balanced, evidence-based perspective. Accompanying resources like video summaries further enhance accessibility for students, professionals, and the general public.

Opportunities for Students and Enthusiasts

Edge Hill University offers a Psychology undergrad. Students can also engage in research internships at the Cyberpsychology research lab with Dr Linda Kaye. For aspiring cyberpsychologists, she highlights the vast potential of the discipline to explore uncharted territory in how humans interact with technology.

Podcast Transcript

(Transcript generated directly from podcast audio using TurboScribe, and not manually corrected for transcribing errors).

Welcome to episode two of Confessions of a Cyberpsychologist. Today we are chatting to Linda Kay, Dr. Linda Kay, who is Associate Head of Psychology at Edge Hill University. And Dr. Linda Kay, we’ll be talking about later, is one of the founding members of the British Psychology Society’s Cyberpsychology section, and also the keynote speaker at the 2024 Cyberpsychology Conference, which we’ll also be touching on.

Welcome Dr. Linda Kay to Confessions of a Cyberpsychologist. We’re delighted to have you on board. Thank you.

Thank you for inviting me. I’m really looking forward to having a bit of a chat. Excellent.

It’s always a delight chatting to you. Linda, I just want to get a bit of background from you in terms of where you’ve come from and what that pivot point for you was in terms of your passion for cyberpsychology. Yeah, I mean, I just, like a lot of people, I did an undergraduate psychology degree, which was just a normal sort of standard BSc route.

And I actually kind of fell into cyberpsychology really, it was when I started my PhD, which was just on the topic of sort of the psychological experiences of video games, broadly. And it was from finding, trying to find conferences to go to that I then saw this term cyberpsychology and thought, oh, that sounds exciting, and realised there was actually a community that my research fit into. Because I think a lot of people who do cyberpsychology research tend to find that the university they might be studying it at, they might be the one, one of the only people in their department who might be studying it and feel a little bit isolated.

And so it’s nice to kind of have a collection of people who were doing things that, you know, were similar to me, or at least in the same sort of field to me. So yeah, it was very much falling into it. So the pivot for me was just finding my people, which is always nice.

And recognising that there was a broader kind of field to what I was doing. Yeah, absolutely. It’s like finding your tribe, people who you can connect with on the deep level of passion.

Yeah, definitely. And I think that’s always lovely about the cyberpsychology community is that it genuinely is a really supportive, friendly community. And we certainly experienced that at our own conferences in the cyberpsychology section.

And we get a lot of really positive feedback on that. So it’s really, really lovely to have a great community. Yeah.

And especially because they, throughout the UK to come together at something like a conference is an amazing thing. Yeah, I mean, for me, it’s like the thing to look forward to every year is the conference. And certainly it’s, I know, it’s useful for me kind of making sure I get stuff done.

So I’ve got stuff I can present. So it’s good to keep me on sort of time track. So I’ve got something exciting that is something new that is ready to share.

So that’s always good in terms of managing projects and things from that perspective. Exactly. In terms of the cyberpsychology community, you were instrumental or part of the founding members of the British Psychology Society cyberpsychology section.

That’s a lot to say in a mouthful. Yeah, we need an acronym. So tell me about that.

How did it start kind of getting to the point where you’ve actually launched this whole section? And that was in 2018, I think it was recognised and officially became a section. Yes, that’s right. Yeah.

So yeah, 2018 was our official kind of birth, so to speak, as a section in the BPS. And yeah, I mean, it’s myself and it was Dr Alison Axel Smith, and that’s Chris Fullwood and Dr Simon Bignell, who were the sort of four founding members, really. We sort of took this forward alongside a few other people who were part of a wider sort of steering group.

And it came about as part of a roundtable discussion at one of the kind of previous conference series that a lot of us used to go to. University of Wolverhampton used to do a lot of conferences and host a lot in their network there. So it’s part of a roundtable discussion.

And there was this general appreciation that it would be a useful thing to do. There were enough of us, enough interest, and why not have it recognised more officially as a sort of discipline of psychology. So it’s that really, that stimulated the movement of that.

And then it involved a whole load of putting together proposals to the BPS and going to their research board and defending the proposal. And it got a lot of support from the BPS. We didn’t come under much opposition, which is great because we’ve got a lot of effort and time into the proposal.

And then it just involved the official processes of the BPS, like member approvals and voting and all that kind of stuff. And then, you know, that was several years in the making. It’s really fantastic to see that it is now recognised and that the community just continues to be abused and to grow.

And grow and grow and grow. Yeah. And then so you, keynote speaker of this year’s 2024 Cyberpsychology Conference.

So tell us about that and what’s kind of generally, because it’s the title you’ve got is What Cyberpsychology Can Tell Us About the Digitally Connected Human Experience. That sounds really exciting and fascinating. I hope it is.

Hopefully one day. Yeah, so I was really, really looking forward and really grateful to be invited, actually, to keynote at it. It was a lovely surprise to get in my inbox.

And so, yeah, the kind of idea was, I keep sort of using this term, digitally connected human experience. And I think there’s something really intriguing about that as a term. And I kind of think, you know, it helps us recognise that, you know, as psychologists, the human experience is a kind of essence, really, of what we’re interested in.

And actually, what does that look like? How is it different? What are the kind of nuances of it when we are in a digitally connected world? So it’s trying to sort of do a bit more of a kind of bird’s eye view, I guess, of cyberpsychology as a whole. I do, I am intending to draw on very specific kind of insights from my own research, because anyhow, it’s always just nice to be able to do and, you know, I want to be able to talk about something I actually know about, which sounds good. But yeah, I thought it’s a keynote, it’s a nice opportunity to kind of do that kind of a sweep, I guess, and where are we up to? And where do we want to go? And what are the kind of interesting things we could get even more curious about? And what do we need to discover more? So it’s sort of a bit of a kind of a checkpoint, really, for me as well.

I find doing things like keynotes are a great way of helping me consolidate my own thinking of what my thoughts are. And so it’s useful for that as well. Absolutely.

And when is the conference? So the conference is taking place on the first and second of July 2024. And it’s great for me this year, because it’s really local, it’s Liverpool, it’s being hosted at Liverpool John Moores University. And so, but we do have people all over the country who come and attend it and also some international colleagues as well.

And so yeah, the abstract deadline is actually still open. It’s open until the 5th of April. And actually, I’ve just seen on the websites, that actually there is an extended deadline as well to the 12th of April.

So if you’ve not quite got anything ready, you’ve got a little bit of grace period there. And then registration will then open thereafter. Okay.

So if someone wants to come along, do they have to be a cyberpsychologist? Or can there be anyone who’s just kind of fascinated and wants to know more? And if they do, how long do they have before they need to, before the final registration ends? Yes, that’s a good question. I mean, I’m also, I think it’s nice that, you know, anybody who’s enthusiastic about cyberpsychology can come. Anybody who isn’t necessarily wanting to present anything, you know, the registration is open to not just to members of cyberpsychology section, but much more broadly.

So the deadline for registration is the 17th of June. So there’s plenty of time to sort of be pondering whether you want to come along. In terms of if you wanted to present at it, then the submissions for abstracts do go through a review process, and it has to sort of meet particular kind of criteria.

So that will depend on the outcome of that review process. But essentially, anybody can register and attend, who might just have an interest. We have had the members of the press come along to conferences before, because they’ve seen something that has piqued their interest.

In terms of what you’ve done to kind of promote and talk more about cyberpsychology in general, you’ve done a TED talk. Tell us about that. Yeah, that was a while ago now.

That was in 2017, I think. So yeah, that was that was a very random email to get. The email to actually went to my junk folder, so I actually missed it for ages, but it was a good job I seriously checked my junk folder.

But it wasn’t junk, it was genuine. Yeah, so that was the TEDx Vienna, which was lovely, because we went to this theatre, which is a beautiful venue. And that was all about the what are emojis? I can’t remember the title.

What do I remember to say about you? I think this is the title. Yeah, it is. What can you tell about people’s personality from their emojis? And that was a really good experience.

It was really exciting. And something else which is really nice about TEDx is you have a general theme of the conference, but everybody’s from very different disciplines. But you do become a bit like a family because you spend a few days with people.

And it’s really nice, again, as another opportunity to talk about your ideas and research to wider audiences and people who might not necessarily know about cyberpsychology. So it’s great. Have you done any more research on emojis? Yeah, so doing a lot of research on emoji and actually the focus of that has changed actually a little bit and evolved over time.

So the previous work and the work that I presented at TEDx was based on our research more about the sort of personality judgment angle on that. So what we can tell about people when we’re in a social kind of interactional context. And the more recent research and a lot of the program research got kind of mapped out now is more about how we process emoji.

So it’s a bit more kind of what the cognitive processes are when we’re kind of on the emotion recognition of them. And how do we kind of what’s the sort of sensory and visual and those kind of processes. So it’s a lot more cognitive.

But it’s really interesting and I’m delving into areas of the literature in different disciplines that I haven’t done for a long time. So it’s really nice to continue to learn and apply really interesting approaches and experiments or paradigms and things to study this. And it’s really intriguing to me that nobody’s really done the kind of things I’m thinking about, which seems a bit weird, because they seem quite obvious things.

But unless I’ve missed something. So yeah, it’s an exciting area to be in. And what’s really good is to because it’s a lot of lab based studies, I can get students who are interested in cyberpsychology involved.

And they can work as paid research interns and actually learn about psychology, and then support with collecting data and meeting participants. And so it’s useful for both myself and my students. Yeah, I think that’s the great thing about cyberpsychology is there’s so many areas that haven’t been studied and haven’t been researched.

So to find to find something that you’re passionate about and not find anyone anyone’s done it before is actually relatively easy compared to the general psychology fields. And so for you studying emojis, it’s Yeah, it might just be that there just hasn’t been enough people who are fascinated by it, like you are. Possibly.

And I think the other thing is that, again, I think I’m kind of going to be reflecting a bit on this in my keynote talk is I think, sometimes there’s a lot of really useful, theoretical, and also areas of literature that exist that actually apply really closely to some of the things we’re interested in cyberpsychology. But actually, I don’t think we’re drawing on perhaps as much as we should do. So one of the particular limitations, I think, actually, generally, this is not specific to specific researchers, but as a general observation is, I think we tend to sort of try and start things from scratch and think, oh, yeah, we need a theory to explain that.

And so the theoretical foundations of a lot of cyberpsychology is a bit weak and a bit shaky. And but actually, there’s so many really useful frameworks in other related disciplines, sometimes even in other areas of psychology that actually apply, well, I think they apply really well. So if we use those, we’ve got a much stronger foundation.

So I think that’s the general observation. And so I think it’s the case that people who think of the kind of cyberpsychology angle and I’ve got these ideas, but just haven’t kind of made the connection with what kind of currently exists in other areas, maybe that might be why there’s areas that haven’t quite fully been explored yet. Yeah, absolutely.

Just going back to research. So in terms of your TEDx talk, what you it sounds to me is that the research you did before was how people use emojis to express themselves. And now it’s about how people receive those emojis and how that then resonates with them psychologically and cognitively.

So is that fair to say? Yes. Yeah, I think that’s it. So it’s sort of shifted from what the interpretations are about it in a social context.

Yes. And two more from a receiver’s point of view, how it actually is processed, not sort of in a communication context, but on a very kind of on that kind of automatic level. So looking at, you know, is it a kind of implicit judgment process or is it more explicit? So using different kind of measures to answer that question.

Yeah. So and just kind of taking your research out of the academic realm, how do you feel? How do you think people who are not academics will be able to use your research and your findings in a way that will benefit them? Do you think it’s for teachers, therapists, parents? Who do you think is going to really benefit most from what you’re finding out? Yeah, well, different ways, actually. I mean, I’m currently working with an organization called The Emolytics and they’re based in the US and they actually, I actually cooperate with somebody there and they actually are interested in the research and actually collaborated and published together because they use the insights on that to understand how we can use emoji or how different businesses can use emoji to understand net emotion index and sentiment of remote working and sort of well-being and the well-being metric of organizations.

So actually being used in a sort of organizational sort of context, which is something I would never really thought about. And so, again, that’s useful when people kind of approach you and say, I’ve got this particular thing and I think this could be relevant. Oh, glad you’ve made that connection because I haven’t.

And so in that context, I think, and I can see a lot of scope there. So something else I’m sort of interested in at the moment is looking at how we might experience emoji in terms of do we feel like we approach or withdraw? So again, there’s interesting frameworks in psychology about that idea of approach and withdraw and from a kind of emotion point of view. So we’re more drawn to positive emotion, more likely to inhibit a negative.

So I’m kind of interested in that. So I think from a digital marketing perspective, what’s interesting is how that might relate to brand and perception and engagement. Yeah, that kind of thing.

That’s what I’m kind of thinking. So, yeah, I think it can be kind of applied to those sorts of contexts as well. So that’s fascinating.

So it’s almost narrative psychology, but from an emoji perspective. I don’t know what narrative psychology is. So it’s about the words we use to describe what we’re going through and using different words that mean different things and how that then really gives a good indication of where we’re at.

Yes, I guess that’s quite a nice summary, actually. Yeah. And I think what’s what’s interesting about emoji and what we have to be careful of is we tend to have this assumption that emoji are a universal language and I would tend to disagree with that because we don’t seem to, from one hand, we don’t seem to process them emotionally on a kind of implicit level.

So there is a kind of evaluation process that goes on. And what the implication of that is, is that we have different interpretations of the same emoji so that we have diverse ways that we label them and use them in different contexts. So when we get kind of a narrative psychology point of view, I think it’s interesting that we don’t all share a narrative that there are differences.

So, yeah, I think that’s a really important caveat of this kind of emoji research. So from a generational perspective, do you think that there’s a difference? Because older generations won’t, I suspect, use emojis as much as younger generations. And there’s meaning attached to specific emojis that some people will understand and others won’t.

Is there this generational difference or is it more about a culture, a group context of what they talk about and how they speak? Yeah, I think it’s a mixture of things. I don’t think there’s a generational distinction. I think you sometimes see a bit of some kind of trends.

But definitely, I think it’s less about how much people use them, but the way they use them is very different. And again, we see that when we look at some gender differences. Again, it’s not the case that females use more emojis than men.

It’s more likely to use them for emotional expression than men. And men are more likely to use them for other punctuation or all that kind of stuff. So I think that there are distinctions, not necessarily always very clear cut.

But we do see trends about them being used in maybe different ways. And I think we also have to remember now the software has developed where we can have emojis reactions to messages. And again, that’s a sort of different way that we might use them.

Younger generations might be more likely to make more use of those as a substitute to written comments and things like that. So I think there’s kind of nuances on that. Never a clear answer is there.

I didn’t give a yes or no to your question. It was a defence. Yeah, that’s genuinely the answer in psychology.

It depends. There’s caveats. That’s interesting, though, that there’s now those reactions to a message because it kind of tells someone that you’ve read it and you and you acknowledge it.

But actually, you don’t have to go to the effort of replying and thinking through what the answer ought to be without offending or saying the wrong thing. Yeah, it’s really interesting because there’s actually a really kind of interesting sort of popular book called I think it’s called Metiquette. And it talks about what does a like actually mean and the different interpretations of that.

And I think that that’s the same for things like reactions is that sometimes it might just be an acknowledgement. Sometimes it might be. And that could, in some cases, just be very abrupt and could be interpreted as being a bit rude.

And other times it might just be, yeah, I’ve just not had time to play. I’m just saying I’ve seen it and I’m on it. So, yeah, I think again, it’s that, you know, is it universal when we have all these different contexts that affect how we make a judgment about what that means and also that people interpret things differently? Yeah.

And that even that’s fascinating, because even from my perspective, when I react to a text, I think people think the same as me with my reaction. Yeah. And they probably they possibly don’t think that’s rude rather than, oh, she’s seen it.

Yeah. And I’ve had this conversation before with somebody, I think there’s a, again, I’m not sure if it’s been done or not, but, you know, I think there’s a really interesting theory of mind kind of piece there about how do you use emoji based on what your understanding of another person’s appraisal is about how you’re using it. And then there’s an interesting sort of interaction that happens there.

And so I know there’s research that looks at the kind of mirroring of emoji. And I know just anecdotally, I do that myself, people who don’t use them much, I don’t use them much with. If I know somebody uses this emoji a lot, I might be more likely to use it.

So there’s a really interesting interactional kind of thing that goes on there. But yeah, definitely, there’s something interesting about how we use them and interpret them based on our own kind of construct of what things mean. That’s just this is why I love cyberpsychology.

There’s so many fascinating things you don’t think about and suddenly you go, oh. No, actually, this is a really nice example of why I really like doing these kinds of things, because I often am thinking out loud, and I think, you know, verbalize things that either have been kind of been pondering in there or things that I haven’t thought about before, and it’s just prompted you to think that it’s really useful. Yay!

Brilliant. Now, during lockdown, I know that you did a, wrote a book. You may or may not be able to see this, but I’ll put a link to it in the chat.

Issues and Debates in Cyberpsychology. So what started this whole process of writing this book on your own and getting it published? Well, first I was invited to write it, so that’s always good. And it came actually at a really good time.

Well, two reasons for the time being, actually in retrospect, it was very useful. One is that I think I was at a point where I was thinking about a lot of different things in kind of isolation of each other and didn’t have that opportunity to kind of bring them together. And as I was sort of saying earlier, again, a good value for me for doing things like keynote talks is that it helps me do that bird’s eye view of things.

So actually it was really useful. It was at a point where I thought I really need to piece these things together in my head. And actually, for me, writing things really helps me do that.

And I do find I think three things better when I write things out. Yes, I might just read it all. I don’t know, but I just haven’t.

That’s really useful. I get birds. OK.

So it seemed like a really good point in time to do it from a kind of career perspective. And I had a chat with a few colleagues, senior colleagues, and they said, yeah, I think it’s a good point in your career to be a named author on a book. This can be helpful.

So I don’t know how familiar you are with academia, but certainly psychology. So research papers rather than books tend to be kind of rated the kind of esteem and higher esteem in books. But yeah, it seemed like a good thing to do because of that.

And as well as that kind of looking back retrospectively, it was just coincidence that I felt aligned with the time where we were experiencing a lot of lockdowns. And honestly, I think it was probably one of my saving graces. Yeah, I think a lot of people experience a lot of, you know, isolation and, you know, that kind of thing.

But it just it was a challenge for me to just just kind of get, you know, articulate things. And so I think kind of looking back, it was kind of good that it happened during that time as well. Yeah, it’s a fascinating book.

I just thoroughly enjoyed reading. I was like, oh, yes, I didn’t know that. Oh, that’s amazing.

So who is the who do you think is the right for the people who would be really interested in this book and go, yeah, you really need to read this? Is it people who are starting off in an undergrad or is it just a general knowledge book? What what do you think is a good type of person to pick it up? Yeah, I mean, I think it kind of applies quite quite well to lots of different audiences. I think certainly it’s it’s one of the key texts on one of the modules I do on cyberpsychology, and I’m actually now situated the module. So it is more aligned to the kind of themes of the book.

So it speaks a bit more directly. So that’s also helpful for me and my teaching to kind of just kind of review that. But actually, I think my main reason for doing it was actually probably more targeted towards media commentators, journalists, because often, a lot of people who work in cyberpsychology, myself included, get a lot of requests for comments on things that relate to popular debates about things like screen time or social media wellbeing, that kind of thing.

So actually having a book that situates the evidence around those sort of debates, I thought was a helpful way of framing it, rather than just there’s a book on this, and it’s let’s weigh up this and come to some kind of informed conclusion. So I think from that perspective, that in my head, I sort of thinking about future Linda, and this might rectify and give people the kind of answers that might be useful. But yeah, I think students, but also general public, is accessible enough for public audiences as well.

Yeah, I think it’s accessible enough for public audiences. It does, it’s kind of quite an academic style of writing, but that’s because you are an academic. So it’s kind of naturally, but it is, I think what’s really great about it is it’s very readable and very consumable by someone who doesn’t have a background in academics or cyber psychology.

So it is, it’s, and it’s, it’s not a long book. And that in the nicest possible way. I don’t think I could have written anymore.

Yeah, no, I thought actually when it comes to physical copies, that’s, that’s quite nice, actually, it’s just a little adjustable. Yeah, it’s something that’s easily read within a week, over a few cups of coffee. Okay, that’s good to know.

Yeah. Yeah. And just still so rich with information.

And just talking about journalists, because you said you said a lot of journalists contact academia, do you find that often journalists or the mass media misrepresents the information that academics do find and do write about in the papers that they publish? Or do you think they generally are getting it sort of okay, right? Things seem to be improving, I’d say. Sorry, it’s another it depends answer. Yeah, I worked with some very, very good journalists who didn’t, who used to take a lot of time to speak with experts who do their own research, who do a really good job of representing the kind of where the science is at.

And I’m not saying that’s always the case. It does, to some extent, depend on the particular news outlet they’re representing, not to name anyone in particular. And so I don’t engage with them, because I don’t agree with the way that they do journalism.

And certainly people I’ve worked with have done a really good job at being able to represent. And I think this often the kind of default mode is, let’s, let’s kind of panic a bit about these kind of things. But actually, I have seen an improvement in, but to be honest, what can be represented in the media can only be based on the quality of the science that exists.

And I think part of the ongoing challenge we have in cyberpsychology, and I know there are a lot of other scholars who experience this as well, is that we we’re constantly battling against ourselves, and where we have very different sort of philosophical views about technology. And when there’s so much contrasting opinion perspective in the discipline itself, and that really doesn’t help journalists try and understand where you’ve got these very different views, where do you find the kind of synergy of that and the kind of the agreed consensus points, because there are very many. So I actually don’t blame journalists, to be honest, because it’s a bit of a, a bit of a mismatch of evidence.

Yeah, so I think, I think there’s a learning point there about what the discipline itself can do to support itself to then be represented better. But there are, there are a lot of tremendous efforts from really good groups of research groups of people who are really trying to rectify that. And I know, you know, colleagues are involved in that kind of a really high level, government level of informing policy, and that it is the right people who are doing that, who are doing the good science.

So that’s always really encouraging, and that kind of reassures me a bit. Yeah, that is encouraging for me too, because I, I often talk to cyber psychologists who are so frustrated at what’s coming out of, in the mass media, the clickbaits and the, it’s all about getting, or it seems to be all about getting eyeball attention rather than decent science. So it’s so refreshing, so good to hear that that’s been done by great academics.

And there are a lot of, or there are quite a lot of good academics, really great academics in psychology. They are, and they also do a lot of work on the kind of public facing stuff. So one that comes to mind is the Oxford Internet Institute, and they, I actually saw the other day they were actually advertising for somebody to do the kind of public mass media kind of facing stuff.

So they’re investing a lot of resource in, in understanding why it’s important to be disseminating the research and making it available in a format that’s accessible. So that’s really good to see there’s a kind of investment there. That’s amazing.

Really, really good news. So you’re researching emojis. What else are you researching? Is there anything else that you find really fascinating that you’re diving into? A few of the bits and bobs.

I think my problem has always been I’m a bit of a magpie. I just think, oh, that’s exciting. I’ll do that and end up being way too broad.

Emoji stuff is always kind of very central and where the kind of very rigorous academic stuff comes in. But I’m also interested in understanding social media behaviours, a bit more collaborative colleagues at Aston University on this. And we talk about social media use and that isn’t.

I don’t really know what that means. That can mean a lot of things. So, yeah, and then people thought, well, you know, we can then talk about active use and passive use and that still doesn’t quite help me understand what that is.

So, yeah, looking more intricately at what the nature of different specific behaviours are that one can use. And it’s really interesting to me. And I’d love to do more research to look at how that specific types of behaviours change over time and context.

So doing some momentary sort of assessments that looks at the mood drivers or the context drivers about why you might do certain types of behaviour at different points in the day or whatever. And I think there’s an interest in that. And so, yeah, I’m trying to scrutinise that a bit more and understand that because essentially as a psychologist, I’m interested in behaviour and I want to understand what those behaviours are and what I’d be psychologically interested in that.

So, yeah, so I’m doing stuff on that as well. Other things, my friend, more industry sort of kind of work, collaborating in a very early stage of getting proposals together on thinking about drivers of technology acceptance in industry. So how we can support technology diffusion and implementation.

So, again, drawing on what we know from technology integration models and technology acceptance literature there. I think there’s some interesting work there to do as well, but that’s in very early stages. And you’ve also spoken about students who get involved with your research.

So tell me more about that. If someone wants to know more about cyberpsychology or get an undergrad with some experience in that, what kind of things do you get students involved with that will give them that experience? Yes, so at HCL, we have a really great paid research internship scheme. So that’s where our second year students and those who are on our masters conversion course can apply to be basically a research assistant in the department to work with colleagues on my projects.

And so over many years, and we’ll continue to be doing this as long as the funding is available to do it, which looking like it might be next year, which is great, is to just advertise projects on Psychology Emoji. And then I’ve always been able to engage students on those projects. And they do a lot of really useful work to support my research, but also they learn about cyberpsychology on psychology, how to do psychology research, and, you know, by practically doing it, which is obviously useful from a learning perspective.

And so they can get involved in and actually the research itself in that way. And as a result, they then if we publish those papers, they then become co-authors, because it’s a valid contribution to the research, which is great for them as well. And as well as that, certainly at Edge Hill, we have the final year optional module, which is what I’ve done in cyberpsychology.

And, you know, that’s, it’s a really cool module, I’m obviously very biased, but I always get lots of positive feedback from it, students seem to really enjoy the module and just helps them have really discussions and answer questions that they’re interested in, and think about the applied nature of it and how it can translate into all sorts of different contexts. So yeah, so those are the ways certainly at Edge Hill that people can get involved in cyberpsychology. So if a parent is watching this, or one of the children, and they’re really fascinated with psychology, and want to get involved in cyberpsychology at some point, or think this is an area that they may be really interested in the future, how do they register for undergrad? And what kind of processes would they need to go through? Because it’s the academic year is still about six months away.

So how, what are the processes? Is it too late to apply? Or do they need to still do other stuff? Yeah, so usually undergraduate recruitment setting at the Edge Hill, it might differ, the universities go through the UCAS system. So it is too late for this coming academic year. So normally the UCAS deadline is usually end of January, sometime in January.

And so it will be too late for this coming academic year. But for September 2025 entry, I mean, we’re already thinking about 2025 entry, we’ve asked the inspectors and things. So it’s not, it’s not too far in advance for me to be thinking about that.

And then yeah, it will be a case of the application window would be opening, such as I guess from, you know, September to January this coming year. And so that would, that would be the time to be looking at options and applying. And is there anything else that you want to kind of chat about, or that we haven’t covered that you find completely fascinating about cyberpsychology, or someone who hasn’t really interested in cyberpsychology, who has no experience or understanding of it? Are there any things that you think actually they really need to know this? I think it’s what’s useful is that there’s a lot of really useful kind of accessible resources out there.

And it’s something I did alongside a book where some like what I call cyber bites, sort of videos, which are summarized with video summaries of each chapter. And I actually find that really useful, actually, on my cyberpsychology module as well to kind of give a kind of little bit of a trailer of particular issues. And so it kind of works quite nicely as a companion resource to the book, but also those can be watched and accessed just in isolation as well.

So, and there’s other kind of examples of resources about topics in cyberpsychology, you’ve got things like pieces for conversation that colleagues have written on topics related to that, those are really designed specifically for public audiences, and that kind of digest some of the issues and give an accessible summary of the kind of scientific evidence. And I think things like that, you know, there’s lots of examples of those that exist. And, and there are some as far as I’m aware, still some resources on BPS cyberpsychology section website as well.

So and on there, actually, what’s really good is BPS have actually been doing a series of careers in cyber psychology, which I know you’ll know about because you’ve done one for us, which is amazing. And those are really, really useful to give insights into how cyberpsychology is applied in different types of careers. And again, I think you’re a really good example of that it’s the kind of thing I wouldn’t again, naturally think about where cyberpsychology fits, but obviously does really well.

And so those are really good as well, careers in cyberpsychology series that our colleague on the committee, John Wife, has done a fantastic job at. Yes. And one final question, what is your favourite cyberpsychology book? There are a lot of really good resources out there.

And I think one of my favourite ones is possibly the introduction to cyberpsychology resource that was published and edited by colleagues at IADT over in Dunleary. They’ve just finished the second edition and it’s on my bookshelf. Yes, get it.

Actually, this one’s a BPS core textbook series as well, which is even better. But this one’s great. This is really comprehensive.

And I find it useful, again, to recommend to students. It’s very sort of accessible in terms of it breaks down a lot of the sort of very typical content areas in cyberpsychology. So I would always say that one’s a really good one.

And I do have a lot of fondness for that as well, because I was invited to write a forward for that one. And I originally launched the book on its first edition. So that was always really nice.

And, you know, the colleagues over there are really lovely and friendly. And yes, that was a good one. And in terms of that book, how is it different to the first edition? Are there new topics or is it just updated research? It’s a bit of a mixture.

So broadly, they’re just sort of updates. And there are a couple of new topics in there. I can’t remember now off the top of my head what they are, but definitely were some new sections in it.

But yes, there is a progression from the first one in terms of it has been updated, because obviously, the nature of cyberpsychology is research moves quite fast. So these things do need to be updated quite regularly. So, yeah.

Excellent. Because I bought the first one. So I’m like, oh, do I need to? Yes, I do need to buy the second one.

Possibly. I’ll double check which the topics are. I think I need to anyway, because it’s just always fascinating to get updated research, because as you say, it moves on so quickly and there’s always new technology coming up.

And so therefore new behaviours that we display and the way that we engage with technology changes over time as well. And a cultural shift changes. So you really do need to keep up to date with cyberpsychology information.

It’s not just, you know, it’s therefore done slightly different things like child development, for example. Yes, there’s new research, but it’s not as fast-paced, which is one of the exciting things about cyberpsychology. This is interesting.

Yeah, this is exciting. Sometimes I just think, you know, I need about five of me to be able to study all the things I’m interested in and keep up to the pace, which, again, is part of the problem. I think it’s been quite broad in the kind of things I’m interested in, because it’s very difficult to keep track of all the different advancements.

And even though they’re still all within the same field, it’s quite a task to do. So again, yeah, that’s a lesson to me to be a bit more focused. Brilliant.

Linda, it’s been a delight and a joy chatting to you, as it always is. And all the best with your preparation for the cyberpsychology conference. And yeah, I look forward to seeing you again soon.

Yeah, thank you. And thank you for joining us in episode two of Confessions of a Cyber Psychologist.

Show All Collapse
Other podcasts
Digital-Families

Digital families

The impact of childhood gadget use is a hot topic and often in the press.

Anecdotally, I am hearing a lot of parents’ stories about the negative impact they feel digital technology is having on their children’s emotions, self-esteem and psychological well-being. 

Simultaneously, parents are aware that their children not having a smartphone can be alienating for them at school and amongst their peer groups.

And it’s not just about ‘screen time’. It’s about their overall mobile phone reliance and behaviour.

Jonathan Haidt has just launched his new book, ‘The Anxious Generation‘, which is bound to be a fascinating read/listen, and is accompanied by a few interesting articles that summarise and discuss some of these issues.

An article in The Atlantic, by Jonathan Haidt himself, is available to read in The Atlantic and is calling for the immediate ending of phone-based childhood. The subtitle ‘The environment in which kids grow up today is hostile to human development’, provides interesting statistics and insights which are a prelude to the reading of his book.

A New Statesman article talks about, how there seems to be an increasing level of parental fear of physical danger in the real world (which has dropped steeply since the 1990s) and supply their school-going child with a smartphone ‘for physical safety reasons’. Simultaneously, parents underestimate the danger of releasing their children into the online world. Children also seem to be shifting from a state of high play time to high screen time, with teenage years being almost ubiquitously spent online.

The most impactful quote from this article is another argument for the need to restrict the use of phones in schools: “The value of phone-free and even screen-free education,” Haidt concludes, “can be seen in the choices that many tech executives make about the schools they send their children to, such as the Waldorf School of the Peninsula, where all digital devices – phones, laptops, tablets – are prohibited.” 

A Guardian article reviewing the book adds a bit of further insight: “Smartphones pull us away from our immediate surroundings and the people closest to us, rendering us, as the sociologist Sherry Turkle puts it, “forever elsewhere””. This may be one of the most insightful observations of our technology use and how it impacts our real-world social connections. 

In his book ‘Lost Connections‘, Johann Hari talks about how our loss of social connections was already on the rise before smartphones became ubiquitous. Social media seemed to promise a re-connection with that lost community that gave us meaning and purpose but instead delivered only empty connections. 

I hear a lot of conversations around the most appropriate amount of screentime is appropriate for various ages of children, without considering the social and behavioural reasons why children seek to spend more time on their gadgets. we often forget that children learn through observation of others’ behaviour much more than what they are told to do. Social and group conformity is engrained in our ability to survive as humans. 

Before around 8-9 years old, children’s primary focus is on their role in the family. In this capacity, they observe and copy the behaviour of those older than them. Take the example of a young child pushing their doll/toy around in a pram. They are practising future adult behaviour. If they are observing their parents and older siblings staring at a shiny screen, it is not surprising that they interpret this behaviour as ‘how to adult’ and would desire to copy and mimic this behaviour in their own lives as soon as possible. Reducing the amount of time they have on the device may make it even more appealing and desirable. 

So, the question remains for me: how are we, as adults, demonstrating responsible gadget use to the younger generations? The adage ‘do as I say, not as I do’ seems hypocritical at best.

Without wishing to judge anyone, because we are all different – instead of lamenting the analogue youth, we may have enjoyed pre-Y2K, maybe we all need to carve out more in-person time to relive the values of that childhood with our children – with no digital devices insight.

Most advice around reducing the amount of time spent on digital tech involves increasing the number of activities and interests outside of the digital world.

So, my advice to parents would be summarised by a quote from point 8. of The Atlantic article, “If parents don’t replace screen time with real-world experiences involving friends and independent activity, then banning devices will feel like deprivation, not the opening up of a world of opportunities. The main reason why the phone-based childhood is so harmful is because it pushes aside everything else. Smartphones are experience blockers. Our ultimate goal should not be to remove screens entirely, nor should it be to return childhood to exactly the way it was in 1960. Rather, it should be to create a version of childhood and adolescence that keeps young people anchored in the real world while flourishing in the digital age”.

Related Articles

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Ut elit tellus, luctus nec ullamcorper mattis, pulvinar dapibus leo.

Ruth Guest

Ruth Guest (Sersha) | Ep 1

Exploring CyberPsychology with Ruth Guest: Founder of Sersha

In this episode, we delve into the intersection of technology and psychology with Ruth Guest, a cyberpsychologist and the founder of Sersha, an innovative platform aimed at educating preteens and their families about social media safety.

Ruth’s Journey into CyberPsychology

  • Ruth shares her evolution from a career in photography and marketing to becoming a CyberPsychologist. Her passion for technology and human interaction sparked during her childhood fascination with early internet platforms like MSN, Bebo, and MySpace.
  • A pivotal moment was her decision to pursue a master’s degree in CyberPsychology, which she completed during the pandemic. This academic foundation was instrumental in launching Sersha.

The Birth of Sersha

  • Sersha is a platform designed to teach preteens how to navigate social media safely through a simulated social media experience. The goal is not only to educate children but also to foster meaningful conversations within families about online safety.
  • Ruth emphasizes the unique design of Sersha: being engaging for kids, intuitive for parents, and aimed at bridging the knowledge gap between generations.

Addressing Real Concerns for Families

  • Common worries among parents include cyberbullying, stranger interactions, exposure to inappropriate content, and excessive screen time. Sersha offers an interactive, educational solution tailored to these issues.
  • Ruth’s innovative approach incorporates real-world elements like notifications and conversation prompts to encourage family discussions about digital behaviour.

The Future of Technology and Cyber Psychology

  • We touch on the rapid pace of technological evolution, including the rise of virtual reality, wearable tech, and tools like the Apple Vision Pro.
  • Ruth emphasizes the importance of staying proactive, informed, and educated both as individuals and families, to keep updated on the digital landscape.

Sersha is Revolutionary – being:

  • Parent-Friendly: Sersha helps parents understand platforms like TikTok, Snapchat, and more without feeling overwhelmed by jargon or technicalities.
  • Child-Centred: The gamified learning experience ensures preteens are engaged while acquiring essential online safety skills.
  • Family Focused: Sersha strengthens communication and trust between parents and children by providing conversation starters.

Ruth’s recommended reading:

Connect on LinkedIn:

Get Involved with Sersha

Ruth invites parents of preteens (ages 8–13) to test Sersha’s platform and provide valuable feedback. This is an exciting opportunity to shape a tool designed to enhance digital literacy and family connections.

Closing Thought

Ruth’s passion for empowering families and educating children about online safety is a testament to the potential of CyberPsychology in shaping a safer, more connected digital world. Join her mission by exploring Sersha and actively participating in the evolving tech landscape.

What the acronyms mean:
  • IADT: Institute of Art, Design and Technology (Dublin, Ireland)
  • MVP: Minimum Viable Product
  • TAM: Technology Acceptance Model (the older we are, the less likely we are to accept technology)
  • CMC: Computer-mediated communication (how we communicate online)
Podcast Transcript

(Transcript generated directly from podcast audio using TurboScribe, and not manually corrected for transcribing errors).

Hi, my name is Carolyn Freeman. I’m a cyberpsychologist and today we’re chatting to Ruth Guest, who is also a cyberpsychologist and is founder of Socia. Welcome, Ruth, to our session.

Hi, Carolyn. Thank you so much for having me. It’s always such a pleasure to see you.

It’s a delight and a joy.

Yeah. So what we’re really going to be talking about today, Ruth, is what you’ve been doing, where you’ve been and what got you really fascinated with cyber psychology and then talk a lot about what you, your project and where you’re going with it and who it’s for.

So just a bit of background of you as a person, where you come from, what you used to do before cyber psychology. My name is Ruth Guest and I’m a cyber psychologist and the founder of Socia, online social media safety training for preteens simplified. And what we’re really building is a social media simulator to protect preteens from the risks of social media and increase and enhance family connection.

So I’m based in Dublin and I was a photographer, marketer, and just an RN creative and freelancer before I started Socia and how I got into Socia was through cyber psychology. I don’t think I would even have started the business without that degree. And so what happened was in 2020, I booked a one-way trip to Vietnam and I was like, I’m going to go to Southeast Asia.

I’m going to end up in Bali, end up in New Zealand. Just do what you do in your mid twenties, you know, they’re traveling. So I did that.

And, and I, at the same time had just finished an evening course in cyber psychology in IUDT in Dublin. And I was like, I do not, I’ll apply for the masters as well. I was like, I probably won’t go because I’ll be traveling, but why not? 2020 happened, obviously I couldn’t go to Vietnam and I got accepted into the masters.

And so I ended up moving down to Wexford where I was working full-time and doing the masters online for two years. And yeah, that’s just like, I loved the evening course in cyber psychology. It was such a lovely introduction to the topic.

But yeah, then I completely fell in love with it to the masters. So yeah. And then here we are a bit more to the story of how search was created, but that, that was really it when it comes to cyber psych.

So what was that pivot point for you in terms of knowing what cyber psychology is? Was it in uni or was there something else that happened that you went, Oh, that’s interesting? Yeah. I’ve always been interested in psychology and it’s just general psychology of how people interact. I think that’s really interesting.

But growing up as a millennial, like I remember my parents getting this, you know, the big old computers, the windows XP, whatever they are. And we’d go home from school and I’d go on MSN and I’d go on Bebo and I’d go on MySpace. I was like 14, 15 or something.

And I remember being like, this is the coolest thing ever. Like, it’s just amazing. And I was on Wikipedia all the time and YouTube and like looking at, because I love the encyclopedias growing up.

Um, so I was like, I have all the information I ever wanted my fingertips, you know? And, uh, that was where that kind of went into like my photography work and how I would present my photography through Instagram and trying to get work through Instagram, then working with influencers and working with brands and like, God, that’s really interesting. So when cyber psych came along, I was like, Oh, wow. So it’s psychology, but it’s also about, like, I have this interest in photography and, you know, how people are presenting themselves online.

I was like, this is really cool. And that’s, that’s kind of what got me into it. I would say.

Yeah. Yeah. It’s fascinating.

It is fascinating. And I just want, I do wonder if a lot of times cyber psychologists go into the cyber psychology because we’re so passionate about technology in the first place. And then there’s also passion about psychology and this kind of these two worlds intersect, which makes it such a fascinating area.

Yeah, I agree. Like, I think there’s a lot of, like, I would say a lot of cyber psychologists are like futuristic thinkers and, you know, we’re really interested in how technology impacts society because I think people always have this like really negative attitude about technology in the future. And yes, of course, there’s some horror stories that we should all be very wary of some things that’s out there, but it’s such a positive influence at the same time as well.

Do you know what I mean? And, um, but it’s, it’s interesting to see how, like, it’s cyber psychology. It’s fascinating because it’s such a niche field right now. Um, well, as it expands over the next 20 or 30 years, it’ll be so interesting to see how technology is potentially impacting babies who are like swiping on phones and like this kind of thing.

Like there’s the positives and negatives to it, but it’s, it’s encapsulated our entire daily lives now. So yeah, it’s, it’s so interesting. Absolutely.

And we’ve chatted before about, um, mass media and their perception of what they put out there to the general public on cyber psychology issues, even though they don’t call it cyber psychology. Um, and we’ve both kind of gone, Oh no, that’s not quite, um, the right kind of thinking process behind it. So what is your perspective on what the mass media puts out on what we do? I think it’s, it’s clickbait.

It’s all clickbait. And I think it’s very unfortunate, like, because what media is run by all these bank companies at BlackRock and stuff, and it’s, it’s their job to make as much money as possible. And the only way that they’re going to make as much money as possible is if they do clickbaity headlines and they don’t put out real research or real information around technology.

Like they, they will only look at lockouts and cash, you know? Um, I think that really, I think that that’s really bad because if people are only reading the news and they’re only looking at this clickbait material, um, and I’m not just talking about like the Daily Mirror or like the Sun or the Daily Mail, whatever it’s called. I’m talking about Sky News. I’m talking about CNN and all of the news organizations.

And they like it just for, for us, for people who understand that there’s so much nuance and context within how we interact online and the situations that we see online. Um, it’s very unfortunate for the people who just take their news as fact, and they have this, they’ve developed this fear around technology, um, because they don’t know how to use it. Uh, and that’s one of the things we’re doing, Saoirse, is trying to educate people about social media and how to use technology properly, because there’s nothing out there.

Yeah, which kind of led me into the next question. So what is it that got you passionate about starting Saoirse? What is, what, what is the point of it? Because if we’ve got all this, um, real, uh, clickbait media going on, are you doing Saoirse? What is, what can it do for parents? How are you, how are you helping people and change, trying to change things? Yeah, of course. So what I’m really passionate about is, um, children potentially reaching their potential, um, and getting the support that they need.

Um, because for various reasons, I didn’t really have that growing up. And, um, I do think that if kids have the potential to be who they want to be and the creative expression, I just think that their lives would be so much more fulfilled. I think that the family experience and the family unit will be a lot tighter as they go throughout their teenage years.

It’s just a personal belief of mine. And so when Saoirse started, um, throughout my degree, I had a huge interest in photorealistic avatars and I just loved them. I was like, this is going to overcome uncanny Valley.

It’s like, if we can potentially then, you know, create this AI, um, and attach it to photorealistic avatars, you’d be able to deliver like level one CBD therapy to people, uh, in countries where they can’t afford therapy. Right. And then I was like, right, what if you could actually do that for kids? So that’s really how Saoirse began, you know, it was going to be a digital therapeutics product and because of that passion, but I quickly realized that I wasn’t that kind of founder.

You know, I’m not going to raise that much money to, to build a, an AI machine learning model, whatever it is. And these photorealistic avatars that weren’t really kicking in, they weren’t really popular in 2020, but then only within the last year, like Mark Zuckerberg and Lex Friedman had like, though, he saw that, that, um, that podcast that they did, and it was like virtual reality. They literally looked like humans.

It was absolutely insane. So that tech really sped up fast, definitely not the right person to create that. Um, but then I went back to the drawing board.

I went back to these parents that I was speaking to, and I was like, you know, what are you actually worried about when it comes to mental health and wellbeing with your kids? And all of them said smartphones. And instantly I knew I was like, well, that’s click bait because everyone on the news is talking about smartphones. But I was like, the real fear here is that parents are afraid that the kids can’t look after themselves without the parents online.

Right. And that’s why I was like education, I think is needed and not just like online safety, phishing scams and all this kind of thing. Like it’s, it’s about how kids interacting online with each other and with strangers on video games and things like that.

It’s the communication. It’s the nuance of communication online. And there’s no one teaching.

And as a great, why don’t we use technology to actually develop something where we can teach them that in a fun and educating way, where also we can get the parents to learn about it too. And that’s what we’re building. The conversation starters through like a notification center.

So like every time a child completes a level, the parents will get like a learning outcomes of the level, but then they’ll get like this short conversation starter to speak about the dinner table. So like they come home from a busy day at work. They cook the dinner, they get a notification on their phone and it’s like, all right, Snapchat and location or Snap Maps.

The question is, how can you stay safe with Snap Maps or something like this? And the parents from this will learn from the child. And what I think that will do is enhance family connection and trust between the parent and the child, which is ultimately what we’re selling. It’s really nothing to do with education technology, but it’s everything about keeping the family connected.

Yeah. So it’s not really so much in the schools. This is about the family units and helping them to kind of be more cohesive and have conversations that they can have with their children.

Because a lot of parents that I speak to kind of say, well, I don’t know how to set parental controls. I don’t know what to talk to them about because I’ve got no idea what Snapchat is because I don’t use it. And who knows what TikTok is? So it’s how do you have to start that conversation with your children? How do you actually have the lingo? Because they have their own lingo and their own way of talking about stuff.

So how do you engage with them? And there seems to be this real gulf between the parents and the children. So is that kind of part of what you wanted to do? Pretty much. Yeah, that’s exactly it.

It’s about, you know, kids. Kids think that their parents are like, you know, they’re like, oh, mom and dad are cool. They don’t know what this word means online.

Yeah. Like so it’s about it’s about making sure that the parents are up to date of what’s going on in the kid’s life. You know, one short question that we’re like one open ended question can lead to a significant conversation about something that’s happening online in the child’s life, whether it be a conversation with friends in school or something like that, which a parent could then flag and say, oh, hold on, I didn’t know you’re speaking to this person, or I don’t really understand what this means.

And, you know, if the parent is actively involved and actively wants to learn, the child will give that information up at a preteen level. What we’re hoping is we can solidify that connection with the parent and child. So then throughout the teen years, if shit hits the fan with the kid, which let’s say 80 percent of the time it can do with teenagers, they will be able to keep that connection going when it comes to the online world.

So they’ll be able to say, well, mom and dad, we went through that social program together. They know what’s going on online. I can talk to them about this.

And that’s really and that’s really the vision and mission for Saoirse. So having that open conversation, having that ability for the child to say I can talk to my parents about this stuff. Exactly.

Correct. The real big issues come in teenage years when children are separated from their parents and with a group of friends. And if they don’t have that open communication, then it goes a bit piton.

Yeah, that’s that’s exactly it. Obviously, it’s going to work for for every single time. Every single family is different.

But we do want to create that process and that can help help families. So that’s what we’re building at the moment. And obviously, cyber psychology has been such a big part of that as well.

So, yeah, it’s very exciting. It’s just it’s so needed. It’s such a desperate gap in the marketplace.

And for parents as well, I think they they are often going to big media or trying to find something online and to come from a cyber psychologist who kind of knows what they’re talking about, who’s passionate about this. And I think a cyber psychologist, we don’t know everything. We never will.

But I think both you and I, we’ve spoken before about this. We’re constantly learning. We’re constantly trying to find out new stuff and just sharing what we know so that others can others can benefit, too.

It’s not about keeping it to ourselves. Yeah, sure. Sure.

And I think it’s such a niche field like we touched on this earlier before the call is that like it is such a niche field that we kind of are like I would say pioneers in this industry and we kind of have to make ways and educate others about cyber psych and about, you know, like the ideal self online. How do we present ourselves? How do we communicate online? You know, all these small little things. We have to spread the word about that.

I think it is like we were saying, for me, it’s very purposeful. It feels very purposeful that I can do this. And yeah, doing it through is just like a great avenue to do it.

Yeah. In some ways, it’s almost like we’re going ahead to draw the maps so that others can follow. And yeah, that’s a beautiful way to put it.

Yeah. Yeah. And that’s that’s great.

That’s kind of a part of what I see it is what I’m doing and what you’re doing. And I see that’s why I think we connect have connected so well in the past is that we’re both passionate about going ahead and showing the way and it’s never going to be perfect, but we’re doing what we can to draw maps together. Of course.

Of course. Yeah. I think it’s so important.

And I like for me, it’s kind of like you need to like it’s a high risk, high reward situation. You have to kind of take a risk and try to build something of value. And if if you fail, like you fail, try and fail.

Exactly. I mean, for me, it’s grand play. I mean, at least you tried.

Exactly. So tell me more about social in terms of having set it up originally, and we’re speaking before about how you’ve kind of started to fund this and able to do this independently now. So chat us through what that’s all about and how it started and how you’ve been able to upscale it.

Yeah, of course. So like we did do that pivot from my digital therapeutics into like kind of like social media learning. And what we did was from there is that I we interviewed like one hundred and fifty plus parents and we tried to figure out what the biggest concerns are when it comes to social media and the online world.

And they were cyberbullying, stranger danger, pornography, violence and screen time. And which are all very obvious things, you know, with very obvious concerns. And so I went away and built a load of different wireframes and prototypes on Figma and they weren’t great, but they’re grand.

And then I tested them with an age group of like six to 13. And they were grand, like what they were, they were like videos. And then the kids would answer questions after them.

And I knew it wasn’t going to be the final product, but I had to build something. It’s almost like, you know, do you write? You write, don’t you? And you know, like the way you have to write shit to get the good stuff. Yeah.

Yeah. So draft a thousand drafts to get to the right thing. Exactly.

So I built these crap prototypes and these kids were like, yeah, they’re grand, like, you know what I mean? But like, whatever. So then one day I kind of built this page and I was like, what if, you know, it was like, looks like an Instagram feed. And then I’m going to time the kids to answer questions.

Sorry, time them to analyze the Instagram feed. And then I’ll ask them questions. I did that.

And they loved that. And the parents loved that too. They’re like, that looks like Instagram.

I was like, yeah, it does. Yeah, whatever. And that’s where I was like, shit, I’m onto something.

Kids, all they want is social media. That’s all they want to do. They want to be with their friends.

They don’t care. So I was like, why don’t we build a social media simulator? And for me, I, I jumped at that idea because I’m all into like, um, I love virtual reality and how we present ourselves there. The simulation theory.

Um, I, I love that. So anything to do with the simulation, I’m like, that’s cool. So a social media simulator, maybe combined like Duolingo style challenges.

That’s where we were for the last while. And of course it’s been developing and developing, and I can’t say where we’re at right now, um, in terms of the development, but what we do have is like a MVP out that parents and preteens can test at the moment. So we’re trying to get as many of them to test and give us very, very critical feedback so that we can bring that to our development team.

And then we hope we’ll be launching our actual product in September. So that’s where we’re at. Can’t tell you too much more about it, but it’s, uh, it’s exciting.

The direction we’re going in, really exciting. So you, what you need right now was parents to participate and help you be part of this, this next step. Exactly.

Exactly. Passionate parents who understand the value of education. They understand that like, you know, putting parental controls in your phone will only do so much.

It’s, uh, you know, taking the phone away from you. It’s only going to do so much, but education is the way forward. Um, so yeah, we’re looking for as many parents with preteens, uh, between the ages of eight and 13 to come on, play the game, tell us that it’s crap, tell us why it’s crap, tell us what you’d love to see instead, and then go from there.

And like all the feedback so far has been like, this is shit. I’m like, this is amazing. Like that’s like, so many entrepreneurs would be like devastated by that, but I love that because they’re telling us why it’s crap.

Um, you know, it gives us like a baseline to work from. Um, so yeah, it’s been good. It’s been really fun.

A lovely learning experience. Yeah. Constructive feedback.

Yeah. Yeah. It’s necessary.

Always necessary. Yeah. That’s one of the things of kind of doing something in a small group of people or just on your own, it’s, it’s having this echo chamber of your own self and not getting that feedback, which is critical to making it really good and really helpful in adding value to people who are going to use it.

Of course. Yeah. It’s so funny you say that because I, I have been in my echo chamber for such a long time and because I’m not a parent and I’m not a teacher, I’m never around kids.

Like I don’t have a clue. Like I think my, like my, we only, I’ve only one nephew and he’s almost two, do you know what I mean? So I don’t have experience of routines. Um, so when I build something, it’s really important that I get that consistent feedback from parents who are actually around kids.

Um, but it’s great. Like our team has expanded recently. We’ve brought on, um, Heather Bernard, who, uh, she’s brilliant.

She’s a mom and she is also a teacher in international schools and she’s a digital wellness educator as well. So even having her perspective is brilliant because instantly she’s like, yeah, no, you don’t say that to a parent or like, yeah, we can go down this way because it’s for kids or like, it’s fantastic. So getting outside of your echo chamber I think is super important.

Yeah. I think also being, not having children actually probably helps you as well. So when I’m back in marketing days, one of the things you used to say to us is that if you have, um, if you use the product that you’re marketing, you become one and everything that you do is based on your mindset and your bias of how that product is used.

So you judge all the other people who use the product from your viewpoint. Whereas if you, if you don’t have, or you don’t use a product or you’re not a parent or you’re not this or you’re not that, you come to it from a very different perspective. So you actually listen to people who not in that space and don’t filter what their feedback through your bias.

So actually in a lot of ways, you not having children is a good thing because you’re coming from a, from a very different perspective and going, but actually what about what if, and I don’t understand, okay, so why? And so you’re able to build it from that passionate perspective that you can hear and listen from a non-biased viewpoint, which I think is, it’s not a disability. Actually, it’s a real advantage for you to be in that space. That’s really good.

I never actually thought of it like that before. And that’s so good to know because I always thought that it was such a disadvantage, not being part of a community of parents, you know, or not having my own, my own kids. Of course I’ve got cats, but they’re not really counted as human kids.

They don’t look at TikTok. Yeah. Yeah.

But yeah, no. So like that, that’s, that’s so interesting. It makes sense.

It makes perfect sense why that would happen, but yeah, no, like it, it’s great to, as the team expands, like it was just me and as we expand even further, even just having the parents on board, it’s so good to see how we can take that feedback and then just like build it into something that’s actually going to be valuable. Cause that’s, what’s really important. Do you know what I mean? Rather than just building something for the sake of it.

What is your vision in five years time? What if you’ve been in an ideal world and you’re kind of, this is what I really like to achieve. What would that look like? Oh God. What do I share and what do I not share is the question.

So there’s many, many paths that social can go. Right. And you could look at merging with big tech to become a head of safety, the section for head of safety or matter or something potentially.

I could see this becoming, well, it’s definitely going to be in all schools. Like I, without a doubt, I could see this in a lot of schools. I do see it I would love it to be the go-to educational tool for social media.

So when you think of language learning, what’s the first app that you think of? I don’t know. Cause I don’t have children. Do you not learn languages? No.

No. Yeah. No.

So if anyone’s listened to this, the first thing they’d probably think of is Duolingo. Right. And do you know Duolingo? Yes, I do.

Now you mentioned it. Yeah. So we would love to be the, as soon as someone thinks of, okay, my child wants to go on TikTok.

Okay. They need to get social. And what’s interesting is that like, I think like, and you know, you’ll know this, like smartphones are going to be eradicated within the next decade.

We both know this, like they’re just going now the, the adaptability of like how people consume the new kind of tech, whether it be like a Neuralink like chip or something, or the glasses or whatever it is, or even the Apple vision pro not everyone will adapt to that as quick. And obviously we have like economic differences and how people can afford it and this kind of thing. Right.

So there will be people that will still use phones. But what I see is that Saoirse becoming a leader when it comes to education with this technology advances. So like right now I’m thinking of, okay, it might be a social media simulator, but social media is going to look so different in five years time, maybe because the Apple vision pro or something.

So how can we stay ahead of the curve and be a thought leader within that and, um, a pioneer for education when it comes to, uh, social media learning. And I’d love it to be education, not just for preteens, but education for everyone because everyone needs to learn cyber safe. Right.

We’re just saying that. So exactly, exactly. Yeah.

That would be ideal. I’d love that. Oh, fab.

So for parents, this will be, if my child now gets, um, gets a new device, whatever that device is, and I’ve never used it before I go to Saoirse to find out what the device does and how to have those conversations and how to ask the right questions so that I can engage with my child without them going, you’re a bit of a Luddite. You’ve got no idea. So have intellectual conversations or informed conversations with their child.

So is that kind of where you see the benefits for parents and kind of two to five years time? Yeah, definitely. Definitely. Like the parents will be able to play, but it, of course it’s for preteens, but we do want to make that separate thing for parents to make it super accessible for them, but then also to make it interactive.

So like, let’s say for example, like something like the Neuralink, you know, happens, right. And everyone has it. And we can see social media at like a black mirror episode, social media through a contact lens or something like that.

And like, when that does happen, it might be in 10, 15 years. I, as in 15 years time, I’d be 45. I might have difficulty adapting to that because we know, um, time, the technology acceptance model, it goes lower, the older you get, right.

Um, so if that is the case, like we want to make it easy for older age groups, let’s say to understand these new technologies through some native experiences. Yeah. But also I guess in some ways, give them the choice of whether or not they’re adopted or why they should adopt it and what benefits it has, and also how to mitigate any negative implications of using the technology.

So it’s kind of not just necessary for preteens, but maybe if I was at that point, I’d be very old. So would it be that I would kind of look and go, actually, that’s not for me, but it’s really interesting because I could have conversations with other people who are using it without them going weirder. Yeah.

Um, so that’s, that’s really fascinating and being a portal, almost like you go to Wikipedia to find out about someone that you come across. Okay. Let me find out the history.

This is top of mind of, I need to know something about this technology. Let me go to social and, and finance pretty much, pretty much. So like you make the way like parents nowadays, they go to FAQ pages, right.

Or they go to like these charity websites and they’re like, this is what you need to know about some shots, you know, or this is what you need to know about your or like open AI, whatever. And it’s like this lengthy blog article. And what I’m looking at it from a cyber psychologist perspective is like, we’re not consuming media through written content anymore.

The only written articles we might read are actual genuine, genuine journalism from, from real writers, you know, where we’re books or, you know, and like, I absolutely love reading. So like, I’m not dissing it, like, but it’s a creative act. And because there’s a lot of like generative AI, which actually PT and stuff like that, there’s a lot of writing out there at the moment.

So if everyone’s attention spans are also gone to shit, are they going to read a page about open AI or why don’t we just actually put them in that experience and say, this is what this is. And this is what the benefits and the risks and blah, blah, blah.

But this is what this feels like. And that’s, what’s really important. It’s a simulated experience and how we consume media as a society.

Let’s, let’s just be clever about it. Like we’re living in the black and stone age, just reading articles all the time and websites, you know, we have the tech, why not just build it? Yeah. That’s fascinating that you say that from a simulation perspective, because I had quite a idea of virtual reality until I put a virtual reality headset on and I went, oh, that’s what it is.

I can see now. You actually have to go there into that space to really get it rather than being told about it. And when I talk about virtual reality to much older people, they go, oh, no, I have no idea.

But once you put those headsets on, they go, oh, yeah. Being able to see it is a very different thing from, or experiencing it very different from reading about it. Let me explain to you.

Completely. I remember I got an Oculus Pro three, four years ago. I can’t remember.

It was a few years ago. And I got it for Christmas. And I was in my parents’ house and like my dad was very sceptical, but you know, and he was like, oh, what’s that like a video game of some kind? And he put it on and he was like, wow, what is this? Like, this is incredible.

And it’s that, it’s, it’s that thing is that you have to experience things to understand them. And it’s like everything in life, whatever, by technology, do you know what I mean? So yeah, that’s, that’s really what we’re trying to do. I think it’s really important.

And virtual reality is a great example of that. Have you tried the new Apple Vision Pro? I haven’t yet. No.

No, neither have I. Neither have I. I’m dying to try it. Me either. I’m desperate to try it, but that’s, yeah, for another day.

Yeah. Yeah. Can’t wait for that.

That’d be really cool. Well, anything Apple is just, it changes the marketplace completely. And it’s amazing.

Yeah. And what everyone else has done before that just doesn’t happen properly until Apple launches something and then everyone has to follow because Apple just do it so well because it’s always so user-friendly. It’s so easy, which has its advantages as well.

It’s maybe too easy sometimes. Yeah. Yeah, definitely.

Like barrier to using it and getting consumed by it. I think we’re in the age of convenience. You know, I think a lot of people have given up hard work.

I say I’m very traditional now, but I think a lot of people have given up this concept that you put in efforts over a long period of time to reap the rewards, whereas people just want the rewards now. And with Apple Vision Pro, like I think it’s, it’s incredible piece of technology. Like it’s cool.

And I’m sure it’s like, like I said, the Oculus Pro is great crack, but like the Apple Vision Pro I think takes it to the next level. And, and it’s amazing, but I can, I can only see how it’s going to dumb down a lot of our societies of it’s not used properly, you know? Yeah. So that’s quite worrying.

That’s quite worrying unless actions were to taken there. Yeah. Do you think it’s about the individual taking back control of technology rather than waiting for governments and big tech to actually put legislation in place to protect us? So a lot of times people I hear them saying, well, tech, big tech needs to put this in place.

Governments need to do something, but do you think it actually is our responsibility more than theirs or equally? Or do you think, what do you think about us needing to take back control? Yeah, I think, I think it’s a combination of like all of it. Big tech or big tech, like they’re big companies, like it’s their job to make profit. I don’t know why people point fingers at big tech all the time.

Like they’re literally a company. They don’t give a shit. Like, it’s like, if you go work for these big companies, you’re a number.

So once again, they don’t give a shit. Like it’s like, what do you expect? You for being what it is. It just is what it is.

Governments are the exact same. They’re not that they make money, but they’re slow. They’re super slow.

Are they going to put in legislation? Yeah. But like, I do think a lot of that is just putting a plaster on a wound and people need to be proactive. And that’s where I think, and this is where it’s, it’s a catch 22 because like TikTok technology, a lack of attention spans making us super lazy as a society, but we can’t be lazy.

We need to be proactive in terms of educating ourselves around this technology. So it’s a complete catch 22, but that’s, I guess that’s where companies like us come in and we’re like, right, let’s just make it easy, easy to educate yourself. But there does need to be the proactive element.

And there is people who are, who get us, you know, there are a lot of people that get it, but a lot of people need to be convinced as well. Um, yeah. A lot of what you do, and I guess a lot of what I do is based in, is underpinned by academic research and by, by theories and by what other people are doing in the, in the universities and the academic world.

So it’s kind of like we’re taking that and making it bite-sized chunks that is English rather than academic speak. And it’s a very different way of talking. So, um, what you’re doing really is it’s completely underpinned by academic research.

Yes. Yeah. Completely.

Yeah. And this is the thing is that like a lot of the academic research around smartphones and things like that, that’s out there says that, um, there is no correlation between negative mental health and social media and smartphones and stuff. And that’s fascinating.

Um, and I don’t agree with it, even though it’s academic research, because I don’t think there’s enough papers and research out there, but I also think that when it comes to cyber psychology, a lot of the academic research, not saying that it’s because it’s definitely not definitely definitely not, but it’s, it’s so contextualized all of it, because everyone’s unique individual experience with the laptop, with the phone, how we interact with technology, it’s all individual to us as people. So we can’t really rely too much on research in order to get the message across. It’s all unique, unique experiences.

Absolutely. Do you know what I mean? Yeah, absolutely. And it’s also such a small part of the complete marketplace.

So it’s a bit of a dipstick of a hundred people, a thousand people, but it’s not the entire population, which is very difficult to do research on. And it’s such a new academic field that to do something that really gets into, um, the nuances of so many different types of people is tricky and because technology moves on so quickly that once it often, once it’s published that little bit of research may be out of date. So, um, I think a lot of what you and I do is kind of look at the, as you say, it’s really interesting to see that what comes on academic research, but actually what else are we seeing? What are the anecdotal evidence? What else? And, and kind of making connections and might not be completely grounded in research because we don’t have time to do the research, but kind of going actually this and therefore that.

So, and, and it’s, we can spend 20 years researching, but as we said, we’re talking about earlier, a lot of people would have been, they’re no longer teens or actually they might be dead or they might not be in the space. So, and it might’ve gone too far down the rabbit hole for us to pull it back. So what we need is to take what we know and put it out there in a way that to help people have that information rather than just consuming it from mass media.

Exactly. Exactly. I think we need to move like super fast, you know, because, uh, cyber psychology is one of those things that’s just, like you said, it’s going to move fast.

If you publish a piece of work, it’s going to be completely outdated. Um, but that, that’s why I don’t know, like, like that’s why I really enjoyed like, um, my thesis, like on TikTok and self-presentation, um, because TikTok is still the same and social media and how you present yourself is always very consistent, but not consistent across different platforms. But it’s, um, it’s just interesting.

Like I thought that that would be like a piece of research that’s like completely not, like I’d say completely gone by now, four years, two years later, whatever it is. Um, but it’s still quite relevant. So like, it’s interesting that there’s parts of the internet and technology that stay over time.

Um, and those parts seem to be around self-presentation and communication, um, like CMC, like, you know, how we communicate online. And that’s really what the focus of Saoirse is because that’s how we can kind of stay ahead of the curve is that how we communicate and how we present ourselves never changed, but the medium changes. Does that, am I making sense of that? Yeah.

Completely. And that’s, it’s, it’s the psychology and the human behavior behind the use. So what’s driving us as individuals.

So what is that rather than actually what you’re using, what gadgets you’re using to accomplish that. Yeah. And I’m incredibly grateful for academics because I don’t think I’d be where I am without that academic platform, but there is an element of both you and I have to take that step out of that and kind of go, actually, that we have to look at it from an individual perspective in order to get what’s out, what we know out there.

So people, ordinary people like you and me really can understand it better. Um, so, um, so what you’re doing for me is just revolutionary and so, so needed. And I think, um, what, and part of why we do these podcasts is to really tell people what you’re doing so that they can come to you, a help out with your podcast, um, or being part of your building the platform, but also then to share it with others so that others can have this knowledge.

Yeah. And I’m also like with you, Carolyn, like, I think it’s amazing that you’re doing this podcast. Cause like we were saying this before, before we, uh, went live, um, that like the, like the podcast like this is so needed to see how people, cause the amount of people who messaged me on LinkedIn and they’re like, Oh, I’m thinking of doing cyber psychology course, you know, where do I go from there? Because there’s no like cyber psych jobs, you know? Yeah.

And, um, it’s, I think it’s really valuable for people to like, understand, like you said, just, just get that information out there in layman’s terms. And also if they do want to go study it, they can see what kind of other opportunities are out there for them. And I think it’s amazing what you’re doing too.

Oh, thank you. Thank you. Yeah.

Very exciting. Very exciting going forward. So one of the things I want to find out from you is how people can actually get onto or find out more about what you do and how they can connect with you.

Um, all the links in the, in the details and the notes below the podcast, but what is the best way to get in touch with you? Yeah. They can message me on LinkedIn or they can find me on LinkedIn. It’s just Ruth Guest.

There’s not many of us there. So, um, I think that might be two or something. Um, uh, or you can go to search.ai, um, and you can contact us there, or you can, if you’d like to contribute, you can play a game, give us feedback.

We would love that. Just as we finishing up Ruth, one of the things that I asked you to come with is your recommendation of cyber psychology books that people can read, parents or young people, or those in the industry that you go, actually, this is a really good book to start with. Um, what would that, that be? It can be one book or three books and we’ll link to those books as well in the notes.

Yeah. So the first one, um, is the Oxford Handbook of Cyber Psychology. It’s a little bit academic.

Um, I actually have it here because I know you’re going to ask me this. So, um, yeah, so it’s a beast, but it’s, um, yeah, I think we, there were, it was, this is like on sale for like 50% off or something throughout the master. So I was like, I’m buying that it’s, if you’re not really into academic reading, don’t bother.

Um, saying that though, there’s a couple of other books. Like I told you, I’m really into like the simulation theory. Yeah.

And so this is David J. Chalmers reality plus virtual worlds and the problems of philosophy. This is a really good book. And it talks about like, um, uh, consciousness, uh, virtual reality.

Um, you know, what does the future look like when it comes to that? Are we living in a simulation? Um, all this kind of, uh, conceptual philosophical topics, which is just absolutely fascinating. And then there’s two more books, um, that I really liked when I was in the course. Um, this is a lovely at the infinite reality by Jim Blazkowicz and Jeremy Billinson.

I absolutely love it. I’m actually going to read it again this week. And it, once again, talks about virtual reality and, you know, how our brains recognize where reality ends and virtual begins.

So very interesting, but not maybe as heavy as the other book, if you know what I mean. Yep. So definitely very accessible.

And then by Sherry Turkle, we have the second self computers and human spirit, definitely, um, philosophical, um, and a little bit more academic too, but it really kind of looks at, um, you know, how computers kind of affect us as people and our, our spirit as she calls it, um, in the book. And, uh, it’s a little bit outdated because I think this is the 20th anniversary edition. So this is really going back.

Um, she talks a lot about like interaction with like robots and things like that. Um, but it really gives you a good idea of, um, of how we interact with tech, but yeah, they’re my, they’re my four books. So I couldn’t pick just one.

No, I know what you mean. I’d do the same thing. These are my top two books.

Yeah, exactly. Exactly. No, they’re, they’re so good though.

Like there’s so many interesting books out there. Um, but they would definitely be my, be my favorites. Uh, yeah.

Yeah. Fabulous. Thanks so much, Ruth.

Um, is there anything else that you want to chat about, um, before we finish up? I don’t, I don’t think so. I think I actually don’t think so. No, but I like, I think if there was a finish with anything, like it would just be that people should be aware of where technology is going.

You know, I think people should look to the future more often when it comes to us and understand that the only way to live with technology is to educate yourself because it’s not a bad thing. You should just embrace it. You know, that’s, that’s really what I would get from us.

And if you want to join Saoirse, go to the website. Exactly. Yeah, I completely agree.

It’s about educating ourselves and being more aware of what it’s doing to us. And so we can take back the control personally and make decisions rather than just let technology happen to us. We choose it.

Exactly. Have a sense of control around us, you know, and I think like we mentioned this before the, before we went on the call, is that like, for me, I think you’d agree with me. Cyberpsychology has given me a new lease of life, but is also helped me understand myself so much better because we talk around about how we present ourselves online and things like that.

And it’s kind of like, now I understand what I present and you know, what implications are there and what that means. So it’s, yeah, it’s, it’s an incredible thing. Brilliant.

Yeah. Well, Saoirse, it’s been so amazing chatting to you as always, and I look forward to seeing in September what you’re going to be launching. Yeah, of course.

And yeah, we’ll get hold of you and it will be great to catch up and keep seeing what you’re doing. So thanks for joining us today on Confessions of a CyberPsychologist. Thank you so much, Carolyn.

Appreciate you having me on. You’re very welcome. Cheers.

Show All Collapse
Other podcasts
The Habit Revolution

The Habit Revolution – Dr Gina Cleo

The Habit Revolution is a science-backed approach to how habits are formed, how less desirable habits can be changed and how positive habits can be reinforced. 

The book summary talks about it being ‘Beyond Atomic Habits’. Atomic Habits is a bit more case-study based. The Habit Revolution is more science-based. It is a deeper-dive version of how to change habitual behaviour that takes you into the how and why – helping to reduce the blame and guilt that comes from unhealthy habitual behaviour and providing many more psychological and behavioural tools and techniques to help with positive change.

If you want advice on how to make tiny, manageable, realistic changes that compound into large life-changing habits and behaviour, this book really is a revolution.

Dr Gina Cleo has a number of videos that you can watch on her YouTube channel, which can be found here.

Below is her showreel that gives you a flavour of the information she reveals in the book.

About Dr Gina Cleo:

Dr Ceelo is a leading expert in habit change. You can read more about her and what she does on her website

CoaC intro zoom in 2

Introducing Confessions of a CyberPsychologist​

I’ve started a podcast, intending to interview as many CyberPsychology experts as are willing to get involved`.

The first expert interview has been recorded and should be posted soon.

This short video is a brief explanation of why I started Confessions of a CyberPsychologist.

In a nutshell: after a lot of writing articles and doing talks, several people have suggested I ought to start Podcasting.

I am not a journalist or a media personality by trade or training. I am a psychologist who used to do corporate marketing.

But as a few people have said to me (in one way or another), ‘it is better to share information and learn as you go, than wait to be perfect and for someone else to steal the show’.

I hope you will overlook the current not-so-professional nature of the videos. The quality should improve with time and practice.

So, here I am, sharing what I know, and interviewing other experts in CyberPsychology about what they know in the world of the human-technology intersection.

Hopefully, by joining me on this journey, we will both learn more about how our behaviour and psychology impact our technology use and how our technology use impacts our human behaviour and psychology – and what we can do to build a better relationship with our tech use and get back control of that relationship.

Because your digital health and wellbeing matters…

If you have any technology and human behaviour related questions, please feel free to get in touch. I will do my best to either answer your questions or find another expert who hopefully can. Use any of these options to send through your questions.

Email: podcasts@cybercology.com

Twitter: https://twitter.com/cybercology1

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/cybercology/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/cybercology_digital_health/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/cybercologydigitalhealth/

Welcome to Confessions of a CyberPsychologist.

ADHD and Gaming

The link between ADHD and Online Addictions

Does spending lots of time online cause ADHD?

Directly. It seems not.

Spending time on digital devices does reduce your ability to focus and concentrate and excessive use can cause symptoms similar to those displayed with ADHD, but using a device will not ‘give you’ ADHD.  

Indirectly. It seems to. 

According to Gabor Mate, ADHD is a coping mechanism that children develop when there is limited connection with their primary caregiver does not, or is not able to, respond to their immediate need for care, reassurance and comfort. 

If a child does not receive an appropriate level of comfort, eye contact and their basic needs met, the child turns their focus inwards to achieve the comfort they need. It is this inward focusing that wires the brain in a non-neuro-typical way. 

Historically, it was those parents who were overly stressed, emotionally overburdened or in a state of survival that did not give them the emotional and mental resources to extend the care and 1-2-1 attention a young child needs to feel secure and safe in the world. 

However, since the launch of the smartphone, how many parents of young children do you see staring at their mobile screens while their young children are seeking or needing their attention? 

There has been a dramatic increase in the number of children who are being diagnosed with ADHD, especially since the beginning of 2020. Is it just that we have more awareness of the condition and therefore a better ability to spot and diagnose it? OR are there simply more care-givers who are more distracted than ever before? 

Does ADHD predispose you to addictions?

Directly, it does seem to.

Those with ADHD have lower overall levels of Dopamine – the anticipation-feel-good hormone. Spending time online including scrolling through social media, gaming, gambling or pornography all contribute to regular, tiny bursts of Dopamine into the system.  

In their book ADHD 2.0, Dr Hallowell and Dr Ratey state that, ‘addiction of all kinds are five to ten times more common in people who have ADHD than in the general population.’  They talk about an itch that can only be scratched in certain ways. From a positive perspective, this leads to ‘adaptive, worthwhile and sustainable’ creativity, but can also lead to ‘maladaptive and destructive’ behaviour and addictions. 

There are socially acceptable forms of addiction and socially unacceptable forms of addiction. Online addictions vary by category on the spectrum from social media scrolling to gaming, gambling and pornography (to name a few).

All are driven by the same Dopamine itch that needs scratching (to a greater or lesser degree).

So what can we do about it?

If you have been diagnosed with ADHD or suspect you may have ADHD, here are a few things you can try:

  • Find a coach or therapist who works with adults who have ADHD to help you find different ways to manage the itch and find more creative outlets to express and capitalise on your inherent natural talents. 
  • Experiment with several external ‘real world’ activities that will help you build a local community and get you exercising.  Increasing your coordination and creating muscle movement is shown to help a number of those diagnosed with ADHD.
  • Actively seek to build stronger in-person relationships. Those who have ADHD thrive better in strong communities and have those around them who love, protect and care for them.
  • Go on a digital diet. Work with others in your household to create tech house rules that purposefully limit the amount of time available to spend on digital devices. 
  • Delete the apps from your phone that are the hardest for you to resist. Having extra barriers in place that increase access friction to apps or websites, decreases the easy access to the mini-Dopamine hits. 

In the above video, Dr Gabor Mate talks about the conditions that impact the development of children that lead to ADHD (and impulse regulation circulation and capacity).

In the below videos, Dr Hallowell talks about changing the narrative from disability and disorder to a fascinating trait. In the book he wrote alongside Dr Ratey (ADHD 2.0), he talks about ADHD being a person’s superpower.

He views ADHD as having a racing car brain with bicycle breaks. A fabulous analogy that helps those with ADHD to find ways to maximise their superpower.

Dopamine Nation

Dopamine Nation – Anna Lembke

In her book, Dopamine Nation, Dr Anna Lembke explores how our dopamine system works and how, in our search for happiness and the pursuit of pleasure and quick fixes, we can unwittingly head into a state of chronic dopamine deficiency that drives and exacerbates our reliance on our ‘happiness fix’ that leads to addictive behaviours and substances.

She tells stories of both her own and her clients addictive behaviours, showcasing how this hedonic pursuit for moments of happiness can be the very thing that undoes us.

She then provides a 3-step process of how to emerge from this state, and clearly explains why they are the solution to our dopamine-deprived behaviours. These solutions are summed up in one of her talks as: 

  1. Abstain
  2. Maintain
  3. Seek our Pain

Summing up the third principle is: “The reason that we are all so miserable is that we are working so hard to avoid being miserable”. 

Underlying this is “The Plenty Paradox: Overabundance is itself a stressor caused by the mismatch between our primitive wiring and our modern dopamine-rich ecosystem”. 

The best way to capture the essence of her book is her own introduction to it – one of the best descriptions I’ve come across to clarify the dopamine indulgence of our current generations:

“This book is about pleasure, It’s also about pain. Most importantly, it’s about the relationship between pleasure and pain and how understanding that relationship has become essential for a life well lived. Why? Because we’ve transformed the world from a place of scarcity to a place of overwhelming abundance: drugs, food, news, gambling, shopping, gaming, texting, sexting, facebooking, Instagramming, YouTubing, Tweeting. The increased numbers and potency of highly rewarding stimuli today is staggering. The smartphone is the modern-day hypodermic needle delivering digital dopamine 24/7to a wired generation. If you haven’t met your drug of choice yet, it’s coming soon to a website near you. “

In the above video, Dr Lembke explains the role of dopamine as a motivational agent and the role it plays in addiction.

In the below video, she talks about the relationship dopamine plays in smartphone addiction – including why teenagers engage in and are impacted by social media. She talks about technology as being a ‘spectrum disorder’ and what that looks like. 

A small selection of additional videos and interviews by Dr Lembke on this subject can be viewed below. More can be found by searching for her on YouTube.

Cambridge Core provides a great summation of Dopamine Nation written by Amer Raheemullah. You can read it here. 

About Anna Lembke:

Anna Lembke is a professor of psychiatry at Stanford University School of Medicine and chief of the Stanford Addiction Medicine Dual Diagnosis Clinic.

You can read more about her at her website: https://www.annalembke.com

Adult Online Gaming

Online Gaming – can we manage Pandora’s box?

What is Gaming Addiction Disorder?

There is an ongoing debate about the term ‘Gaming Addiction’ and whether or not online activities can be called an ‘Addiction’.

The WHO recognise it as a disorder and define it as: “a pattern of gaming behaviour (‘digital-gaming’ or ‘video-gaming’) characterized by impaired control over gaming, increasing priority given to gaming over other activities to the extent that gaming takes precedence over other interests and daily activities, and continuation or escalation of gaming despite the occurrence of negative consequences.” This addiction doesn’t cover other online problematic behaviour. 

The DSM categorise it as a behavioural addiction ‘disorder’ – with at least 5 of the following behaviours/symptoms being displayed within a 12-month period:

  • Preoccupation with gaming
  • Withdrawal symptoms when gaming is taken away or not possible (sadness, anxiety, irritability)
  • Tolerance, the need to spend more time gaming to satisfy the urge
  • Inability to reduce playing, unsuccessful attempts to quit gaming
  • Giving up other activities, loss of interest in previously enjoyed activities due to gaming
  • Continuing to game despite problems
  • Deceiving family members or others about the amount of time spent on gaming
  • The use of gaming to relieve negative moods, such as guilt or hopelessness
  • Risk, having jeopardized or lost a job or relationship due to gaming.

Some studies show that gaming is ok and positively influences those who play it. 

Games are social, help manage difficult situations, provide an escape, and improve specific social, strategic, spatial, and problem-solving skills. 

Some research studies showcase that there is limited negative impact around gaming and no link to other addictions.

But, when you consider that research studies are a ‘dipstick’ into people’s lives, take an average of a small sample of a population, and may not consider the social and behavioural consequences of the actions of the individual and those around them, how can we use these research outcomes as a guide to suggest to a parent that their child isn’t addicted, or to an HR department that their adult worker isn’t addicted to online gaming? The argument here is that because the behaviour does not fit the definition of an addiction, it therefore isn’t an addiction.

What are the characteristics of those who have been referred to the gaming clinic?t

In analysing the dynamics of the  clients who attend the National Centre for Gaming Disorders Clinic at the Central and North West London NHS Foundation Trust, the team found that:

  • 61% are 13-18 years old
  • 24% are 19 – 25 years old
  • 8% are 26 – 35 years old
  • 7% are 35+ years old 
  • 89% are male

Watch the news piece around the clinic and the services they provide.

Those who struggle with online addictions are a minority of those who spend time on their phones and those who play online games. For those who do spend a problematic amount of time in online gaming: 

  • 1 in 5 have ADHD or other neuro-diverse characteristics
  • 1 in 8 have anxiety, OCD or another type of addiction
  • 77%  find that gaming disrupts schoolwork
  • 88% say gaming disrupts their sleep
  • 46% of clients become aggressive when they are forced to stop gaming 
  • 22% become violent when they are forced to stop gaming.

In this interview, Professor Henrietta Bowden Jones (who set up the NCGD clinic in 2019) talks about the work the team do at the clinic. She expresses their surprise at the interest they are already receiving – even while they are still relatively unknown.

In a 2013 TED Talk, Cam Adair describes his video addiction and gives some advice for parents.

He suggests that the reasons people play online games are: 

  1. Games are a temporary escape from reality
  2. Playing online multiplayer games are social
  3. Games provide a challenge that can be overcome and
  4. They provide constant measurable growth.
What can you do about gaming addiction for either yourself, your child or someone you love?

Cam suggests that it starts with parent’s boundaries and behaviour.

  • Children need interaction, not distraction with entertainment. I agree with this, children learn through observing social interactions and grown-up behaviour, not watching games to ‘teach them’ social interactions and grown-up behaviour. 
  • Games are played for specific reasons. Take the time to find out what the motivations are and find other ways to fill those needs
  • Don’t punish children for their gaming – come from a place of compassion and encouragement, not judgment. 

Additionally, the team at the NHS clinic suggests:

  • Using a weaning-off approach that involves agreement and cooperation from the addict – developing a co-constructed and collaborative solution approach
  • Box-breathing for calming down the emotions and urgest to game
  • Riding the wave
  • Setting up gaming boundaries – i.e. how much time is spent gaming.
We need similar regulations to what we see in gambling addiction?

Gaming companies use gambling-type behavioural strategies to encourage longer play times and earn their money. 

If we don’t allow children to engage in gambling activities – should we be allowing children to be exposed to the same techniques used in gambling?  

What do you think? 

What about the workplace?

Gaming addictions are not just a teen or young person’s behavioural issue. Although it does seem to be more prevalent amongst the young – mostly because they garner the greatest level of media attention and parental concern – some adults struggle just as much with gaming (and other online) addictions – to the extent that the behaviour regularly jeopardises their day-to-day job performance.

Although adult-based gaming tends to fall under the radar in an addiction context (such as gambling or substance addictions). Problematic gaming can become a substantial issue, especially when it comes to on-job performance, and being both present and productive during the working day.

I recently attended a webinar on gaming where one young professional, in an already time-demanding career, was spending around 30 hours a week gaming. Although this may have a limited impact on this person’s working life at a younger age, what are the longer-term consequences, especially as they age and have lower energy levels and longer general energy recovery times?

As managers and HR professionals, what would you do if someone at work is struggling with online or gaming addictions that is directly affecting their work?

  • Would this be handled in the same way as any other form of addiction or behavioural issue (e.g. gambling) that is affecting their ability to do their work?
  • Would you encourage them to get therapy?
  • Do you deal with the behavioural outcomes or do you look for the underlying causes of their online addictions?
  • Is it a dismissable or disciplinary offence?

In the same way that young people turn to gaming as a way to escape from the world, cope with issues outside of their control, or seek ways to socialise and belong, adults can use gaming to cope with their work-based and life-based stressors and as a way to escape and socialise. Sometimes the behaviours have a limited impact on their work and sometimes the impact is huge.

We all have our own form of coping and self-soothing to deal with work-based stress and anxiety.

  • Is online and gaming addiction the employer’s or employee’s issue?

  • Should we be including ‘gaming and online addictions’ as part of our ongoing conversations around general and Digital Mental Health and Wellness at work?

  • Should we help those struggling with online and gaming addictions with support programmes?

  • Do you include signs of gaming and online addictions as part of your workplace mental health first-aider training?

242A. Good or Bad Gadgets

Are phones and gadgets good or bad for you? Yes!

Experts regularly debate, agree and disagree about how good or bad digital technology (DigiTech) is for us – whether we are young, old, working or playing. Until we are further down the line in this great social experiment called Digital Technology and Social Media, the expert opinion (including mine) comes down to the individual expert bias and perspective.  

A recent Guardian article summarises the opinions gathered from a few expert interviews and showcases their divided opinions on how good or bad DigiTech is. We know both from a historical and an anecdotal perspective that the introduction of any form of technology changes us culturally and individually. DigiTech is no exception.

I think a better set of questions to ask is – How does using digital technology…:

1. Impact my mental and physical well-being?

2. Improve or add to my life goals?

3. Add to or take away from my ‘in-person’ community / relationship with others?

And probably the most important question of all is:

4. Do I feel like I’m in control of, or being controlled by, my DigiTech use?

If the answer to any of these is not what you’d like it to be, then maybe something needs to change. 

The greatest concern is around the impact on children. Research is increasingly revealing that children under 13 (and probably really children under 16) should be restricted in their use of DigiTech. If a phone is needed from a safety perspective, there are plenty of alternatives to a smartphone.

They are cognitively, emotionally, psychologically, socially, and developmentally too young. Ruth Guest from Sersha uses a great comparison of giving a child a smartphone being in the same category as giving a child a set of keys to your car

More than anything, the thing we have most lost out on, is human connectivity and the life benefits that come from a deep, relational, accountable, reliable community. This is where children and teens are losing out the most.

In a Netflix documentary called ‘Live to 100, Secrets of the Blue Zones‘, Dan Buettner looks at the key elements that promote longer life in pockets of areas where both men and women are living substantially longer and healthier lives than the average. In this series, and in his Ted Talk, he lists just a few key attributes that contribute to a longer life.

One of these is being actively involved and participating in an in-person community. International travel and leaving our communities in search of career and personal fulfilment have gone some way to weaken ties with those intimate relational communities. And we don’t always work hard enough to build a community in the place we find ourselves for work. 

Similarly, in her Ted Talk, Susan Pinker has come to a matching conclusion. It seems to be that having people around us that we can rely on in our physical space is an important element of longevity and a life well lived.

Granted, not all relationships are created equal, but if we are spending the majority of our lives creating (often international) digital connections with others, rather than investing in (local) in-person relationships we are losing out on a fundamental element of what it is to be human.

We are living with unprecedented levels of online connection, but physical ‘aloneness’ – resulting in a major loneliness epidemic.

They say that loneliness strips you of 7 years of your life. Being lonely is stressful. It’s hard work. It’s mentally exhausting. It’s soul-destroying. It is why solitary confinement is such a harsh form of punishment and being a social outcast is so emotionally and psychologically devastating. 

Even those who are introverts – who need time on their own to emotionally and mentally recover from the energy required to engage with others – still need regular social interactions. 

The thing is, in the same way that eating too much of the wrong type of food too often leads to progressive weight gain, leading to negative longer-term physical consequences, spending too much time engaging in online communities and not enough time in our off-line communities results in a negative longer-term emotional and social consequences.

If you can relate to this, below are a few suggested things to think through:

  • How strong are your current offline connections?
  • Who, in your social or family circle, could you call at any time and know they will physically be able to help you?
  • On a scale of 1 to 10, how lonely do you feel (with 10 being really lonely)?
  • If you wanted to spend more time with friends/family or meet new people, what could you do or where could you go that doesn’t involve using digital technology? 
  • What changes do you need to make to my DigiTech use to increase the amount of time you physically spend with others?
Social Media shopping

Social Media shopping capitalises on dopamine

An anecdotal account in an article in the Guardian showcases some actions a lot of us take when scrolling through social media – stopping at an advert and buying whatever it is that is on offer, being disappointed with the purchase when it arrives and heading off to the post-office to send it back.

The article suggests that the purchasing of these items stems from an underlying desire to fulfil our unmet needs – i.e. ‘what I’m really responding to is the problem solving that [the Instagram advert] presented to me’. Additionally social media shopping is a lot more seamless (or frictionless) than in-store shopping transactions, sometimes taking you close to the point of a 1-click ordering process. 

I, however, would argue that social media shopping is rather the fulfilment of a need you never knew you had, well that is until you viewed the highly polished, storytelling, lifestyle changing, self-image enhancing advert.

In a previous life, I worked in a Coca-Cola bottler marketing team in Africa. During that time, the marketing team was always referred to as the ‘Demand Creators’, and the Sales Team as the Demand Fulfillers of the products that were manufactured. This is probably the most accurate description I’ve come across in defining what marketers and advertisers actually do… they create demand for a product or service you didn’t think (or know) you needed. If you hadn’t seen the advert, would you have thought, ‘yes, I definitely need this very specific item’. Possibly not. You would more than likely have made do with what was already available to you. A glass of water is a much healthier, easier, cheaper, better way of quenching your thirst.

Why do we keep compulsively shopping online when we are constantly disappointed with the products we buy?

We know that the anticipation of a reward is often more exciting than the fulfilment of the actual reward. How often have you been really excited about a n upcoming holiday, dinner or event, only to be really disappointed at how little it meets with our expectations.

Neuroscience has shown that the dopamine the brain releases in anticipation of the upcoming reward is a major part of the overall enjoyment of the experience – sometimes to the point that the fulfilment of the action (i.e. the reward) is below par, as we’ve already received the necessary dopamine hit and don’t get the same level of spike when the reward is received.  

We know that scrolling through social media already provides our brain with constant mini-injections of dopamine. It’s why we gravitate towards those apps when we are feeling a little down or bored. Being able to up that level of dopamine through the anticipation of a shopping reward, just capitalises on the constant stream of dopamine already being shunted into the brain – and helps to escalate the fix we are craving. It’s a different type of dopamine fix than the rewards that in-store shopping brings.

Sometimes the need for that dopamine inspired reward seeking behaviour leads us down an addictive bent. Dr Gabor Mate often refers to those types of addictions as a form reward or coping mechanism that you’ve lost control over. Dr Gina Cleo, in the first chapter of her new book ‘The Habit Revolution’, refers to habits as often being formed due to decisive actions taken to fulfil a specific function, which has then turned into a subconscious, automated behaviour.

The dopamine rush, therefore, is the primary anticipation driver of the perceived reward that is the underlying element of addictive or behaviour such as compulsive or impulsive shopping – whether that’s instore or online. That behaviour continues because the dopamine rush from the anticipation is well worth the effort, even when the actual item is of poor quality or doesn’t fulfil expectations. So, we continue to engage in the same behaviour, because we crave the dopamine rush that we get from the shopping experience, the anticipation of the items arrival and the opening up of the parcel when it does arrive.

The thing with Dopamine, is that it’s a great ‘pick me up’. Our body is always trying to maintain a homeostatic balance, so, if we are feeling a little down, a little stressed, a little out-of-sorts, we will automatically find a way to get a dopamine boost – to try balance things out again. If scrolling through social media or purchasing something on Instagram is a quick-fix way of doing that, we are going to be drawn towards doing it – again and again.

What can we do to change our behaviour?

The question is, if we are in a habitual loop of buying things on social media that don’t meet the promised expectations, then what can we do to stop this impulsive or compulsive buying loop?

  1. The first thing is to recognise the habit it for what it is and try to understand what is driving that habit. Think about how you are feeling when you click on the link for the advert. Are you feeling sad, stress, a little low, bored?
  2. The second thing is to understand what has made you feel that way. What is the trigger. Is there anything you could do to reduce the cause of that feeling? If not, is there anything else you can do to make yourself feel a little better that does not result in scrolling through social media and reduce the chances of clicking on a social media ad – buying something you didn’t think you needed?
  3. The third thing is to start shifting your automatic behaviour (i.e. habits) in a different direction in the future. So, for example, when you start recognising that you are starting to feel a little bored, try delaying picking up your phone (so you can scroll through social media) and try doing something else that may help reduce the boredom. The main aim is to give your body and mind something else to associate with a quick dopamine release that doesn’t require picking your phone up.

Maybe the solution lies with spending less time without our devices anywhere near us, so we can relearn what it means to give ourselves the opportunity to ‘just be’, to ‘just watch’, or ‘just listen’, or maybe even watch a significant or meaningful event without looking at it through a screen? Maybe we should create more digital free zones at home and while out with friends?

We often spend a lot more time that we would like to on our digital devices. Creating healthier digital habits takes time and perseverance. It will be tough, but for your longer term digital mental health, it is well worth the effort.

As a side note: the video within the first part of The Guardian article is worth a watch – as part of the Guardians ‘Reclaim Your Brain’ series.

241. DigiTech at School

Technology, education and pre-teen years

I seem to be having a number of discussions with parents (particularly mothers) about the quantity and type of technology that is being used within schools for the purposes of education.

Screentime and homework
The biggest concern, especially for parents of children in younger age groups, has been children only being able to access homework via their smartphones. The parent’s concern is mostly around the issue of limiting their child’s screen time – not being able to do so if they need it for their homework. 
 
Parent’s who have raised this concern with me have expressed the fear that they may be the only parent who has this concern, and they don’t have enough agency to make any change against the school their child attends. 
 
For these parents, I ask them if there are other parents who feel the same and, if there are, to go together to raise their concerns with the school. We often think we are the only ones who feel a certain way and do not want to speak up in case we are a lone voice in a crowd. But, it is often that others feel the same as we do, but are also concerned they are the only ones to be so. 
 
Focus and distraction
From a neuro-cyberpsychology perspective I have a lot of concern for the level of technology / screen based use in the education of young people. Using constantly shifting information and media reduces the brains capacity for ‘deep’ information processing – resulting in rapid attention shifting/decreased ability to sustain attention and reduced ability to deliberate. It reduces the ability to pay attention and focus while increasing distractibility. The brain is still growing at super-speed at this age – and is still building those key neural pathways for overall (although are still neuroplastic in adulthood) brain structure and sets the groundwork for adult behaviour and capabilities. 
 
Children of this age should not have the kind of exposure they do to screens and content that they do. It is a parent’s prerogative as to how much screen exposure a child gets, but schools and teachers should minimise engagement in online content and should not be giving them homework that can only be/is mostly accessed via a screen.
 
Left-behind or left out?
I often hear the argument that they will be ‘left behind’ their peers if they do not engage in digital technology. But this is not true. Just look at how little exposure the big tech CEO’s (the very people who develop the hard and software used) give their children to digital technology. 
 
What is of greater relevance is the notion of children being teased or ostracised by peer-groups because they don’t have the same access as others in the group.
Post-apocalyptic 'educational' content
The second concern is some the type of content that children are exposed to, as part of their education. A concerned mum recently asked me to review a hyper-realistic animation video her 10 year old son had to watch as part of the English curriculum. The is video part of The Literacy Shed materials available for educational use – and can be viewed here. 
 
Having been disturbed by the video her son had to watch, the mum found other  parents who were equally  concerned about the content. 
 
I suspect that not all parents would like their pre-teen children to be exposed to action-based or violent content – whether animated, AI generated, real or CGI. Even if the content is used for ‘educational purposes’. Surely there is plenty of alternative content that can be used to achieve exactly the same educational purposes that is not of an intense or violent nature or has triggering potential?
De-sensitisation and information processing
I’m guessing a child would need to watch the video a number of times in order to be able to answer the questions. Some psychologists refer to repeated exposure to disturbing/extreme content as ‘fear conditioning’ and studies show that constant exposure to this type of  content can lead to desensitisation to violence, decrease in empathy and suppression of effective information processing. Although the studies were done on older video-gamers, it seems a little ironic to me that children are expected to process information to answer specific questions after repeated watching of post-apocalyptic/violent material that may reduce their ability to process information. 
 
Pre-teens and peer acceptance
Around the double-digit-age mark, children start separating their self-identity-base from the family, creating bonds with peers and are beginning to feel pressure to conform. They are hyper-sensitive to criticism and resist the possibility of being viewed as an outsider. So if a child feels uncomfortable with this type of content, they are unlikely to admit as much to teaches and peers – especially if their peers are playing/watching a lot of violent video games (which a surprising number are at this age). 
 
Developmental pace and emotional safeguarding
Every child is different and develops at a different pace to others – so what will trigger or soothe them differs accordingly. One 9 year old viewing the content as being ‘cool’ is no indication that all children at a similar age will feel just as ‘cool’ about it.
 
The context of the video watching plays a role in how children feel. For some children watching a potentially ’scary’ movie or content could feel safe when they are with a trusted adult/parent – where they know they are physically, emotionally and psychologically protected and safe-guarded.
 
Watching the same content on their own, in front of peers or within a school environment will have a different impact – as they will not feel that same level of safeguarding that comes from those they trust to protect them. 
 
Social developmental and online risk
From a developmental perspective, this is the age range that children are most vulnerable to the internet and online harms/risks. This is when they are starting to learn the differences between right and wrong, good and bad, justice and injustice. They are not ‘little adult’s’. They are psychologically incapable of making as much sense of the world as grown-ups are.
 
As every child mentally develops at different rates, so what is ok for one, will be very much not ok for another. Boys are also more vulnerable and less resilient than girls at age 9/10 y.o. – so it is interesting that the content in the video is focussed on more male-based characteristics of fighting, defending and conquering. 
 
Personality and hyper-sensitivity
From a personality perspective, some people are a lot more hyper-sensitive than others and more vulnerable when exposed to external stimuli. They feel more deeply and have a stronger brain mirroring network – which means that they are highly socially and emotionally intelligent and are more likely to internally experience similar emotions, feelings and actions of others (virtual or in-person) they are watching or engaging with.
 
Exposure to this type of content for a highly-sensitive 9-10 year old would, therefore, be experienced at a much deeper level than for others of the same age. 
Do phones belong in schools?

This is a highly sensitive and polarising topic. Mobile phones have been banned in schools in France, Italy and Portugal. In October 2023 the UK government announced that ‘Mobile phone use to be banned during the school day, including at break time’, in an attempt to tackle online bullying, decrease distractions and increase attention and focus. 

A recent Guardian article reports on some of the benefits of reducing hyper-connectivity in the school environment and the resulting increase in attention and face-to-face connectivity. It show-cases a Massachusetts (USA) school that has introduced a Light Phone with minimal functionality, that results in less time spent on screens, fewer distractions and more meaningful interactions in and out of classes.  

A Rutgers University–New Brunswick study found that mobile use during educational sessions can reduce overall test scores. 

The study found that having a device didn’t lower students’ scores in comprehension tests within lectures but did lower their scores in the end-of-term exam by at least 5 percent, or half a grade. This finding shows for the first time that the main effect of divided attention in the classroom is on long-term retention.

In addition, when the use of electronic devices was allowed in class, performance was also poorer for students who did not use devices as well as for those who did’.

What is the 'digital technology use in schools' solution?

That is not an easy question to answer.

We are still in the middle of a digital technology social experiment – on-boarding all available technology and finding out the longer-term (positive and negative) consequences as we go along. Sometimes after investing a lot of money and social capital into the said technology. 

It will take us a few decades to really understand the human and social consequences of our digital technology use in the education system. But, it does seem that teachers and parents needs to take a more cautionary approach to what and how much digital integration is included.

Maybe we need to revert to a greater degree of ‘non-digital education’. It worked for many generations, and still has that capacity to be a highly effective form of learning. 

Digital Push Back

Digital Push Back

Productivity is one of those words that is often bandied about in business as something that needs to be improve upon.

But, what does it mean to be ‘productive’ as a knowledge worker? We may sense how productive we are being in a day, it is sometimes a KPI that forms part of our annual objectives, or maybe it’s a perceived state of how we contribute to our team goals.

In a manufacturing age, productivity can often be translated as developing more ‘knowledge widgets’ as a form of business asset building. So, being productive is synonymous with writing that report, building that presentation, completing that project, etc. It’s getting more stuff done, more quickly.

We know that being distracted by our notifications and online worlds can scupper our focus and the amount of work we are able to get done during a working day suffers, as a result. Spending more time scrolling through social media, watching cat videos or being distracted by notifications and messages from friends/family during the working day means less time spent getting work done.

But, what if the definition of productivity was not so much about numerical output, but more about quality and depth of output? How does digital technology affect that element of productivity?

A few ways are:

* Spending time scrolling through social media and watching short film clips reduces our attention span.

* Our ability to spend time thinking about and contemplating things and reflecting on life is reduced when we turn to a screen every time we have a break from work.

* Not giving the creative sections of our brain time to engage means we are less likely to come up with unique solutions to problems.

* If we are distracting ourselves with screens and devices, instead of taking time to think, reflect and be inspired, we tend to reduce our ability to think deeply.

Maybe part of what we need to be doing a lot more of is pushing back on our own definition of what it means to be digitally distracted and how this affects our productivity.

Maybe it’s not just about turning off our notifications. Maybe it’s about spending more time without our devices anywhere near us, so we can relearn what it means to give ourselves the opportunity to ‘just be’. Time to think, time to contemplate, time to go deep, time to be more creative, time to talk with others, time to just be with others. Maybe…

As a long-time fan of Cal Newport, I am delighted that he is bringing out a new book early this year – on this very topic – on how to become more productive. But this is not the kind of ‘generating knowledge widgets’ productive. Rather it is how to produce knowledge value – that creates change, has meaning, takes time, but is of great quality and value. 

Cal’s writing and thinking often flies in the face of mainstream corporate culture and also captures the essence of what a large (seeming) minority of disenfranchised knowledge workers are feeling, explains it so it makes sense and then provides solutions to the problem at hand.

In a December 2023 article for The New Yorker, he meditates on a few topics I often talk through:

  • Children ought not to be given access to social media before the age of 13 – although 16 is probably a better age from an emotional and psychological perspective.
  • We should be more selective about what technology we take on board, rather than immersing ourselves in the latest trends and gadgets.
  • Spending more conscientious time away from our distraction devices is good for our physical, mental, emotional and communal well-being.
  • Taking time out from devices is not just good for general mental well-being, but essential for creativity, reflection and self-esteem.
  • We need to change the paradigm of how we view our work, our lives, the perspectives we have around digital technology and the narratives we engage in around work and work culture.
  • ‘Pushing Back’ at the BigTech corporates is an individual decision about how to optimise tech use (and reduce where necessary). Government bodies are responsible for ensuring regulatory boundaries are put in place to limit the control and data mining of personal data by BigTech, but we need to ensure we use technology for our benefit and to continue to improve what we do, rather than allowing ourselves to be ‘enslaved’ by the gadgets we purchase and use.

Cal Newport’s new book (released in March 2024) is all about Productivity – and how we have fallen for the fallacy that greater levels of time spent working is the same as being productive and producing high-quality work. The premise in his (free to download) introduction is that: 

‘The relentless overload that’s wearing us down is generated by a belief that “good” work requires increasing busyness— faster responses to email and chats, more meetings, more tasks, more hours.’

This is going to be another well-thought-out, well-written and timely book. It’s well worth a read/listen as soon as it is out.

Digital Dieting

Digital dieting is better than digital detox

The New Year is often filled with resolutions on how to be better, do things better, achieve more, go more places, do more things…

Often our annual resolutions come with one or another form of ‘detox’ that we hope will change our habits and ways of ‘doing life’.

After a bit of effort (and an attempt to bolster our willpower levels with super-human feats of determination) it is not long before ‘life’ gets in the way and maintaining our resolutions becomes too much hard work.

Without always realising it until we’ve picked them up again and subconsciously slipped back into old automatic habits and behaviours.

Anecdotally, a lot of us know that we spend too long on our devices and in front of a screen. We open an app and get lost of hours, afterwards regretting the time we could have spent doing something else or being somewhere else or talking with someone else.

We also either recognise or sense that we are losing focus and attention – both at work and at home. Johann Hari investigates this in his book ‘Stolen Focus’.

A recent Guardian article feeds back on research questions they put out to the public on how much time they felt they spent online. It seems a lot of us are in the same boat – feeling that we are consumed by our digital media and are more addicted than we’d like to be. From the article, you can sign up to their weekly newsletter, where you can receive tips and tricks on how to ‘break up with your phone’.

This could be an interesting series to engage in, but with a caveat that making longer-term changes to your relationship with technology is not just about ‘breaking up with your phone’, it is also about understanding what is driving your relationship with and using your devices (and apps).

Digging below the surface of our behaviour can have interesting consequences. Our excessive phone use could be:

  • a means to mitigate loneliness
  • an escape from reality
  • an inability to be bored
  • a fear of missing out
  • a way to signal your identity to others (especially if the technology is new)
  • etc

Like any other potential addictive or compulsive behaviour, understanding the underlying cause of excessive digital tech use can empower you with more of a chance of overcoming the addiction/compulsion and making a lasting change.

A better option than engaging in a digital detox is building better digital habits and finding ways to reduce digital engagement – much like limiting calorific intake if going on a food diet. James Clear’s ‘Atomic Habits’ book could be a good place to start in building your personal digital habit changes.

Putting boundaries in place that reduce our access to a device, app or game can be very helpful in reducing the amount of time we spend engaging in digital habits. An example would be removing social media apps from your phone, but leaving them on your laptop – providing an extra few steps in the process of accessing the content can reduce your use. A time-based boundary could be only allowing yourself access to social media during your train ride home from work. 

A short-term digital detoxes has its place in showcasing the effect the behaviour has on your life – both in terms of what you are missing out on in ‘real world’ interactions, but also in how that behaviour is making you feel from a positive and negative perspective. In her book ‘Dopamine Nation’, Dr Lemke talks about the benefits of short-term detoxes (even a 24-hour detox) as a way of highlighting the impact the behaviour has on your body and mind. 

However, creating a strategy and building actionable steps into your daily life is a much better longer-term solution. From a digital perspective, think through things like: 

  • what notifications you will allow to remain on
  • how much time you spend with your phone in your field of vision/nearby
  • whether you check your work emails after hours
  • what apps you have on your phone (including social media)
  • if your phone goes with you into the bedroom at night
  • what ‘rules’ you have around phone use in social settings
  • if you reach for your phone while waiting for someone or something
  • if you go anywhere without a phone – so you have time to re-engage with others/nature/etc.
How to Break Up Article Header

How To Break Up With Your Phone – Catherine Price

The book starts with an anecdotal account of an ongoing relationship Catherine has with her phone. It is an insightful look into how most of us are with our devices.

Catherine uses the analogue of a human relationship to aptly describe and talk through how we pour our time, attention and energy into our digital devices. An apt analogy – as for many of us, a smartphone has mostly replaced the physical, human relationships we have with others. 

Part 1 of the book outlines many reasons why you should spend less time on your phone.

It also helps you understand what is going on with your brain, hormones and sleep when you use your phone regularly and consistently. 

It is a great set-up for Part 2 that takes you through a day-by-day plan to help break that constant phone habit. 

I regularly advocate that a Digital Detox is normally as effective as another resolution or life goal. It’s all good intentions – and then life gets in the way. 

Catherine Price makes a good point about a Digital Detox giving you an insight into how much our phone is impacting our lives. By stepping away from it for a period of time, we can look up and notice what we’ve given up by looking down at a screen.

Saying we are going to spend less time on our phones is a different concept from going through a structured plan that gives you a step-by-step guide that walks you through the process and helps keep you on track. 

If you have ever thought about doing a ‘Digital Detox’, this book is worth a) reading and b) following the 30-day plan. 

However, my suggestion is to use this as a stepping-stone, not a one-off, into a healthier relationship with your technology. Use it as a way to train yourself on how to manage your day in a more focused, present way – kind of like 30 days of spa treatment for your mind and attention.  

You can get a glimpse into the book through these YouTube videos. 

Her point in the first video, which I also speak about often, is that if we do not pay for the product, we are the product. 

Social media business models are about making money from what you see in the advertising space they sell to the highest bidder. 

By stepping out of that world more often, we become less of a commodity to BigTech and more present in the real world.

About Catherine Price:

Catherine Price is a journalist and author. You can read more about her on her official website here

Her book How to Break Up with Your Phone is one of two she has authored including The Power of Fun

Digital Detox Dry January

A Digital Detox is as effective as a Dry January

There is a debate amongst academics that bubbles below the surface as to the existence of digital addictions. Some research finds a rationale for it, and other research doesn’t. 

When speaking about digital use, I often compare digital technology use in a similar way to the consumption of food or even alcohol – although food is probably a better comparison for office-based workers as it is very difficult to earn a living this way without using digital technology to do so. It is unlike alcohol in that it is generally possible to find ways to abstain from alcohol without forfeiting income as a result.

We know that healthy food can be over-consumed, become obsessed over or become a source of control. Unhealthy food can be indulged in (or even eaten on the sly) and food can be eaten alone or shared and promote social engagement.

In the same way, digital tech that is good for you can be overused, obsessed over or feel controlling. Unhealthy digital tech use has a number of negative emotional, mental, physical, relational and social consequences.

I would argue that digital tech can be as addictive, and controlling, as any other behavioural addiction, such as gambling, porn or food. We are human. In our search for happiness and pleasure, we seek ways to satisfy our desires, comfort our anxiety, and help us escape from reality. When a substance, situation, person or activity gives us the relief we are seeking, it is easy to slip into repeating the behaviour or consuming the substance that helped us in the past.

When we recognise that something has become a life-crutch or we realise we are over-indulging, we can either justify the action or seek ways to reduce the behaviour. We often use ‘gateway days’ or events to start a new behaviour, such as, ‘Monday I’ll start my new diet’, or, ‘after my birthday I’ll stop drinking so much wine at night’, or, ‘I’ll do a Dry January reset and after that I’ll be able to keep my wine consumption down to a glass a night’.

But these things rarely happen.

Unless we recognise and sort out the underlying causes of our behaviour, and set about making small, conscious, consistent adjustments to how we do things, it is difficult to change longer term behaviour.

So, attempting to do a Digital Detox for a few weeks (or even a few months) is likely to showcase the impact that digital technology has on our body’s, minds and behaviour, it is not likely to change overall digital behaviour unless we take purposeful, strategic and practical steps to change our daily use of our technology. In the same way that embarking on a ‘Dry January’ showcases the benefits and negative consequences of excessive social or solo drinking. 

Most of us probably spend far too long on social media platforms – around 2.5 hours a day. This is more than the time we spend eating, and about 1/3 of the time we should spend sleeping each day.

A recent article in The Conversation suggests that a social media detox is not as good for you as you may think. Social media has its advantages and disadvantages. Each platform has morphed dramatically since its original inception as the business model changes and investors/owners coffers need to be filled.

In the same way that each of us needs to investigate the impact of our food and alcohol consumption on our physical (and mental) health and wellbeing, we each need to analyse the impact of our digital technology use on our mental (and physical) health and wellbeing and take steps to change that behaviour. Radical changes or complete abstinence is a difficult way to change behaviour. Slow and steady habit changes and daily choices are often a more sustainable way to impact behaviour.

A great book to read/listen to around habit change is James Clears ‘Atomic Habits’. He provides a number of practical ways to make radical, sustainable changes a micro-step at a time. 

One of my favourite suggestions is to make changes your environment and make it more difficult to indulge in unhelpful behaviour. Removing social media apps and work emails from your phone may cause enough friction (i.e. having to power-up your computer) to reduce the amount of time spent looking at your phone and increase the time spent with others. It also frees up more time each day to spend doing other tasks that are more enjoyable and personally rewarding.

Screentime and Memory Loss

Is excessive screen time affecting our memory?

Memory loss is a concern for many – especially as we age – and is all too real if we have elderly relatives who show signs of dementia.

But, what if technology plays a greater role in the onset of memory loss in younger adults than we may give it credit for?

A recent opinion piece in the Epoch Times suggests that technology could be linked to a risk of early onset dementia-type symptoms (referred to as ‘digital dementia’) – a direct result of excessive technology use. The piece suggests that our passive use of technology reduces the use of our prefrontal cortex (involved in higher-level executive functions – i.e. planning and decision-making) and shrinkage of the grey matter (critical to emotions, memory and movement).

Although this may be the case, in an article in Psychology Today, Susan Greenfield (PhD) suggests the notion of ‘digital dementia’ is one that is more in line with the concept of neuroplasticity.

Our brains form and build neurons in order to supplement and enhance areas that are most used. Much like building muscles in the body, neurons in our brains grow and fire together to expand the most used neural pathways, so that more information can flow down these pathways more easily. This is how we build up skillsets and muscle memory.

With this in mind, research seems to find that video gamers are more likely to use an area of the brain called the Striatum (directly associated with a response strategy triggered by specific locations). This makes sense from the perspective that entering a specific area in a game often requires engaging in the same predictable (pre-programmed) actions and reactions.

The need to strategically navigate a new set of dynamic responses to get from one area to another would involve a different area of the brain called the hippocampus (that creates spatial memory maps – i.e. how locations are related to each other). As a ‘real world’ example, London Black Cab drivers, have a much larger hippocampus region as they build the necessary spatial memory skills to enable them to navigate the most direct path to a specific location as a person enters their cab.

Ms Greenfield suggests the increase in gaming reduces grey matter in the hippocampus – which is directly associated with (amongst other disorders) PTSD, depression and dementia.

In an earlier article for Psychology Today, Ms Greenfield suggests that the use of smartphones is resulting in a change to the way we use our brains. We either retain information for future recall and use, or we retain a memory of how to find the information in the future.

She elucidates that, based on research, some people are ‘cognitive misers’, which means we don’t want to use cognitive energy to learn new information and retain it for future use or think through a problem in order to solve it. Nicknamed the ‘Google Effect’, these people are not as good at learning information if they know how to find it by searching for it later on – thereby using the internet as part of their memory bank.

Although there is a case for our brain to automate certain functions to allow our processing memory the space to tackle other or new tasks and skills, if we don’t use our brains to think and process information regularly, we are susceptible to cognitive atrophy (i.e. ‘use it or lose it). As Ms Greenfield so aptly puts it “if we use Google to supply the dots in the first place, then our ability to make new connections – to convert information to knowledge – may also be in jeopardy.”

She goes on to describe how our thoughts are an essential dimension of our identity. If we outsource our thinking to a machine, what impact will that then have on our identity in the longer term?

So, does excessive screen time and digital use increase the potential for symptoms of ‘digital dementia’? It all depends on how you use your digital technology and what portion of time spend online is a form of entertainment or a form of work. Technology is an enabler of our daily cognitive choices. Like going to the gym or eating well, exercising our brain on a daily basis is a choice only we can make, but we do need to be mindful of the outcome of that daily choice.

2311. Rituals Rhythms and Routines

Rhythms, routines and rituals

We are creatures of habits and patterns. We celebrate life stages, mark significant events and have weekday and weekend schedules that we generally stick to. 

We make similar meals and go on relatively similar holidays. We wake up, eat and go to bed at a similar time. We form habits and patterns to help us manage our day-to-day lives. 

There are a number of reasons for this. A few of these are: 

Automatic (subconscious) behaviour

Learning and mastering new skills takes time and energy. If you think back to when you were last learning a new skill – like how to drive a car – you had to actively think about: ‘seatbelt on before starting the car’, ‘lights on after dark’, ‘check mirrors before changing lane’, ‘indicate before turning’. It was nerve-wracking, required intense concentration and was rather tiring.

After a few years, you do these activities habitually, and automatically. You don’t really have to think about it. How often do you find yourself driving down a familiar stretch of road and don’t have any memory of the previous five minutes of driving time? 

To conserve energy and to free up brain capacity for other activities, we naturally develop ‘muscle memory’ for a task and automate as much behaviour as possible.

This is partly why changing habits requires so much time, effort and energy.  

Meaning making

Being part of a community where you have at least one thing in common creates a sense of belonging within that group. It is grounding and engenders meaning and purpose. 

Rituals and rules give a group structure and boundaries to operate in and allow for progression and growth within that group. 

Belonging is an important human need. This is why solitary confinement and ostracisation are such harsh punishments. 

A group’s rituals and being recognised within that process is an essential element of group belonging. 

Beginning, middle and end

Everything in life has a beginning, a middle and an end. A number of these events are either recognised, celebrated or mourned.

Nature has ebbs and flows, night and day, winter and summer. These are the natural rhythms of life. 

What does this have to do with Digital Technology?

Amongst a host of ways digital technology has affected and enabled a disruption of these rhythms, rituals and routines, there are two that we can easily amend.

The first is a bit of an obvious one: sleep disruption

Many of us are still looking at a screen well into the evening, and sometimes late into the night.

  • We know that the blue light emitted from screens interrupts the melatonin production that helps us to sleep.
  • Even if you do have a screen on night-time settings, your brain is activated and stimulated by the app, content or program. It takes time to slow down brain stimulation enough for it to fall into sleep mode.
  • If you are looking at work and emails late at night, the emotional stimulation from the project, message or sender can increase fight or flight hormone levels that reduce the ability to easily fall asleep.

Matthew Walker, in his book ‘Why We Sleep’, suggests that we should turn off all screens at least two hours before we are due to go to bed and not allow any devices into our bedrooms.

The second is a more recent ‘invention’: remote and hybrid working

Research during the Lockdowns showed that most remote workers started their working day at the same time as they had originally left for work and continued until the time they arrived home from work. The research indicated that these workers showed no indication of improved productivity levels – despite working that extra amount of time each day.

Another research study showed that working parents, who needed to leave work at a very specific time, were more productive than those who didn’t. They knew they had limited time to get the work done, so were a lot more focused during the workday. 

We generally tend to get something completed within the time allocated to the work. If, for example, we have five hours, we tend to procrastinate and do the majority of the work within the last hour. If we only had an hour to get the same work done, we tend to get it done within that hour.

We also know that the commute to and from work is a time that we allocate to ‘transitioning’ between our home selves and work selves. It helps us to mentally, emotionally and physically delineate these two life realms and responsibilities, and helps us to better focus in each space.

We need to create rhythms, routines and rituals. Replicating the activities we normally engage in during our commute is a great way to engage our brain in this transition. If you normally read a book on a bus/train to work, sit in a comfortable chair at home and read a book during your traditional commute time. If you listen to music in the car, find a space at home where you can sit and listen to music. If you normally cycle or walk to work, cycle or walk around the block.

The key in all of this is to keep your body and brain within a work-home ritual and routine that gives you the mental, emotional and physical capacity to delineate between these two life realms. It may just be one of those key things that keep you focused and productive during your work day.

Technopoly Article Header

Technopoly – Neil Postman

In this book, Neil Postman  suggests that we are surrendering our culture to technology. 

If you have an interest in studying CyberPsychology or any media studies, this book should be a foundational text. Although the book is published in 1993. This is before the mobile phone became ubiquitous and computers were desktop-based – connected to a landline. The internet was unheard of by the average person. 

The majority of his arguments were therefore based on the widespread consumption of television in the West. However, his points set in place the foundations of how society started the shift from a non-digital technology environment that paved the way to the compounded acceptance of all future digital tech. It helps us to understand (psychologically) how we got here. 

These two lectures give a taste into the essence of Neil Postman’s arguments within the book. 

His overall summary of the book is: 

“The tendency in American culture to turn over to technology, [the] sovereignty, command, control [of] all of our social institutions. In other words, the book is about how America has developed a new religion – as it were. And the religion is its faith that human progress and technological innovation are the same thing. And that paradise can be achieved through greater and greater commitment to technology”. 

Click on the image below to be redirected to the YouTube video. 

About Neil Postman:

The late Neil Postman was a professor in Media Ecology at NYU’s Steinhardt School of Education.

Although some may refer to him as a ‘luddite’ as he comes across as being rather negative towards technology. However, it would be more accurate to say that he was an observer and commentator on the historical changes technology made to society and cultural identity – i.e. the ecology (and probably the anthropology) of new media.

What he would have made of smartphones, smartphones and social media would have been a rather interesting guess.

Reigning in artificial intelligence

The global attempt to reign in Artificial Intelligence

What was originally considered Artificial Intelligence Science Fiction only a decade or so ago has become a reality or at least a potential certainty. It has been suggested that designers in Silicon Valley use SciFi as an inspiration for the creation of new technology.

Although there is a practical perspective to AI, there are also psychological consequences to this growing part of our digital technology. Some of these consequences are already self-evident, others are still to emerge. 

Psychological Aspects of AI 

  • AI has the potential to reduce the value of human-based work including, but not limited to: journalism, administration and creative design. But, it also has the ability to enhance or increase productivity in various fields
  • A lot of ink has been spilt over how AI will steal so many jobs. But, history is littered with both job losses and new job creation that come from technological inventions e.g. the tractor, the printing press, and online banking – this doesn’t seem exponentially different
  • Scare-mongering by the media (and also by high-profile tech giants) can cause unnecessary moral panic that can result in fear-based passivity, rather than a proactive focus on how to train for future employment 
  • But, humans are extraordinarily adaptive and have the ability to learn new skill sets and find new career paths through these innovations
  • Maybe it is time to change the narrative around AI to be more about mitigating the harms and building future-focused AI skillset resilience

November 2023 AI Safety Summit

The psychological implications aside, there is still enough of a concern about the practical elements of AI that an AI Safety Summit took place at UK’s Bletchley Park on 1-2 November 2023 in London to talk through how to potentially manage and regulate AI going forward. 

Elon Musk has often warned about the dangers of AI. He to British Prime Minister Rishi Sunak at the Safety Summit about the dangers, positives and potential restrictions that needed to be placed on those who build AI. 

The summit is a great start in this process of better understanding the human impact of AI. A few highlights gleaned from The Evening Standard articles reporting on Elon Musk’s comments both before and during the Summit held are: 

More intelligent than humans

  • AI and machine learning have the ability to be more intelligent than the smartest humans
  • It is not clear if AI can be controlled, so there needs to be an over-riding ‘off switch’

AI will operate according to its programming

  • AI is biased in that its foundational programming will be in line with the belief systems, biases and worldviews of those who write the programs. If these are implicitly in contrast with the greater good of humanity, the outcomes could become counter-productive.

Existential risk

  • The greatest risk lies in AI becoming accidentally ‘anti-human’ – which is what we should be most concerned about
  • While Elon Musk regularly mention the threat of extinction from AI, others suggest the threat to be more akin to a pandemic or nuclear war, others suggest that the threat is minimal – although it is impossible to predict
  • He also mentioned risks such as deep fake videos, disinformation from fake bot social media accounts and humanoid robots
  • The greatest risks come from ‘frontier AI’, which will probably exceed today’s AI models, or from losing control of these systems – especially around potential misuse 
  • Although Elon Musk does think that AI will mostly be a force for good (such as personalised tuition for children), he also suggests that AI will result in a time when there are no jobs

International regulator body

  • Rishi Sunak wants to make the UK a ‘Global Hub’ for AI safety
  • A neutral 3rd party regulator body should be set up  to ‘observe what leading AI companies are doing and at least sound the alarm if they have concerns’
  • All 28 countries will recommend an expert to join the UN-backed global panel on AI safety

The Bletchley Declaration

  • All 28 countries that attended the summit have signed the ‘Bletchley Declaration which sets out a shared understanding of the risks of AI and pledges to develop AI models that are safe and responsible
  • These governments and major AI companies (Open AI and Google DeepMind) will work together to research and manage AI risks and include external safety testing on new AI models that may hold some risk to society and national security
  • It resolves to ‘work together in an inclusive manner to ensure human-centri, trustworthy and responsible AI that is safe’
  • The document is not legally binding, but rather a voluntary, agreement

Read more: 

You can read more about the reporting from the global summit, written by Martyn Landi, Gwyn Wright and Mary-Ann Russon of The Evening Standard, from the below links.

Elon Musk says AI one of the ‘biggest threats’ to humanity.

AI Safety: What have we learned?

Elon Musk: AI could pose existential risk if it becomes ‘anti-human’.

Elon Musk tells Rishi Sunak: AI ‘the most destructive force in history’

NWLC Training 2023

NWLC – Blurring home work boundaries and the burnout epidemic

3 October 2023 (In Person – Aintree Racecourse, Liverpool) 

Blurring Work-Home Boundaries and the Burnout Epidemic – the up and down sides of a digital hybrid workplace

There are many work-based causes of stress, anxiety and burnout. Only some of these we can personally control. Managing the digital boundaries between our work and home life is one of them. 

Carolyn’s talk will provide you with research-based insights on how and why we blur these boundaries, intermingled with practical hints and tips on how to build stronger personal boundaries that reduce stress and anxiety while increasing productivity at work and presence at home. 

The talk includes:

  • What the burnout epidemic is
  • How Digital Technology has enabled this workplace stress
  • What the DigiTech-related norms, expectations and behaviours are that directly affect workplace stress
  • What personal strategies can be put in place to help mitigate the stress, anxiety and potential burnout.

“Many thanks indeed for speaking on Tuesday and opening up the day for us in such a positive and informative way.

The informal feedback I have had was that you were well received and that your content was pitched just right – teaching them new things and relating well to their current dilemmas with technology both at work and in their private lives.

I think too that luckily the three main speakers all had topics that aligned nicely – thank you!”

Beryl James

Event Organiser

Atomic Habits Article Header

Atomic Habits – James Clear

Updated: 20 December 2023 

A book that flies in the face of ‘quick fix’ solutions, and probably one of the most insightful books on how we build and how we can change our habits. 

We all have habits we’ve picked up[ from those around us, life circumstances, coping mechanisms and self-limiting beliefs. Some of thse are useful and others range from not useful to downright bad for us. Some habits help us and some inhibit us. 

If you can’t seem to make a break-through in areas you really want to amend or improve, this may well be the one book you need to change that cycle or spiral. 

May 2019 Interview at London Real

In an interview with Brian Rose at London Real, James talks through some of the insights he spent 6 years researching. Although he covers a number of elements within his book, there is a lot of detail (including actionable steps to take in building strong habits) that he does not cover.  

Reading/listening to his book is essential for gaining a depth of insight into habits and how to change undesirable automatic behaviour that could be detrimental to your health and life goals.  

A few insights covered in this interview:

  • A habit is: a behaviour that has been repeated enough time to be more or less automatic – so things you can do without really thinking about it.
  • It’s not just luck / natural predisposition and not just habits that determine success in life. However, one of these things you have control over. The most reasonable strategy to take in order to achieve what you want is to focus on controlling your habits.
  • Your outcomes in life are a lagging measure of your habits. The things that most need to change are the habits that proceed the outcomes you want to achieve.
  • Small habits don’t transform you overnight, but every action you take is a vote for the type of person you want to become.
  • Your habits reinforce a particular identity – either positively or negatively.
  • True behaviour change is identity change. The goal, therefore, is not the outcome you require, but a skillset that enables you to be the type of person you desire to be.
  • The things that often separates you is not your physical gifts, but your ability to practice, to get out of your own way, your mental approach etc.
  • In automating behaviour, you can do regular tasks more quickly while using less mental energy, and also save time, to do so.
  • Bad habits often involved immediate gratification, the rewards of good habits are often only seen in the future – the cost of your good habits is in the present and the cost of your bad habits is in the future.
  • Good habits become easy habits when you can find joy in delaying gratification.
  • If you learn the right (credible) story to tell yourself, it becomes easier to maintain that over the long run.
2023 Fast Forward Conference Presentation Summary

If you do not want to sign up to London Real so you can watch the interview, the presentation at the Fast Forward Conference is a more recent (and shorter) version of the same information delivered by James on (some of the) Atomic Habits.  

A few of the key messages are expounded more fully in the book, but here are some topline take-aways that may help you start thinking about the digital habits you currently have, and how to start making some ‘small win changes’ that can lead to bigger life goals wins as the habits embed.  

  • The aggregation of marginal gains: you don’t need to make sweeping major changes in order to win big. By making small, compounded (1%) improvements on a daily basis, you can change the overall trajectory of your future in a positive way. Resulting in “The Compound Interest of Self-Improvement…time will magnify whatever you feed it”. 
  • “If you are struggling to improve, the problem isn’t you. The problem is your system”. We struggle to change if we have the wrong system to be able to change. Setting a desired goal is easy. The hard part is building a system of behaviours, that you then execute, to carry you towards achieving the goal. Your system is the collection of daily habits that you follow that are designed to deliver results. If you want to change your results you need to change your systems (i.e. daily habits). 
  • Your only rational/reasonable approach in life is to focus on the elements that are within your control. It’s up to you to build the habits that can get you to the goal you wish to achieve.  

A habit can be broken into 4 different stages:  

  1. Cue: Trigger that tells your brain to initiate the habit – something that gets your attention. 
  2. Craving: Your brain then starts to make a prediction (automatically) of what may happen in response to that cue. 
  3. Response: The favourable meaning that you give towards the engagement in that behaviour. 
  4. Reward: The satisfying element/the cost of engaging in the behaviour  

 The 4 Laws of Desired Behaviour Change. Make it: 

  1. Obvious – the cues of your good habits need to be visible, available, or get your attention. 
  2. Attractive – the more appealing/enticing it is, the more likely you will feel compelled to do it.  
  3. Easy – the more frictionless/easy a habit is to do, the more likely it is to be performed. 
  4. Satisfying – the more rewarding it is, the more likely you will do it again in the future.  

 If you want to break a bad habit, then reverse these laws. 

ADHD 2.0

ADHD 2.0 – Edward M. Hallowell, MD and John J. Ratey, MD

Although this book is not, technically, a cyberpsychology-related book, it’s included here as ADHD is commonly linked to online addictions.

As the doctors explain, those with ADHD are 5 to 10 times more likely to have some sort of addiction. 

If you, or your child, has ADHD or is suspected of having ADHD, then this is a book that is worth reading. 

As both authors are psychiatrists who have ADHD and treat those with the same condition, they write from both personal experience and from a scientific therapeutic perspective.

Their perspective on what ADHD is – how it is a super-power, rather than a pathology can help to reframe how you view and optimise the strengths of the condition while minimising the tougher sides of living with the condition.

CBT, narrative psychology NLP and positive psychology are all therapeutic interventions that have their basis in changing how we view and talk about our lived experience.

That is what this book can do for you.

By explaining what is going on in your brain and giving you a new vocabulary to understand what it means for you, you will have more tools to help empower you to take back control of your habits and pitfalls that seem to be a constant stumbling block for you. 

So, this is why this book is included with other recommended books. 

Below are a number of videos of the authors explaining more about their book and their specialities.

Find out more about Edward M. Hallowell, MD

You can visit his website here and his YouTube channel here.

Find out more about John J. Ratey, MD

You can visit his website here and find out more about his research.

Sparck Blog Post 12 Sept 23

Spark Consultancy – DigiTech Boundaries

Managing the digi-tech boundaries between your work and home life

9 June 2023 (Online) –  updated 12 Sept 2023

A few months ago Carolyn talked through an online presentation to the Sparck team about managing work-home boundaries. The talk covered:

  • how and why we blur the boundaries between work and home life
  • what the life consequences are and
  • how we can find ways to better manage these boundaries. 
On completing the presentation, one team member exclaimed on the video call chat:

“You just hacked my brain.”

Sparck team member

The presentation was followed by 1-2-1 sessions with some of the team, who wanted to talk through their personal boundary-blurring strategies and potentially find ways to improve them. This is the testimonial from one of them: 

“I met Carolyn to talk about optimising my productivity. Starting a new role, I wanted to change some of how I had felt in previous jobs and start as I meant to go on. Working full time, often remotely and having two young children I often feel torn, as though I’m not bringing my best self to either work or my family. Carolyn worked through some really practical tips with me, such as setting a timer for bite-sized chunks of focused work and turning off distractions. It’s worked brilliantly!”

Jo Kilcoyne

Sparck design consultant

Mel Galliwade (Sparck Culture Lead) talks about how the presentation fitted into their wellbeing quarter. 

<iframe src=”https://www.linkedin.com/embed/feed/update/urn:li:ugcPost:7093216202944077826″ height=”899″ width=”504″ frameborder=”0″ allowfullscreen=”” title=”Embedded post”></iframe>

In the latest Spark blog post Azeem Butt has written a great summation of my talk and provided fabulous feedback on one of the 1-2-1 sessions I conducted with some of the team afterwards.

If you cannot access the blog post, you can read a PDF of it here.

And his LinkedIn post here: 

<iframe src=”https://www.linkedin.com/embed/feed/update/urn:li:ugcPost:7108444686557552641″ height=”773″ width=”504″ frameborder=”0″ allowfullscreen=”” title=”Embedded post”></iframe>

Digital Minimalism Book Review

Digital Minimalism – Cal Newport

I first came across Cal Newport when I stumbled across his book Deep Work.

As a Computer Scientist who graduated from MIT and then a teacher of others who engage in computer sciences, I found it fascinating that he didn’t have any social media accounts and encouraged time away from digital technology. 

It turns out, he is right about our human need to protect our attention and focus as one of our most valuable personal resources. He suggests in Deep Work that those who are better able to focus for longer periods (a skill on the decline) are the ones most likely to succeed in the future and become the most sought-after professionals. 

The underlying premise of Digital Minimalism (Choosing a Focused Life in a Noisy World), is to highlight the value of moving from a mindset focused on Digital Consumption to one focused on Digital Use. 

What I mean by this is: becoming more intentional about how you use your devices, gadgets and apps for your personal and professional benefit while minimising the attention capital extracted by Big Tech from your valuable day.

Cal’s books are always well researched and logically presented in a way that builds a solic argument and reasons why.

He provides a convincing argument for resisting and pushing back on the lure of remaining a consumer of the attention economy – mindlessly scrolling social media and news sites, getting lost for hours in whatever the algorithm churns up – but rather using digital tools for what you can intentionally, productively, efficiently extract from its use, and then letting it be. 

He talks about developing a ‘Philosophy of Technology’ – how you use technology ‘as part of a life well lived’ – and being intentional about the technology that you use to support and amplify what you are doing and to improve your productivity and focus – rather than handing your time, attention and focus over to Big Tech so they can add profit to their bottom line.

If you do not pay for the product, you are the product. The business model for online media is to secure revenue through advertising. What they sell is your attention. 

The main focus of Digital Minimalism is not about removing technology for the sake of having less of it. It’s about digitally decluttering, about creating rules around how you use your technology and apps for improving your life and ultimately about ‘doing tech on your terms’. 

The book’s final section provides some useful options for helping minimise digital distractions. Some may work for you, some may not.

Anything is worth trying if it helps you regain control of your digital tech use and let technology work for you to increase overall productivity and lifestyle while minimising the negative aspects it can have on your attention, time, physical and mental health and in-person connections.

You can watch Cal Newport review his book on this YouTube video. 

About Cal Newport:

According to his YouTube channel descriptor: 

‘Cal Newport is a computer science professor at Georgetown University and is also a New York Times bestselling author of seven books, including, A World Without Email, Digital Minimalism, and Deep Work, which have been published in over 35 languages. In addition to his books, Cal is a regular contributor to the New Yorker, the New York Times, and WIRED, a frequent guest on NPR, and the host of the popular Deep Questions podcast. He also publishes articles at calnewport.com and has an email newsletter.’

The Psychology of Online Behaviour Article Header

The Psychology of Online Behaviour – Nicola Fox Hamilton

This book can only be listened to in Audible. You can find a link to the book on Nicola’s home webpage

If you are considering studying CyberPsychology, this book is an easy-to-listen-to introduction to the subject.

The book covers the following Cyber topics:

  1. The Science Behind the Big Debates
  2. Is Online Communication Different? 
  3. Who Are We When We’re Online?
  4. Finding Love Online
  5. The Brighter Side of the Internet
  6. The Darker Side of the Internet
  7. A Web of Lies 
  8. Why We Fall for Cybercrimes
  9. Online Shopping
  10. The Big Gaming Debates

A few highlights from the first chapter of the book, ‘The Science Behind the Big Debates’, includes:

  • ‘Many of the conversations we are having around CyberPsychology are emotionally heightened. Often this results in moral panic’
  • The effects on screentime and mental well-being are small or non-existent – to the point that ‘they are of no practical significance’
  •  ‘When we attempt to estimate our time spent on a behaviour, we are not very accurate, particularly when it involves estimating a behaviour that occurs frequently and that is well integrated into our lives, as technology is…only about 10% of estimates are close to accurate’
  • ‘There is a lot of pathologising of normal and healthy behaviour online’
  • ‘Displacement theory helps us understand that our technology use has the potential to displace other healthy behaviours such as: getting a good night’s sleep, exercising regularly, maintaining our close relationships or fulfilling our work or study commitments. If your digital media use is interfering with those essential requirements, then it might be a problem that needs addressing. If it’s not, and you’re enjoying your online interactions, then there isn’t really any problematic use. You’re just doing something you enjoy’
  • ‘Giving a child strategies, and discussing how they might respond to difficult, or potentially even dangerous, encounters is key to allow them to develop the skills they need to keep safe online’
  • Confirmation bias is ‘when we believe something, we pay more attention to something that supports that belief and ignore information that contradicts it – this is something to be aware of when thinking about your own technology and how you feel about the online world.’ 

In this short video Nicola briefly describes her speciality in online dating in a talk at Bright Club Ireland:

In this video Nicola talks about how to talk to your teenager (and some great hints and tips) about Online Dating.

About Nicola Fox Hamilton:

Nicola Fox Hamilton has a PhD in CyberPsychology and is a lecturer in applied psychology and cyberpsychology at the Institute of Art, Design and Technology (IADT).

You can read more about her on her official website.

BPS CyberPsych Interview 27 Jun 23

Careers in Cyberpsychology

If you were wanting to know more about CyberPsychology, this is a good place to start: The British Psychology Society – cyberpsychology section. The section team have been really active since they first launched the section in 2018 in adding articles, tools and resources to the site pages.

They have also asked me to contribute to the Careers page by writing an article about what I do. You can read it directly on their website page or you can download a PDF of the page and read that here.

Rich Burns Solent LEP at Portsmouth Uni XR Studio

A chat with Rich Burns of Solent LEP on being a Digital Human in the workplace

20 April 2023 (In-person UX Studio) –  updated 7 July 2023

In this interview with Rich Burn from Solent Partners, at the CCIXR building at Portsmouth University, Carolyn talks about technology in the workplace, and the impact this tech use has on us as individuals. 

You can either watch it in situ, or on YouTube. A transcript of the interview is included below:

RB: So, we are here at the Portsmouth CCIXR building at Portsmouth University. Amazing space with this amazing background, which we may decide to change – we may use it, I don’t know, we’ll see how we get on. So, Carolyn, tell me a bit about yourself and what you do.

CF: Ok, so I’m a CyberPsychologist, and I specialise in workplace technology use. So, how we, as adults, use technology in a work environment – and that is in the office, as well as remote and hybrid. Basically, how technology impacts us and how we use technology to get our work done and be more productive. But, really it is about how it affects us personally, and what we can do about it.

RB: So, what is CyberPsychology?

CF: CyberPsychology is a relatively new discipline in the world of psychology. It’s only really been around in the 1990’s when computers started becoming a big part of our lives and it’s grown and developed from there. The majority of what CyberPsychologists do is what they look at how we use technology and how it changes us, both from a society level but also, more importantly, how it changes us as individuals – not just our mental wellbeing, but actually how we think, how we behave, how we engage with others, how we see ourselves.

The majority of CyberPsychologists look at how children and young adults use technology on social media, in the classroom, at home. There’s a lot of mental health [issues] that they look at in terms of cyberbullying, self-image issues – like the impact of social media on eating disorders, addictive behaviour and gaming.

I don’t look at that element of that, I look more at adults. So, it is really about the fact that we make tools (being gadgets) and then they make us and change us, and change who we are as human beings. That’s really what we look at as CyberPsychologists.

RB: And your background, Carolyn, so you come from a Marketing background.

CF: I do.

RB: Which is what led you on your journey, so talk a little bit more about that.

CF: So, I trained as a Marketer and went into FMCG corporate marketing. I did that for 15 years doing New Product Development and Branding and Communication. And then, social media started coming into being a big part of what marketing is. And, I decided that’s not what I really wanted to do, because I have a much broader, strategic background. So, I left marketing completely and went back to Uni and started again from year 1 and retrained as a psychologist. And then discovered CyberPsychology and did a Masters in CyberPsychology.

But one of the biggest reasons I went into Psychology was because what fascinated me most about marketing was how people engage with products from a ‘I’ve got £10, what am I going to spend it on’ [perspective], and why do they do that. Why do they spend it on this product and not on that product? And why do they make those decisions? So, that’s really why I went into Psychology, but then got side-tracked by Cyber, and just went down the ‘rabbit hole’ of technology [use].

And I love it, because I love technology, I love gadgets. So, it was just part of my passion of combining those two things of human behaviour and the engagement with the gadgets we wear and the gadgets we use.

RB: I love the fact that you point out it’s the gadgets we now wear. Because once upon a time, it was just the gadgets we use. Now, it’s the gadgets we wear. It’s such an evolving industry. Now, the marketing bit is very interesting, because I’ve got a marketing background. We’ve talked about this before, Carolyn, on a podcast we did previously, but it is a bit impact that it is having. Obviously seeing the dawn of AI and ChatGPT. I got introduced to AutochatGPT and told I should be using those. Still not gone down that road yet.

But, from the point of view of this Digital Live series, which is what this recording is about… the skills that we use… there is terminology that comes around digital, I mean digital is a vast subject. But there are terms such as ‘digital natives’, ‘digital immigrants’, and they are bandied around to describe those who were born around the turn of the century and grew up with a super-confident use in digital gadgets, and those who had a more analogue-sort-of childhood, so kind-of before this, and are less confident using gadgets. How do we go about improving the skills of those who are digital immigrants and reduce the generational divide around technology use.

CF: That’s one of my favourite questions about digital generations. Because the reality is that in general, generations don’t exist anymore [in the workplace]. I’m 50, I grew up with Donkey Kong and Pac Man. So, I became confident using technology in my younger years, in my teen years. By the time I started work in the early 90’s, or the mid-90’s, I was already using computers at work. I already had my own email address. I had my own mobile phone. So, I was already confident with technology by that point. My contemporaries, who went to Uni with me back in the day, are senior managers in big companies. So, in my head, the majority of that digital divide isn’t in the corporate environment. It isn’t in the work environment at all. The only difference is the confidence that people have in their ability to use technology.

Once people leave work, yes, when you get to your 70s and 80s, they didn’t grow up with that basic [digital] technology that we had when we playing computer games in our youth. So, there is less of a confidence in picking up a new mobile phone and trying to figure out how this new Apple works, or this other phone works, or this new upgrade, and I don’t want to watch because someone is tracking me. There is less confidence in the ability to use it. But, from a work context, I don’t believe there is a generational digital divide anymore. It’s in the confidence level and the digital intelligence level that we see there are some differences.

But, even then, we see some people who are not at all confident with technology and there are older people who will just pick up a new thing and they will be able to figure out how to use the app or the gadget. So, I think we need to drop that whole narrative we have around the digital divide. I think it’s not healthy for us as older people and it also puts too much pressure on the younger people to perform digitally in the work environment.

RB: So, is the difference then just personality traits – you know in terms of, you know ‘I’m ok with using this technology, I won’t even think about it, I’ll just figure it out’?

CF: I think it comes down to digital resilience and digital intelligence. And they’re talking about digital confidence and digital intelligence being one of the big things now, that people measure when using gadgets.

Digital Intelligence is your ability to actually use stuff. It encompasses how you feel and how you operate with technology.

Digital Resilience is about being able to get over stuff quickly. So, if you are a victim of cyberbullying, how quickly do you get over it? If you are struggling with something digitally, how quickly do you figure it out.

Digital Confidence is ‘how quickly can I pick up this new app or new gadget and figure it out myself?’

I think that really is part of what we need to start looking at for people in terms of how they engage with new technology.

So, I don’t think it is around personality. I am a social extrovert, but an introvert by nature. I wouldn’t say it’s harder for me to pick up technology than an extrovert. It does come down to core skills and core confidence in our own abilities – rather than personality type.

Basic demographic factors don’t play into our ability to engage with technology, or even psychographic [factors] – unless it comes to our confidence levels and our resilience and our ability to actually pick up the technology.

RB: You use a couple of terms there. So, you mentioned resilience actually which is a term I’m going to pick up on. And we talked about confidence, and another term is digital intelligence as well, that I keep hearing about. They’re starting to be used a lot more in media and in companies. But, what do these mean, and are there ways to build these skills in people?

CF: Well, digital resilience, I think like any form of resilience, can be built. And digital confidence, again, it can be built. But I think one of the key things with each of those in terms of [the] confidence and ability to pick up gadgets – if someone is working remotely, I think it is about identifying how confident they are in using new technology or picking up new skill sets around app use or technology use. Being able to identify if someone is struggling is an important thing for us as businesses to look into.

I did some research during the first lockdown of the pandemic, and one of the things that came out of that is, about people’s [improvement in] self-confidence in their ability to use technology. If they are sitting in an office, it is easy to say, ‘Jo Bloggs, can you help me with this’, or ‘IT can you sort this out?’. When you’re at home with no ability to actually pull someone in to help you, you had to figure it out yourself. The level of what we call ‘computer self-efficacy’, which is basically confidence, grew exponentially during the pandemic, because we had to figure it ourselves. We couldn’t just lean on someone else, because we couldn’t be bothered [or were too worried] to work it out ourselves.

So, that is really important for businesses to identify and give people the training, and support that they need, to help them through the process of gaining that confidence. So, whether or not it’s sending them on a computer course or giving them links to YouTube videos on how to use this app. Whatever that looks like – it’s about being able to identify those people who struggle with picking up new technology.

When it comes to digital intelligence, I think it’s slightly tricker to train someone in. But I think that comes with confidence and resilience. It’s once you have that confidence and resilience; you then gain the ability to figure stuff out and move onto new bits of technology and new gadgets. Because the more you learn, the more confident you become, the more intelligent you become. It’s like learning anything. When you first start out learning, it’s all very complicated. But, you quickly build up that basic automatic knowledge.

RB: So, when we put that into the workplace, then, where does that responsibility sit, do you think? Is that the individual, or is that the business to kind-of support that, or is it a blend of both?

CF: I think it’s a blend of both. I think it’s very difficult sometimes for individuals to put their hands up and say, ‘I’m struggling’.

RB: I agree.

CF: Because if they are struggling with something, it may indicate that they are not very good at their job. But actually, they could be incredibly talented, have a lot of knowledge and skillset, but if they are seen to not be able to work a programme – like Excel documents – they may think that they are being perceived as not very good at their job. And that may also reduce their productivity levels. So, they may be the most competent person, or the most skilled person in their department, but if they can’t use an Excel spreadsheet, or the tools, they may come across as the least productive, or the least able. So, to put your hand up and say, ‘I’m really struggling with this, I need help’, is one of the first things.

Also, from a team manager perspective, is having that open mind and seeing the difference between their competency – or the skillset they are being employed for – and their ability or maybe not being as familiar with the technology as they could be and giving them the support that they need.

So, it could be really a conversation between managers and individuals. Individuals putting their hand up, managers being open to that, non-judgemental, and businesses providing some element of: ‘this is a fund, or a training programme that we provide that cheap or easy or we can send someone on’. So, having that culture that’s open to … not everyone knows how to use software programmes. You may have used Word or Apple programmes in your previous job, and actually, this is slightly different, so you need more training. And that’s ok. But it’s about having that open culture, having those honest conversations to support people in actually doing the job that they are hired to do.

RB: And then what about potentially measuring that? Would that be an easy [thing]. In my mind, I’m thinking, if you were to ask someone about their confidence using digital on a score of zero to ten, I guess that’s one way. In my mind that you can look at a progression of that. Is there any other…

CF: Giving or asking someone to score from one to ten is very relative.  

RB: Or one to seven. I heard on the radio this morning. It shouldn’t be one to ten.

CF: Or even that, my five could be your three. So, it’s all relative. I think part of that is about outputs in terms of: if someone can’t use Excel, well actually in two months’ time are they better at it? Are they asking less questions? And I think it’s a both/and. I it’s a conversation of: I think I can do this better than I did before, ‘manager, do you think I can do it better, and am I providing the output that you need in order for you to meet the bottom line and do the job that you’ve employed me to do?’

So, I think it’s difficult to measure, and I don’t think there should be, ‘well, you have to get 70% on this Excel test. It is about: ‘are you using the tools that is needed within this programme to do your job well. Yes or no? And if no, or not competent enough, then how do we actually solve that?’

It’s a really difficult thing to say, ‘this is how you need to make it work’.

RB: And I’m so glad to have you involved in what we are doing, because a lot of what I’m seeing with the Digital Skills Partnership across the whole of the South East is because of that difficulty in measuring these things like confidence and motivation and resilience. We are not seeing a lot of it being measured and actually it has been avoided in terms of being talked about [and] discussed. But it’s a massive problem. It’s a massive problem, I think.

CF: It is a massive problem and there could be questionnaires that you can do to measure someone’s confidence in technology. But again, they are self-completion questionnaires. So, again, it’s relative. I can fill in a questionnaire and say, ‘I’m really confident’, but actually I’m not, because I don’t want to give them the impression that I don’t know what I’m doing.

So, there are ways to measure it. But, even then it’s subjective.

How do we solve it? I think it’s a really big project that needs to happen. I think part of it is changing the narrative … If I’m constantly being told that I’m too old to actually figure it out, I’m too old to engage with this technology, I’m going to start believing it and I’m not going to have that confidence.

I did some training with some apprentices who had just come out of University, and one of the things that they said was, ‘well, old people don’t know how to use technology’. And I’m like, ‘well, actually you don’t know how to use business technology. You know how to use social media.’ But in their head, they’ve been told so often that they are the digitally smart ones. And they are actually the ones who know how to make [tech] work, and old people are not actually all that competent.

I think that as a society and, in the media especially, we have to change that conversation on its head and say, ‘We are all competent. We are just competent in different areas.’ There are so many different gadgets, there’s so many different apps and technology. And so many different functionalities we use technology for. Just because I don’t use VR in gaming, doesn’t mean I don’t know how to do a good Excel document – and that’s what I need to do my job. And, on top of that, one of my pet peeves…

RB: Go on, get it all out there Carolyn…

CF: …is that I spend a lot of time with SMEs. One of the big things they do, is they give a 20-year-old their social media platform for their business. And, from a marketing perspective, that really grates against my sense of branding, because they are very good at their personal social media, but they don’t have the communication skills. They don’t have the ability to put forward a business scenario to the right audience. They can do a great TikTok video, but you don’t do a TikTok [type] video on LinkedIn. Or, they’ll put the company communication on TikTok, which is not the audience. The audience is on Instagram, or it’s on LinkedIn, or it’s on Twitter.

So, they have competence in a specific area of social media. And a specific way of doing it. But not corporate communication. So, that is one of my pet peeves – is just handing over [the] responsibility of their front face of their media communication to a twenty-something-year-old. And some of them are brilliant and I will not take that away from them. But, in general, they don’t yet have the business acumen and the communication skillsets that they need to do a really good job for a young company, or any small to medium-sized business.

RB: I think, the way I see it in a very simplistic form – when it comes to this kind of using technology and digital is this kind of love and fear. It’s as simple as that. There are those that love it and embrace it naturally. Whether they are people who would love and embrace more things in general, I don’t know, but it’s the fear factor that, you know. That example you just gave of that business owner perhaps giving that responsibility. I think there’s an element of fear in that. Not, ‘I don’t understand it’, But, I’m going to get someone in, and tick that box to be able to do it’. Because there is a lot more fear that I’m seeing – especially for instance, we touched on: AI, ChatGPT. People are starting to do this, and step back from it. You know. Where’s it gonna go, where is it gonna end up? But, the fear is definitely there.

CF: I think the fear of the unknown is true in any area. It’s that, ‘I don’t feel competent enough’. Especially with grown-ups, because we should know how to do things, and I think a lot of times when there is an area where we not competent in, we’re judgement ourselves in that and feeling, ‘well, actually I can’t do it, and I don’t know how to, and I don’t want to be seen as being not very good, and failing. So, I’d rather give it to someone else and not go down that road’. Sometimes, we’re just not brave enough. I think that is one of the things we need to do is just be brave, and just say, ‘actually, it’s ok to fail. It’s ok to mess up slightly. But I’m still better at understanding the communication I need to put out there, so much better at other things that this is something I can relatively easily learn’. It’s the knowledge base – and going back to my example of small businesses, my knowledge base is much more important than not getting the video right. And, I think as grown-ups we also have lived in this world of perfectionism, and expectations around perfectionism. And, the younger generation haven’t done that, because they’ve done TikTok videos and they’ve done filters, and other things to improve their ‘non-perfection’ and they’re ok with that non-perfection. I think as an older generation, we’re not so ok with that.

RB: Yeh, I agree. What about motivation? Cause, for instance, we’ve touched on using technology in the workplace and the motivation there, you would assume, is you being told, perhaps, that that is what you need to do in order to do your role? But I guess more in your day-to-day life, motivation – I don’t know, what’s your thoughts on it? How should we be driven to use technology? How should we see it? How should we be motivated by it – or not?

CF: I think, one of the things we do, generally, is: a shiny new gadget comes out and we embrace it. Well, my friend’s got a new smartwatch and look at all the things it can do, so I’m going to buy one too. We don’t step back and go, ‘well, what impact is this going to have on me?’ So, there is a theory in CyberPsychology about technology being passive or active. And I think that’s really the wrong way to look at it. I think it’s about us taking on technology in an active or a passive way.

So, I chose not to have a smartwatch, for this exact reason that I know my boundaries and I know that if I get a smartwatch, I’m going to go down a rabbit hole of looking at it every 5 seconds and every notification, every email I’m going to be just – my arm is going to get stuck in this position, because I’m going to be looking at it all the time.

RB: I think there should be a new emoji that’s this now – or a dance.

CF: Exactly – a TikTok dance. And even if you do have a smartwatch, maybe it’s sitting back and saying, ‘actually, what impact is this having on me? How has my behaviour changed? How am I thinking about myself? How am I thinking about others? Am I spending that time with others? What is important in life for me? And am I actually embracing those things that are important in life, or am I being distracted by gadgets that I own, and things that are happening in China, or Outer Mongolia, or America or some random influencer? Are they more important – the virtual world – or is my physical world more important?’

So, I’m not so sure it’s about motivation, I think it’s about taking back control and on a semi-regular basis, sitting down with yourself and going, ‘Well, I’ve got this extra technology. I’ve got all this stuff, what am I going to do about it? How am I going to fit this into my life and make it work for me? Or am I okay with being controlled by it and randomly going to dive into Alice’s Wonderland?’ And that’s OK, but it’s about you making that choice.

So many times (I’d say almost 3-6 months, that’s why I say ‘so many times’) I have to sit down with myself and go, ‘I’ve set these boundaries for myself. These are the things that I’m going to do. This is how I’m going to do my workday’. And then I start slipping and go, ‘oh, I’m just going to check this email. I’m just going to do this.’ And then I end up at 11 o’clock at night staring at my phone, when actually my boundary was 8pm, all devices off and in my office and not look at them again. And then I have to take a step back again and go, ‘this is not important. This is important: having conversations with my family, with my friends, going out, doing things with people. That’s important.’ So, I have to do a check and go, ‘no’.

So, motivation can come into that, but I think when taking up new technology, it is about thinking through first what this is going to do to me and then, after 6 months going, ‘how is this really impacting me and others around me?’. I say ‘others around me’, because research shows that grown-ups or adults who use their technology and look at work emails after hours – it doesn’t just affect them. What they found is that children within the household have high stress and anxiety levels and are higher than those who don’t. For the simple reason that if you are looking at your phone, and you get cross and angry, the children see that. They see the reaction. They see the anger. They take it on board as something they’ve done. Because that’s what children do. They don’t rationalise that, ‘that’s their phone, there’s something going on with their phone’. And, it changes the atmosphere in the house, it changes the way the parent engages with them because they put the phone down and they’re still angry. So, there is much higher levels of stress and anxiety amongst younger children with parents who still look at their emails on their phones after hours.

Also, the parents are looking at their phones. They are not giving their children 1-2-1 time. Which means that the children aren’t engaging and learning social skills. And, that is how we learn social skills, by practising – especially when we’re young. So, we often talk about how with children, that we have to reduce their screen time, we have to do this, and we have to give them boundaries. But we forget that children emulate our behaviour and we have to display that for our own children, our own values and this is what I choose to do – or this is what we choose to do as a family. We choose to be present. We choose to not have phones at the dinner table. We choose to not… – whatever that looks like.

RB: Do you think we are in a world where most people recognise that – their own self-control in regard to technology? Or, do you think we are more in a world where people aren’t even thinking about it – they are just using the latest technology, the latest watch and they’re just in it, and don’t reflect on it that much.

CF: The latter. The vast majority of people just absorb new technology – because the gadgets are fun, it’s exciting. And it increases dopamine levels. That’s engaging for me and, life can be rubbish, at times, so that’s a really great escape. Before the pandemic hit, there was research done on people who segmented their work and home life, and how they actually managed those boundaries. And they found that only a third of workers actually had a strategy in place. So, whether they segmented work and home completely, or they integrated home and work life. If they had young children, they need to come home at 3, pick the children up, bath and bedtime and go back to work from 8 to 10 and they did a couple more hours. They’re integrators and it worked for them; but they had that strategy. And two thirds didn’t. They just let technology happen to them.

During the pandemic, it just all went out the window and no-one had any segmentation strategies. I would suggest that it has defaulted back to one-third and two-thirds. A third of people have different strategies than they did before because most people have some element of a hybrid work scenario, but they probably still have some element of strategy. And it’s only when people get to the point of burnout or massive stress or anxiety that they go, ‘Something’s gotta change. I can’t keep doing this or else I’m going to fall apart’. And that’s when they put their strategies in place. But, up to that point, often, people just let technology happen to them. And they just take more and more on board. And they don’t sit down and think, ‘What is going on? How am I dealing with this? Am I heading towards burnout?’ And most people don’t know they are going to burn out, until they actually do.

RB: Yes, and then they’ve got to deal with that. Do people, from what you have experienced, associate that with that technology use? Or, is it lots of other factors that come into the world that they probably think it’s that that’s causing the burnout?

CF: I would be very surprised if people say that, ‘Looking at my emails at 8’oclock at night is causing me stress and anxiety and burnout.’ The majority of the time, your technology use is influenced by the corporate culture, your own personal preferences for technology, your own boundaries, your expectations of work, how old you are, where you are in the corporate ladder, how much of a workaholic you are, how ambitious you are. All those factors. Also, actually, home life – in terms of home expectations of whether or not you should turn your technology off. E.g. if your partner is a workaholic and you’re just bored and you just go and work. There’s all these different factors that fall into the realm of the decisions you make about your technology use.

So, what we often do, when we are stressed and anxious, we blame someone else, or we blame other factors. Because it’s not our fault. Because when we take it on board as, ‘Actually, I’m doing this’, we than have to take responsibility for it. Some people do, and that’s amazing. But the vast majority [say], ‘My boss is annoying. He makes me do this. I have to be on Slack at 10 o’clock’ because my whole team is still responding to Slack messages at 2 o’clock, and if I’m not part of the conversation, I get into the office the next morning, the decision’s been made [and] I haven’t inputted into it, so I feel like a bad worker, or I may be seen as someone who is not good enough and may not get promoted’.

So, there is a lot of underlying factors that come into the decisions you make about your technology use after hours. So, it’s really up to the individual to own up to that, in some ways, and put those boundaries in place and get back that control. Make those decisions and have those conversations with their managers and teams saying, ‘this is what I need to do, this is how I need to do my life because…’. And if that isn’t working for the team and the manager, maybe they need to have another think about where they are working. And, I know this sounds quite harsh, but to not burn out, it’s really important to make sure you are looking after yourself. In the same way you look after yourself from a physical perspective, you have to look after yourself from a mental and psychological perspective. So, what choices are you making.

RB: I’m going to put this on you now, Carolyn, as an individual. So, the point of this Digital Lives series is kind-of to showcase from a business perspective, from an individual perspective, from a community perspective, from a school perspective and students. But, it is to look at the individuals and our own associations with technology – and we discussed some of those elements. But, we’ve all got an experience with digital, or technology – whatever you want to call it. So, the question to you: what thing in your digital life would you change to help with either your business, your motivation, your own personal development, mental health – what would you change, for you in your own experiences?

CF: I’m not sure there is more that I would change right not. But there are things I’ve changed in the past that I try to stick to, the boundaries that I put in place and constantly break and then need to reset myself, is that I have different technology for different spheres of life. So, I have my personal phone, I have my personal iPad and my work laptop – and I try my best not to integrate the three. So, I need to set boundaries from a time perspective of: this is work time and this is personal time. Mostly because when I was in marketing, I would work every hour that I was awake. And if something needed to be done, it needed to be done. Working evenings, weekends, through the night. Whatever needed to be done to meet that deadline, that’s what I did. And, I burnt out emotionally and psychologically, I just got exhausted. And I know I can slip down that road [again] very quickly. It’s a very slippery slope for me.

So, I have to put those boundaries in place for me. Doing things like closing my laptop at the end of the day is a great signal for me that my work is done, my work personality is over. Now I’m wife perspective, friend personality, daughter…

RB: So, literally that click of the laptop is your trigger to…

CF: Yes, I’ve got my workbook and I try to write things down as much as possible rather than put everything on notes, because I need to switch off. So, I have an A6 little notepad that I take with me, outside of my big A4 [notepad] that I leave on my desk. I take that with me because if something comes up, if I remember to do something, I write it in there. I don’t pick up my phone and write notes, because I need to put that down, I need to put that away. So, those are the things I have done and continually need to do. So, that’s why I think I probably wouldn’t do anything new. It’s more about I constantly need to is take a rain check on how much those boundaries have slipped. Because, as I said before, they often do. Someone calls and I say, ‘ooh, I’ll quickly take this’, or, ‘I’m meant to finish at 6.30 and ooh, I’ll just finish this and it ends up being 8 o’clock at night. And, I try leave my phone upstairs on Sundays so I don’t look at my screen, and [then I go], ‘ooh, let me just… let me just…’. Those boundaries need to be constantly realigned, realigned, readjusted. And really that’s for my own mental health and just keeping myself present when I need to be. And living. That’s important for me, human connection is an important part of who I am, and sitting on a screen, I don’t get that.

RB: Thank you, Carolyn.

CF: You are welcome.

623. Women in tech

Why do half of women in tech drop out by age 35?

In a collaborative report involving Code First Girls and Tech Talent Charter (TCC – a government-supported group of over 775 leading UK businesses and organisations) aimed to gain insights into the UK’s diversity talent shortage – and provide recommendations to address the diversity crisis.

It is revealed that half of the women in tech drop out by the age of 35, adding to concerns about the growing digital skills and gender gap.

Additionally, of the 149 million new jobs Microsoft predicts will be created by 2025 in software, data, AI and machine learning only 20% of the 5.8m newly skilled and qualified graduates will be women.

A few barriers for women in tech (and indeed in any industry) is: maternity leave, and work-family balance.

The top recommendations to encourage women to remain in tech include: flexible working, enhanced parental leave policies, and other female-specific family and healthcare policies and benefits.

Flexible working policies have been shown to have a positive impact on attracting and retaining talent. 

Job ads that include job flexibility in the offering have increased applicant volume by 30% and increased the proportion of female applicants.

88% of the 210,000 UK tech employees from TTC’s data reported having access to flexible work options including: part-time working (83%), job sharing (76%), condensed hours (65%) and remote working 47%). Other options available are a 4-day working week during the summer and uncapped holiday.

Although the availability of the report seems to focus on flexible work arrangements that are already available and female-related healthcare policies, the main solutions that seems to be suggested centre around making the tech workplace less of a ‘boys-club’ and slightly more inclusive to women’s family and healthcare needs. 

What the report doesn’t seem to address is the fact that flexible working policies are already available in almost 90% of tech companies and women are still leaving before 35. 

  • Could it be that there are much deeper underlying causes of women exiting the workplace by age 35 and not returning? 
  • Could workplace norms, narratives and job demands expectations also play a role?
  • Could the flexible workplace practices indeed be contributing to the inability to create work-home boundaries, which lead to higher stress, anxiety and feelings of burnout by the mid-30s, and making it less feasible for a healthy work-family life balance? 
  • Could the job demands that come from an industry that is already suffering from a skills shortage and an inherent need to grow and deliver at pace be significantly contributing to a stressful work environment that works for those in their 20s, but not always so well for those in their 30s? 
Amusing Ourselves to Death Article Header

Amusing Ourselves to Death – Neil Postman

In this book, Neil Postman talks through the impact that modern media is having on our culture. It is a public discourse in the age of show-business.

Although the book was published in 1980’s, long before computers became a ubiquitous item within our household, his insights into how digital technology (in the form of television and media-based entertainment) shifts our cultural norms, the way we think, the way we process information and how we view the world around us.

This is a must-read/listen to for anyone exploring the world of CyberPsychology. It provides a useful back-story to how we got to where we are now.

It also helps to shape some of the thinking we should be using when viewing how the ongoing Digital revolution is changing who we are as individuals, and as a society.

It provides a looking glass to view how our favourite gadgets and Apps may impact our present and future selves.

A snippet from the opening sections of this book is probably the most relevant to our constantly changing digital technological world: 

‘People like ourselves who are in the process of converting their culture from word-centred to image-centred might profit from reflecting on this Mosiac junction. But, even if I am wrong in these conjectures it is, I believe, a wise and particularly relevant supposition, that the media of communication available to a culture are a dominant influence on the formation of the cultures intellectual and social pre-occupation’.

These two interviews (part 1 and part 2) give a taste into the essence of Neil Postman’s arguments within the book.  

Some insights from these videos:

  • People mostly watch television – and they like to watch dynamic, ever changing, exciting images. The average duration of a shot on a network television show is 3.5 seconds.
  • Television has developed along lines that not only accommodate the biases of the visual medium, but the interests of the audience. It wants pictures, it doesn’t want talking heads.
  • TV executives or networks did not set out, in an organised and systematic way, to alter the way people will express themselves in politics, religion, education, etc. Rather, what has happened is that a new technology that tends to supress, undermine and otherwise degrade what we call literate, analytic, rational discourse.
  • The visual and entertainment-oriented TV has become the centre of Western Culture and has degraded public discourse. It may be possible, through some sort of social policy, for us to minimise or mitigate some of the worst effects of the situation.
  • It is the machinery itself that has changed the world of communications.
  • There is a distinction between a technology and a medium. A technology is to a medium as brain is to the mind. Like the brain, a technology is a physical apparatus. Like the mind, a medium is a use to which we put the physical apparatus.
  • From a technological determinist perspective – television will give us a new kind of culture, as did the printing press.
  • Alternatively, people are aware of how technology has been used, what sort of medium it has become and, through education, alert people to the sort of problems that a medium has brought about, and how to make the necessary changes.
  • With the introduction of the computer, American’s are going in to their usual stance in the face of a new technology – which is with a great deal of enthusiasm without much discussion around what its affects will be.
  • If there was some serious dialogue, as part of the education of children, there would be an awareness of how the definitions of debate have changed, the definitions of knowledge have changed.
  • At this point, television has become the command centre of the culture. People go to television.
  • Our habits have been changed and our perception apparatus has changed – we are seeing the world in fragments now and kind of a Las Vegas stage show.
  • There is a logic to a technology, that it asks to be used in a certain way. This logic has tremendous force to it. To the extent that we understand what that logic is … then at the very least we could prepare ourselves to accommodate [the bias from the media]. If [for] nothing else than to protect ourselves through the education of the young, through the seductions of the eloquence of televisions charm.
  • The issue with the television is that it has become the command centre of the culture and moved all other media to the periphery of the culture.
  • Most people don’t see television as problematic. They don’t see that it raises some political or epistemological issues.
  • American education, at this point, has been largely indifferent to the intellectual and social issues that the new media raise. One can say the same the same thing about computer technology … Schools have accepted computer technology without, very often, raising the question for youngers, about what intellectual or epistemological or social effects and consequences such technology might have on the culture.  
  • Looking at the history of technology – technology does have a way of taking over a culture and giving direction to the social institutions of the culture, and even the cognitive habits of the people in the culture.
  • The forces of technological change are enormously powerful and underestimated almost universally by everyone, who like to say, ‘television is neutral, it’s what we do with it that will matter’. Nothing can represent a technological naivety more than that kind of remark. On the other hand, I do believe that people are not powerless – especially institutions are not powerless.
  • The late Jessica Savage … remarked once that ‘viewers have come of age in the 80’s’. She said they have ‘visceral smarts’. Through the viscera they can tell what is true and has merit and what is good. Does this mean that the viscera has replaced the brain as our central organ of knowing? If that is the case, then the question about our humanistic values is even more terrifying than otherwise. That is to say that … our humanistic values have at the centre our reason, and reason has to do with the word.  
About Neil Postman:

The late Neil Postman was a professor in Media Ecology at NYU’s Steinhardt School of Education.

Although some may refer to him as a ‘luddite’ as he comes across as being rather negative towards technology. However, it would be more accurate to say that he was an observer and commentator on the historical changes technology made to society and cultural identity – i.e. the ecology (and probably the anthropology) of new media.

What he would have made of smartphones, smartphones and social media would have been a rather interesting guess.

Social Media Love Affair

Confessions of a CyberPsychologist: Why I ended my obsessive social media love affair.

6 months ago, I was semi-obsessed. I often checked my phone on the sly – making sure others didn’t notice. My WhatsApp was popping through notifications telling me to ‘quickly check the latest message’. I was flicking from one social media app to another, to make sure I’d caught all the potential messages that had come through. It had gone beyond the point of the teasing flirtation and the fun of the chase… It had even gone beyond the romantic thrill of the love affair… It had progressed well beyond that… I was, after all, doing the very thing I was encouraging others to try to avoid – I’d become obsessed with seeking that mini-feeling of satisfaction and the mini-brain-infused-dopamine-hit each time others engaged with my social media or blog posts. 

Don’t get me wrong. Like any relationship, spending time on social media has plenty of benefits and can be hugely rewarding. But we often don’t realise that we are headed into an obsessive relationship until we are in it. It’s only after we start to see the warning signs, that we may come to realise we don’t quite know how to get out of it. Or it may even be that we don’t even see the warning signs but wake up one day fully entrenched in a controlling ‘virtual relationship’. 

The same process of not realising you’re heading towards the issue until you’re in it is when you find yourself over-stressed, highly anxious or in burnout. We, humans, are generally a rather optimistic lot. We tend to think we are able to cope, that we’ll be fine, that ‘just one’ won’t hurt, that we can easily stop and that it’s easily fixed. We are familiar with these narratives. We’ve heard them before. We even tell ourselves these same stories. But the further we let ourselves go down the path, the more difficult it can be to get out – until something actually breaks. 

For me, it was the sensation of being overwhelmed by life. Even though I’d turned off most notifications, the constant WhatsApp messages, the regular flipping between social media accounts to check for engagement from others, the mental distraction of what was going on online while trying to be physically present offline, the regularly ruminating about the previous or next post and what needed to be written…. There was enough going on in the real world without the online world layering all its messages on top. I know what my tech boundaries are. But I’d let them slip. Again. For too long.

Although research has shown that taking a 1-month hiatus from social media doesn’t actually work in the medium term – in the same way as doing a ‘dry January’ doesn’t change your overall drinking habits, I knew I had to do a hard break from the online world. In a confession to a good friend, I was told ‘Psychologist, heal yourself’. They were right, if I was going to be genuine in my ability to help others with social media, online addictions and gadget obsessions, I couldn’t be up to my eyeballs in the mire myself. Fighting in the ditches with clients is not the same as being overwhelmed by the sinking social media I’d found myself in. 

So, I took the decision to break up with social media and the world of blogging. It was originally only meant to be a few weeks, but those few weeks quickly turned into a few months, which eventually turned into 6 months. And that’s when I noticed things had changed. I found myself being able to focus again. Reading physical books became enjoyable. Giving myself the space to be ‘bored’, i.e. not looking at my phone every time I was in a queue or in between tasks had shifted me back to myself again. Neurological research has shown that when we are not distracting ourselves with gadgets and allow our minds to wander, a midsection of our brain kicks into gear. The researchers called this the ‘idling brain’ and referred to by Bessel van der Kolk in his book ‘The body keeps the score’ as the Mohawk region of the brain. This part of the brain is what lights up when we are self-reflecting. So, if we are constantly distracting ourselves with gadgets, we don’t give ourselves the opportunity to self-reflect. And it seems that this has an impact on anxiety levels and self-image. Which, kinda makes logical sense. 

And what we do every day changes the structure of our brains. As the saying goes ‘neurons that fire together, wire together’. There are some interesting studies on this, from the classic psychology research of the larger hippocampus (the region of the brain involved in spatial memory) found in taxi drivers and a more recent study done in China with restaurant workers who have a greater ability to use their working memory due to constantly memorising orders and the customers who made them (https://www.bps.org.uk/research-digest/your-job-can-shape-your-cognitive-abilities).

I know that I am fortunate to be able to take a time-out from social media – with limited negative impact on my work. Not everyone has that luxury. But I would suggest that we all need to semi-regularly take our relationship with gadgets, gaming (or any other form of internet use) to ‘couples counselling’ and ascertain the mental and physical health of our relationship on our own mental well-being. 

In doing so, we need to actively decide how we are going to move forward with our gadget use. Even if things stay the same, it becomes our individual choice to do so, meaning we feel slightly more in control (as it was our choice after all) of the gadgets we use every day. We each have our individual abilities to let go, change things up and put boundaries in place. 

Regarding my future relationship with social media and blogging, social media and I are back together again. But, with conditions. I’ve put a 3-monthly reminder in my diary to do a ‘tech-check’ and make sure I’m the one in control of my gadget use, not the other way around. Having an obsessive relationship with gadgets was never my intention. I feel like I’ve now got the control in the relationship, and I fully intend to keep it that way. 

Divergent Mind Article Header

Divergent Mind – Jenara Nerenberg

Humans tend to categorise and group others according to specific physical, behavioural and mental states or characteristics.

We do this because we need shortcuts to minimise excessive energy consumption. Getting to know someone on an individual basis takes time, effort and energy. So, if we can quickly classify someone, we can group them according to our biases and constructed categories, so we can quickly either reject, accept, embrace or alienate others.

‘Judging a book by its cover’ is part of this natural default.

So, categorising and pathologising a certain type of behaviour and psychological or neurological condition is a quick way to understand and behave towards another. 

But, even boxes have nuances and not all boxes are created equal.

Culturally, we have expressed and embraced certain historical biases and narratives of people, mostly based on medical/psychological categories based on ‘common’ symptoms that align with the diagnostic criteria and descriptions.

The current mental health criteria (especially according to the Diagnostic Statistical Manual – DSM) used can be really helpful for some to identify the cause or reason for their way of thinking, their behaviour or the way their mind or emotions work.

But, it can also be a label that is used to judge both others and self

This label can also be used as an excuse for a specific behavioural pattern, to either justify or defend against unhealthy ways of being. 

This book helps to unpick some of these cultural and self-limiting biases. Looking at the historical and contemporary perspective of neuro-divergent ways of thinking and being can create a new narrative and thinking pattern to empower individuals to embrace and treasure their abilities as valuable assets or even super-powers.

If you fall into the category of ‘neuro-divergent’, Jenara Nerenberg helps to explain different forms of neuro-divergence that can co-exist or present in different ways for different individuals.

Working through the book can help you understand more about how and why you think, act and respond to what you do.

This book can help both those with neuro-divergent abilities and those who love and care for them, to be more understanding, forgiving and adaptive to specific needs – in a way that can enhance, empower and maximise a life well lived. 

This video (which will take you through to YouTube) is an introduction to the first Neurodiversity Project conference.  

Search on YouTube for other videos and interviews that Jenara has conducted on neuro-diversity

About Jenara Nerenberg

Jenara is the founder of The Nerovidersity Project

As a renowned journalist and author who discovered that she was neuro-divergent as an adult. This book is an extension of the research and interviews that she has conducted in her search for her own answers. 

Carolyn-Freeman-200-x-200-pt

Carolyn Freeman – Adult Problematic Digital Technology Use

Problematic technology use amongst adults

Connect:

Email her directly at:

carolyn@cybercolgy.com

Main CyberPsychology Expertise:

Problematic Adult Behaviour 

  • Online Addiction (incl. Social Media Use)
  • Internet Gaming 
  • Work-Home Boundary Blurring

Underlying Causes and Drivers

  • Adult ADHD/ADD
  • Stress and anxiety
  • Life Coping Mechanisms

Research Articles

Dr Beth Bell

Dr Beth T. Bell – Mental Health and Education in the Digital Age

Lecturer in Mental Health and Wellbeing in Education

University of York

Connect:

Email her directly at: 

beth.bell@york.ac.uk

Follow:
Main CyberPsychology Expertise:

Mental Health and Education in the Digital Age

Consultant Expertise:
  • Dr Bell’s research expertise lies in youth wellbeing and mental health in the digital age.
  • More specifically, she adopts a mixed-methods interdisciplinary approach to understanding the risks and opportunities afforded by digital media and technologies in relation to youth wellbeing and mental health.
  • A second strand of her research involves the co-design, development and evaluation of psychological interventions delivered in educational and technological settings.
Media Articles
The dark side of Strava: What happens when users lose control

Applications can have unintended consequences that reach beyond what they were originally created for. 

In this article Dr Bell contributes to a discussion on the downsides of applications like Strava, saying that using these apps can make ‘these people feel demotivated and stops them from engaging in physical activity.’

Or download a PDF of the article from the media website page.

Dr Linda Kaye 2

Dr Linda K Kaye – Social Inclusion and Wellbeing

Reader in Psychology

@ Edge Hill University, United Kingdom

Connect:

Email her directly at: Linda.kaye@edgehill.ac.uk

Main CyberPsychology Expertise:

How we can use online settings to promote social inclusion and well-being

Other Specialisations:

How “social” is social media?

How social media relates to well-being.

Are emoji emotional?

Consultant Expertise:

Also known as ‘The Cyber Doctor’, Dr Kaye is available as a consultant to industry and a speaker. 

Find out more about her on her website The Cyber Doctor.

Books Published
Issues and Debates in CyberPsychology

Released in January 2022

You can read a sample of the book, including the introduction and the beginning of Chapter 2. 

This comprehensive and accessibly written book brings together in one place for the first time the wealth of debates within cyberpsychology. What is the difference between screen time and screen use, and why has one been pathologised while the other has not? Is social media really bad for well-being?

This book considers these issues and more, in depth, with clear, informed resolutions and conclusions no longer being mediated by jargon-filled articles or misrepresentative media headlines. 

In this video, Dr Kaye introduces her book.

You can watch the remainder of her chapter videos directly on her website page

Book Chapters - written as a contributor

You can find a list of book chapters that Dr Kaye has contributed to or published here.

Media Articles
Maintaining connections during remote or hybrid working

In socially distanced times, connected games emerge as key social spaces

In this article Dr Kaye showcases how Digital games can help people stay connected when not physically together.

Or download a PDF of the article from the media website page.

Move over zoom – voice memos are the real way to stay in touch

This article covers how voice memos and voice notes can support the feeling of being connected. 

Or download a PDF of the article from the media website page.

The Zoom Boom: how video-calling became a blessing – and a curse

This article is about the role of video calls / conferencing – including the benefits and the drawbacks for employees.

Or download a PDF of the article from the media website page.

The Real Social Benefits of Video Games

This article highlights key social benefits of Massively Multiplayer Online (MMO) gaming.

Or download a PDF of the article from the media website page.

Understanding employee well-being during remote or distributed working

Why WhatsApp might actually be good for your mental health

This article talks about how WhatsApp may help support group bonds and promote good well-being.

Or download a PDF of the article from the media website page.

How to handle tech stress (and communicate effectively) while working from home

This article is on how to handle “tech stress” when working from home.

Or download a PDF of the article from the media website page.

Mindful Appy is a company that Dr Kaye partners with. They seek to understand mood from the emoji people use as a way of gauging well-being / sentiment.

Form Score is a charity that Dr Kaye partners with. She is on the Advisory Board for the development of the FormScore App. This is a mental health disclosure app for use in businesses to support workplace well-being. Business leaders can use a dashboard to gauge team well-being.

CyberSecurity during remote working

Fake Dragon’s Den Scams: Why are we falling for them? – Which?

Criminals are exploiting trusted global websites to post fake celebrity endorsements for cryptocurrency, in one of the most prolific internet scams Which? has seen. Personality profiles may be part of understanding risks of susceptibility to scams.

Or download a PDF of the article from the media website page.

How your personality could increase your fraud risk – and what to look out for

This article covers how your personality could increase your fraud risk – and what to look out for Which? speaks to a cyber psychologist to understand three popular personality types and how scammers can target them.

Or download a PDF of the article from the media website page.

Urgent need for new way to discuss business risk

This article highlights psychological insights into the cognitive biases behind susceptibility to cyber-risks is needed from new research revealing that 90% of IT decision makers claim their business would be willing to compromise on cybersecurity in favor of digital transformation, productivity, or other goals.

Or download a PDF of the article from the media website page.

Employee Security Training is Vital to Remote Success

Trend Micro commissioned Dr Linda Kaye, Cyberpsychology Academic at Edge Hill University, to profile four employee personas based on their cybersecurity behaviors: fearful, conscientious, ignorant and daredevil. Personalised cybersecurity training is useful.

Or download a PDF of the article from the media website page.

Personalised working

When the job hunts you

This article is on the potential future of jobs – specifically CyberPsychometrics: how to use online data to (more accurately) understand someone’s personality in HR/recruitment processes.

Big tech’s data gathering mission bore fruit in the advancement of psychometric assessment testing in the recruitment process. This has become widely-known as ‘auto-generated psychometric profiling’ (AGPP). We are no longer reliant on time- and resource-heavy processes of organising recruitment assessment days and having to administer and analyse psychometric tests (which we recognised were often subject to social desirability). Instead, we can understand a potential candidate’s personality via their data from ‘big tech’, which allows us a much more efficient and accurate means of garnering their psychological profile to support the ‘matching and suitability’ process for a given job opportunity

Or download a PDF of the article from the media website page.

Talks, Conferences and Podcasts
What your emoji says about you (22 Nov 2017)

Why do we use emoji? What do other people think about us when we use emoji? These are some of the questions this talk addresses by drawing on the research which has been done on the psychology of emoji.

Psyched To Be With You Podcast with Chris Leech (26 Sept 2021)

The fifth episode of “Psyched to be with you” the Talkshow part of Blind Psyche. All things social psychology, emojis in research, TedX talks, PR and Dr Kaye’s upcoming book! This bumper edition episode with Dr Linda Kaye!

Collection of invited talks

You can find a list of talks that Dr Kaye has presented at on her website. Each talk includes downloadable slides and links to any video or audio recordings.

Research Articles
Published Journal Articles

All of Dr Kaye’s published journal articles are listed on her website. 

Featured Articles

These are key questions people often want to know about. Each piece of research includes:

  • a link to the published paper
  • a link to the pre-print which is publicly available on OSF
  • and an audio summary.

Other Work

Digital Marketing

An area of ongoing interest to Dr Kaye is how CyberPsychology can underpin effective (digital) marketing. This may include: 

  • Social media and well-being- how different types of social media use may relate to digital marketers’ well-being; implications for workplace and workload policies surrounding social media use when part of job descriptions
  • Psychology of communication- efficacy and effectiveness of different modalities of media on audience receptivity, engagement, memory, attitudes towards target product/service, subsequent behaviour
  • Psychology of persuasion/influence- putting in practice key principles of persuasion; susceptibility, likelihood of receptivity/influence, attention and cognitive processing
  • Social psychology of social media- creating social norms online, the influence of social norms, promoting collective identity, building rapport, how language functions on social inclusion & community
John_Blythe

Dr John Blythe – Human Aspects of Cyber Security

Director of Cyber Workforce Psychology

@ Immersive Labs

Dr Blythe also holds a Honorary Research Fellowship with the Dawes Centre for Future Crime at UCL. 

Follow:
Connect:

You can connect with John via Twitter or LinkedIn.

Main CyberPsychology Expertise:

The Psychology of Cyber Security

Other Specialisations

Behaviour Change

Consultant Expertise:
  • He has worked across industry, government and academia.
  • Has previously worked as a Behavioural Scientist Lead at the Department for Digital, Culture, Media & Sport working on cybersecurity policy
  • Is a committee member of the CyberPsychology section of the BPS
  • Is an Expert Fellow of SPRITE+ Hub https://spritehub.org/
Videos and Podcasts
Human aspect of cybersecurity in organisations (July 2020)

The interview covers:

  • John’s background and his journey into working in cyber security.
  • The increased focus on the human aspect of cyber security in the past 10 years
  • The implications of punishment in organisations
  • Personalisation of behaviour change interventions encouraging security behaviours
  • How do we encourage people to care about what happens to their data.
The Internet of Things and Consumer (15 Aug 2018)

John was interviewed by the American Psychological Association about cyberpsychology and the Internet of Things. He covers:

  • Why crime harvest is likely to occur with smart home tech
  • Why regulation and other interventions are needed to address security issues
  • How best to support consumers buying smart products

You can read the White Papers associated with this webinar here and here

Workplace Technology Research
2021

Remote Working Pre- and Post-COVID-19: An Analysis of New Threats and Risks to Security and Privacy

This paper explores the impact of COVID-19 on the security risks of remote working.

2020

Phishing Your Staff: A Double-Edged Sword?

Naming and shaming. Taking away IT assets. Compulsory training. Lots of companies are doing it, but should they? This paper explores the impact of punishment on staff wellbeing and productivity.

2019

Human Cyber Risk Management by Security Awareness Professionals: Carrots or Sticks to Drive Behaviour Change?

Organisations employ “carrots” (rewards) and “sticks” (sanctions) to reduce risky behaviour. The findings revealed that organisations use a variety of rewards and sanctions within their campaigns, with sanctions being used across 90% of the organisations. Our findings suggest the need for a greater consideration of the human element of cyber security.

2018

Costly but effective: Comparing the factors that influence employee anti-malware behaviours.

We test what influences staff security behaviour and find that focussing on helping people to cope with security threats is more effective than scaring them.

Other Technology Research

2020

The impact of IoT security labelling on consumer product choice and willingness to pay

We test how different types of product labelling affect consumer choice and security decisions.

October 2019

A systematic review of crime facilitated by the consumer Internet of Things

This review suggests that the consumer IoT presents substantial new opportunities for offending and intervention is needed now to prevent an IoT crime harvest.

2017

The role of trust in eHealth websites: The enduring power of impartiality

We explore how people trust health websites and find that impartiality is a stable factor that influences whether people trust information online and then act upon it.

Jing-Reilly-300x300

Jing Reilly – Marketing

CyberPsychology & Marketing Consulting

Main CyberPsychology Expertise:

Psychology of:

  • Digital Marketing
  • Social Media
  • Content Marketing
  • Online Branding
Consultant Expertise:

B2B marketer with over a decade of experience working for international high-tech companies including Facebook and IBM.

Research Articles
Hybrid working and Realm based Transition Time

When hybrid working blurs the boundaries between work and life realms

It is well understood that we exhibit different personas for different life roles. Each role we occupy requires differing personalities to manage, different expectations, different demands and different puzzles to solve.

The traditional transition time between home and work (and back again) gave us the time and mental space to subconsciously shift ourselves between these two life realms & personas. It was also used to think through the obstacles, tasks and responsibilities that needed dealing with, giving time and space to think through possible solutions. 

Working from home limits that ability. A number of workers are also using that commute time to start work earlier and finish later. Rather than the perception that working longer hours makes a person more productive, research shows that doing so makes no to little difference from a daily productivity perspective.

Working longer hours, just makes us more tired and less productive. It therefore just means we take longer to get things done and reduce our overall work-life balance.

Additionally, the removal of the reflection and thinking time in the day reduces the ability for problem-solving and perspective-taking.

Hints and Tips:

If you are not commuting to work, rather than sit down at your desk and start working around the same time you would otherwise have left for the office. Use the time to do a ‘mock transition’ between your home and work responsibilities. 

Try doing the same activity you would have done if you were driving, bussing, walking or cycling to work. e.g.

  • go for a walk around the block
  • sit in a comfy chair and read a book or listen to music
  • engage in a hobby

Your brain and subconscious require time to transition between one life realm and another. It also needs downtime and creative/divergent thinking time. Creative thinking can only happen when you stop thinking analytically. That is why we have the best ideas when we are not thinking about the problem at hand and doing something else less mentally taxing like going for a walk, taking a shower, cooking dinner etc. 

Metaverse

Can Meta Save Itself?

Opinion Piece (Updated 8 Nov 22)

Meta (principally led by MZ) has been making a lot of noise this past year around what they are planning for their Metaverse creation. We touched on a recent interview with Joe Rogan and summarised a few of their plans early in September. However, the question that is currently being bandied about is whether or not MZ has been spending too much time with his tech contemporaries and potentially losing touch with the general public? 

The BBC published an article highlighting the downward spiral of Meta’s shares since February, and its first quarterly revenue decline in July – with no new users being added in the US and Europe. Similarly, The Spectator showcased how failings in both tactical and strategic moves have chipped away at users and investors confidence in the company and their ability to innovate. MZ has shifted his focus away from the daily running of the company and seemingly putting all his energy into building the Meta version of the Metaverse. All this shifting is potentially resulting in a loss of core business focus and ultimately leading to a downsizing of business costs through large-scale staff layoffs, as reported in the Wall Street Journal on 6th Nov 22. The WSJ interviews (see the top of the WSJ article) with a few tech founders seems to indicate that they view the metaverse as a gaming platform that is unlikely to enter into the realm of the general public or business world. They believe the money MZ is investing in his version of the metaverse build is akin to the expenses one would pour into a ‘pet project’ and not a great business decision.

Every company has a lifecycle, and unless they are able to innovate regularly, and in the right areas, a company will either gradually (or very swiftly) find themselves on a rather sticky wicket. Although there are many potential benefits to the metaverse for businesses – it often takes a more ubiquitous use of new technology on a personal level, before it starts to infiltrate the professional realm. 

Is Meta investing too much focus and resources in metaverse technology? There is always risk in developing new technology, and much hype has already been generated by this new potential as having a high future return on investments. Is the metaverse something that will enhance consumers lives to the degree that they will buy into it? Or, are consumers starting to see some of the negative mental health consequences of too little time spent face-to-face with others and too much time with virtual others – and potentially, therefore pulling back on past and current levels of tech use? 

You can read a PDF of the articles by clicking on these links to the BBC article PDF or Spectator article PDF.

JR & MZ

MZ and Meta’s vision for their Metaverse creation

There is a lot of speculation about what ‘the Metaverse’ will be. Although we have some idea of what it may look like, there are some variations on the theme based on the vision of the developing tech giant. 

For Meta, this metaverse future ideal is controlled via MZ, who recently revealed his vision for the future of the human-digital-connection. 

Joe Rogan recently interviewed Mark Zuckerberg on his vision for the Metaverse. You can watch this interview at the Daily Motion here

The Times ran a great summary of this interview of MZ’s vision in a recent write-up of the interview*. This includes: 

  • launching a new VR headset – increasing non-verbal avatar expressions and feelings of ‘presence’ with others in VR
  • a future that includes AR glasses where people interact with the physical world via digital overlays
  • normalising holograms that can be beamed into a geographically distant office 
  • more realistic avatars
  • directly competing with passive TV ‘screen time’ allowing people to actively virtually socialise with others

Although there are a lot of upsides to hologram (Star Wars-like) usage. There are some potential downsides that need to be considered. These could be (but are not limited to):

  • personal and company security
  • potential issues around hologram based cyberbullying or cyberstalking
  • the ability to harvest real-life data

The potential of the metaverse is both interesting and intimidating. The race is on for big tech companies to be the first to develop this future. 

* if you can’t access the original interview, you can read a PDF of the article here

You can also view an explanation of MZ’s view of the Metaverse as well as an interview with him and Tim Ferriss.

Issues and Debates Article Header

Issues and Debates in CyberPsychology – Dr Linda Kaye

Released in January 2022, Issues and Debates in CyberPsychology takes a look at the current debates in CyberPsychology from an academic perspective. In her book, Dr Kaye gives a thorough overview of the concepts and discusses the current narratives around CyberPsychology. 

If you are new to CyberPsychology, or thinking about the discipline as a career choice, this book is more than a must-have for your bookshelf, it is a must-read as a great entry-point into a deeper understanding.

You can download a sample of the book that includes the introduction and the first few pages of Chapter 2. You can also watch Dr Kaye introduce her book in this quick YouTube video. 

Watch the remainder of her chapter videos directly on her website page

You can also watch a video of a recent interview Dr Kaye did with Chris from ‘Psyched’ talking about her new book.

About Linda Kaye:

Dr Linda Kaye specialises in gaming and online behaviour. She is a founding member of the British Psychology Society CyberPsychology Section. She is also a TEDx Speaker and Educator.

You can watch her TEDx talk on ‘What Your Emoji Says About You’ within her expert profile and you can follow her on Twitter.

Google's Triple Threat

Search and select – big tech nudges

In July 2019, Robert Epstein (PhD) testified before congress in relation to research he has been conducting since 2012 on Google – specifically on their power to suppress content, and manipulate thoughts and behaviour of those who use the search engine.

This PDF is an updated and expanded version of his testimonial, where he lays out the results of his research and suggestions not to disband the search engine or to make it a public entity, but rather to ‘encourage’ the tech giant to share its index with other entities (i.e. or it to become a public commons) while still retaining ownership and control thereof. Google already does this, to some degree, but Dr Epstein argues that making it available to all will encourage greater competition without weakening the infrastructure of the work already done. 

A previously released article from Bloomberg Businessweek (from page 37 of the PDF) provides a shorter summary of his arguments.

Although a lot of the research is around the search Engines ability to influence USA elections, a few highlights of his main points are worth noting:

  • ‘The rise of the internet has given these companies unprecedented power to control public policy, to swing elections, to brainwash our children, to censor content, to track our every move, to tear societies apart, to alter the human mind, and even to reengineer humanity’ – to reiterate this point, he links to a 2018 The Verge article on a leaked 2016 Google video to top execs highlighting their desire to resequence human behaviour to better align with Google’s values. 
  • ‘Google’s corporate culture revolves around the idea that we’re here to create a better world, where “better” is defined by the prevailing company values. If you doubt that, check out the leaked PowerPoint presentation, “The Good Censor“… the algorithms determine what more than three billion people around the world can or cannot see.’
  • ‘If you have been using the internet for a decade or more, Google has collected an equivalent of about 3 million pages of inormation about you…Google services are not free. We pay for them with our freedom’
  • An existing body of research suggests that these new, often invisible, ways of changing people’s thinking and behaviour are likely to have a much bigger impact on children than on adults. And who is more attached to new tech devices than anyone else? Our children, who are often unattended when they are immersed in social media or playing games or communicating with other people on their computers or mobile devices? 
  • ‘In January 1961, President Dwight D. Eisenhower warned about the possible rise of a “technological elite” that could control public policy without people’s awareness…The elite now exists and they have more power than you think. Democracy as originally conceived cannot survive Big Tech as currently empowered. It is up to our leaders – and to every one of us as individuals – to determine where we go from there. 
Home-Office-Boundaries

The advantage of creating bespoke boundary-blurring strategies

'From Work to Life and Back Again: Examining the Digitally-Mediated Work/Life Practices of a Group of Knowledge Workers'.

Extracts and summary of the research by: Luigina Ciolfi & Eleanor Lockley (2018)

Key quotes from the research:

  • ‘[those in] knowledge-intensive roles devise strategies for handling work and non-work in light of a set of interconnected forces’ 
  • ‘Boundary dissolving and work-life blurring, and not just boundary setting and ‘balancing’, are essential resources within [boundary management] strategies’
  • ‘Boundary sculpting pertains not only to work pervading personal spheres of life, but also the opposite, and that establishing, softening and dissolving boundaries are practised to handle situations when the personal seeps into professional life’
  • ‘Establishing, softening and dissolving boundaries are practised to handle situations when the personal seeps into professional life’ 

Summary of the research:

The boundaries that we set, dissolve, blur and manage between work, home and play are how office workers juggle and deal with, the changing demands of both professional and personal tasks. Every worker has a boundary strategy that is unique to them and entirely dependent on personal preferences, individual circumstances, working styles, the expectations of others and specific work culture.

Home and hobbies can be time and labour-intensive, and require as much professional management as paid work. Home life can be as intrusive of work as work can be of home life. Boundaries that are set in one direction are independent to the boundaries set in the reverse direction.

The setting of boundaries is not limited to geographic location, time of day, technology ownership or application used, but can also include mindset, identities, ambitions, social practices and cognitive practices.

There is a continuum of boundary-setting strategies from ‘segmentation’ to ‘integration’ of work and home life. Everyone has a different interpretation of what the words and resulting actions mean to them.

Boundary strategies can either be a resource or a constraint. They can change and be adapted depending on life stage and lifestyle adjustments. Although a life stage is not a precursor that dictates the type of strategy we implement e.g. working parents can either be strong segmenters, or strong integrators as can single people, young or more mature workers.

Those whose work is closely tied to their core life passions view additional reading and work-type tasks as professional development or self-improvement. In contrast, others (a portion of whom may regard work as a means to an end) view having to engage in work-related tasks during personal time as eating into their recovery time or as unpaid work and time away from their family or hobbies.

Digital technology is a mediator of both boundary setting and blurring.

For some, being able to check emails and messages after hours can be a ‘lifeline’ to manage their workload – giving them a sense of control or to ‘signal availability’ when away from the office.

For others, access to emails outside of working hours is an interference. They use various tactics to fence off work from private time. These can range from:

  • technology-based solutions – such as leaving laptops and mobiles in a car boot overnight or setting out-of-office messages – to
  • person-based solutions – such as informing others of availability patterns and when to expect a response.

Reflection on the research:

The researchers specifically qualify that they ‘do not buy into the myth of the mobile worker who can seamlessly handle demands through flexible work arrangements and ubiquitous technology’ and ‘self-regulation is a crucial component for knowledge-intensive flexible work’. This is an important consideration in the remote and hybrid work environment. Although many take on a remote/hybrid or flexible working pattern, the expectation can be that it is as easy to maintain focus and productivity in the same way as being in the office does. Spending time with others in a similar activity is a key motivator to keep going and needs less self-regulation than sitting alone in a quiet space. Remote/hybrid and flexible workers will need different strategies and develop purposeful working patterns and tools/strategies to keep them motivated and focused away from the office.

What also seems to come through in this research is the notion that the setting and dissolving of boundaries between work and home life is something that workers need to proactively sculpt, manage and adjust according to life circumstances and demands.

The researchers also view ‘boundary sculpting [to] relate to spaces/locations (being at the office, or travelling, or at home), time (times of the day or days of the week), tasks (certain tasks are acted upon, others are not) or social circles/other people’. The creation of work-home-play boundaries is not limited to just whether or not we are looking at our work emails and messages during non-work time, but rather that both active and passive engagement in work during private time is a form of boundary setting.

Some acronyms used in the research document: 

  • CSCW: Computer-Supported Cooperative Work
  • HCI: Human-Computer Interaction
Tech Habits at Home

How do your tech habits compare to the average UK person?

When I first tell people what I do, they seem to have an interesting need to launch into a series of guilt-like confessions about their technology use, probably because we all feel some level of guilt over the amount of time we spend in front of our screens – because, somehow, we know doing so has changed and affected us. 

So, to get you to think about a few ways you use technology, here are a few questions for you to answer and compare with the average UK user. 

80% of people report having their mobile phone with them for all by 2 hours of the working day.

Most of us tend to check our phones just before we go to sleep at night and again first thing in the morning – even before going to the toilet.

On average, we check our phones around 100 times a day (you can double this number for 16 – 24-year-olds)). That is equal to about every 10 mins. This has increased by 20% since the beginning of Lockdown 1.

Most people leave notifications on and check them within 30 secs of receipt – regardless of the source.

People use the internet for an average of 4h 25m every day.

We spend around 2h 25m on social media, on average, every day.

That is more time than what we spend eating and drinking. 

Stolen Focus Article Header

Stolen Focus – Johann Hari

Johann Hari’s book is a summary of three years of research and interviewing specialists in a number of academic areas. The mission of his book is to investigate how technology is changing our ability to focus and pay attention.

Over the course of three years Johann Hari interviews a number of ‘experts’ in various disciplines, in an attempt to understand why and how our attention and focus have been ‘stolen’. 

The book provides extensive insights into what is happening to our attention and focus and worth a read if you want to gain some understanding of how technology is changing our brain structures and how we interact with the world around us.

His book begins with the trigger for why he started down the path of investigating why and how our focus has been stolen by technology. 

The research, and content of his book, investigate both sides of the coin, namely factors that have impacted our ability to resist the onslaught of technology and how tech giants are using technology to manipulate and use our attention for their own ends. 

Although he does often suggest that his interviewees are e.g. ‘arguably the world’s leading expert’ or ‘one of the leading experts in the world’, it is important to note that there are a number of experts in each of these academic and scientific areas who may be just as knowledgeable than those he has interviewed. 

The insights from the experts that Johann Hari brings into the public domain do give us a much clearer understanding of how technology is changing the way we work, play and live. The warnings are useful to note and consider when making decisions around technology use. The solutions he suggests, however, seem a little simplistic and do not seem to address the underlying issues e.g. locking your phone in a safe with a timer seems more like a ‘bandaid solution’ than a potential tool that can be used to change overall behaviour.  

Below are a number of interviews and talks that Johann Hari has given about his book ‘Stolen Focus’. A large portion of what he talks about in his book are covered in these interviews. 

You can find out more about his book Stolen Focus including some additional notes and snippets to his interviews on the Stolen Focus website

About Johann Hari:

Johann Hari is a journalist and author. You can read more about him on his official website

His book Stolen Focus is one of four that he has authored. 

Sociology Review 2019 WFB Mgt

Differing forms of work-family boundary management

'Technology, Work, and Family: Digital Cultural Capital and Boundary Management'.

Extracts and a summary of research byAriane Ollier-Malaterre, Jerry A. Jacobs, and Nancy P. Rothbard (2019) – (based in Canada and the USA) who set out to develop a framework for how technology, work and family intersect, especially regarding how tech is changing the boundaries between work, home and play. Although this is a 2019 Annual Review of Sociology, conducted prior to the shift towards greater degrees of hybrid work, the principles of the theories remain unchanged.

Key quotes from the research:

  • ‘…boundaries between work and family are permeable … events from one domain affect the other… it is the permeability of these boundaries that makes boundary management such a key skill, enabling people to balance work and family life.’
  • ‘… technologies directly influence how people experience work and family life by further increasing the porousness of the temporal, spatial and relational boundaries between work and family roles and identities. This porousness in turn makes the management of connectivity, online self-preservation, and privacy more challenging and calls for more elaborate technology management.’
  • ‘technology management: work performed to gain control over technology and its associated social norms in order to align one’s use of technology and one’s values and goals.’ 

Summary of the research: 

The boundaries that we create between work and home can be compared to a ‘mental fence’ that divides two differing life roles. Like any physical geographic boundary, this fence can have varying degrees of permeability and cross-over-ability.

However, we only have a small amount of control over this mental fence that we create. Company norms, team expectations, or our own internal mental processes may scupper our ability to manage these mental fences. 

Boundary Types

There are not just 1, but rather 3 types of boundary fences that we need to consider: temporal, spatial and relational. 

  • Temporal boundaries are time-based and exist whether we work in a flexible or a more structured role. Conducting work outside of the times we have set aside for work each day is an example of the blurring of this boundary. There is some debate as to the impacts versus payoffs of a constant state of connectivity with work via technology (mainly through mobile phones). The downsides including overwork, productivity levels and work-family conflict are weighed up against the upsides such as greater ambition and work involvement.
  • Spatial boundaries are our ability to separate the places where we engage in work and home activities. With better connectivity and the ability to work from home, these boundaries have become a lot more porous. Even carrying a mobile phone with you after work hours, that instantly connects you to work email, is an example of expanding work into nonwork time and infringing on both temporal and spatial boundaries.
  • Relational boundaries refer to a person’s choice of whether to build friendships with work colleagues or keep these relationships strictly professional. This includes linking up with work people on social media sites – depending on the level of personal or professional self that is revealed on each platform. 

The increasing porousness of each of these boundaries requires greater levels of awareness, motivation and active management to navigate and curate multiple identities and life roles.

This constant management of online identities is referred to as ‘digital cultural capital’, which requires technical skill and is both time and effort-intensive. It also requires awareness of the impact of self-information disclosure on both personal relationships and professional reputation. 

Connectivity Decisions

The first challenge in managing digital cultural capital is connectivity decisions. Although some groups have little control over their connectivity decisions – often due to company cultural norms and expectations – most people have some control over their digital connectivity, which allows them to feel some element of digital control (rather than being controlled by their devices).

Some of the strategies that are used to manage connectivity are: keeping the phone out of easy reach or sight, managing notifications per app, decisions on how to be notified and when to check, and respond to, notifications. Some people leave work phones at work, in the boot of their car or turn them off when arriving home.

Online Self-preservation

The second challenge is online self-preservation management – i.e. monitoring how one appears in cyberspace – and includes both what is posted about yourself as well as what others post about you (with or without your permission). It requires constant surveillance and work to present a unified online presence, and has the potential to be perilous.

Whatever the online strategy used to manage an online profile, it requires everyday awareness, effort, skill and decision-making to consider the online content audience, as well as personal and professional impact.

Privacy Management

The third challenge is around privacy management. Technology amplifies the placement and blurring of boundaries between private and social life. There is debate amongst academics and lawyers as to whether online content is private or public and many questions are arising around privacy, visibility and surveillance.

Efforts by individuals to safeguard their personal information is a form of technology management and also require extensive energy and effort. 

Connectivity Management

Perspectives on connectivity vary across social groups.

Higher-income bracket individuals tend to limit their connectivity. They also attempt to transfer their digital cultural capital values and perspectives onto their children – encouraging a more active social life offline and spending time discussing digital deviant behaviour such as cyberbullying, risky behaviour such as compromising photo disclosure, and the need to switch off.

They tend to spend more time monitoring their children’s media use, helping them develop good digital habits and working on their privacy settings.

Locus of Control and CyberSecurity

What role does job control play in adherence to Cyber Security?

'Exploring the Role of Work Identity and Work Locus of Control in Information Security Awareness'.

Extracts and summary of the research by: Dr Lee Hadlington, Dr Masa Popovac, Prof. Helge Janicke, Dr Iryna Yevseyeva, Dr Kevin Jones (2019)

In her summary of the work, Dr Popovac describes the research as exploring ‘the adherence to organisational information security and the role of work-related and individual factors such as individuals’ perceived control within the workplace, their commitment to current work identity, and the extent to which they are reconsidering commitment to work.’

Key quotes from the research:

  • ‘Cyber security is not just about technology. Almost all successful cyber attaches have a contributing human factor’ (a direct extract from the UK National Cybersecurity Strategy 2016-2021 p. 38)
  • ‘for the most part, technology cannot be the only solution to issues related to organisational cybersecurity…employee[s] (the human factor), can present a paradoxical element into the fight’
  • ‘On the one hand, employees can be a critical asset in the fight against cybersecurity breaches, and can act to deny malicious attempts to access sensitive company data. On the other hand, employees can be the ‘weakest link’…in the cybersecurity system; they are not logical, prone to misunderstanding and confusion, act on impulse and want to get their jobs done’

Summary of the research: 

This research focuses on what factors, outside of personality type, play into employee engagement in cyber security engagement in the workplace. The main aim of the research was to understand:

  • to what extent the ability to control job function has in the taking of responsibility for cyber security
  • if the identification with the workplace plays any role in improving cyber security amongst workers

The researchers point out that:

  • there is a difference between knowledge of the company’s information security policies and the ability of the employee to understand them.
  • there is also a potential gap in how individual attitudes and behaviour aligns with these policies. 

Previous research done in the area of cyber security has found that those more likely to be cyber-security conscious were: 

In contrast, those who engage in cyberloafing (engaging in non-work tech use during working hours) or have higher levels of internet addiction were less likely to be cyber-security conscious. The assumption was that these workers believed the higher levels of company security mitigated online risk when accessing specific materials and activities. Another assumption is that those who have little regard for the company they work for, or who feel they have limited control over their job, are also more likely to have a lower interest in adhering to internet security protocols.

Employees who have a higher internal locus of control are more likely to have lower stress levels, feel more in control of their work and have greater job satisfaction. Those who are higher in external locus of control feel they have little control over work, higher levels of stress and lower job/company commitment – therefore more likely to engage in counter-productive work behaviours, often to rekindle a sense of self-control over their work or potentially as an active attempt to harm the company.  

Those who feel less committed to their work may be less prone or may not see the value in engaging in cyber security behaviour.

The findings of the research are: 

  • Those with a higher internal locus of control are more likely to see their actions as a way to protect both themselves and the company from cyber attacks
  • Workers with a higher external locus of control perceive themselves to have a minimal amount of control over their work and workplace, assumed that both they and the company were vulnerable to attacks whatever action they did or didn’t take, so saw little value in following processes relating to information security.  
  • Those who have a strong work identity, and experience a sense of belonging in their workplace, are more adherent to cyber security policies
  • In contrast, those with a lower level of work identity and/or looking for a new role are less compliant. 
  • Being older and being female were also found to be more likely to engage in higher levels of information security compliance – confirming previous research. 
  • Those who have a clear understanding of the formal company rules around information security are more likely to follow them. 

Definitions: 

Locus of control: ‘an individual’s expectancy related to how rewards or aspects of life outcomes are controlled on the basis of the actions of the individual (internally) or as a result of forces outside the control of the individual (externality)’.

Organisational commitment: ‘the level of attachment an employee has with their workplace’.

Work identity: ‘the strength of an individual’s identification with their work, and not directly their workplace or organisation’.

This is not an open-source document and will need purchasing to read the full original article.

9. Breaking up with social media

Breaking up with social media

In a recent Telegraph article, the claim was made that ‘many are choosing to walk away altogether’ from social media. Breaking away from social platforms being compared directly to the all-consuming nature of a relationship. 

Individuals, celebrities, sports personalities and even businesses (such as Lush) seem to be ditching social media and finding alternative ways to engage with others. Some, such as Cal Newport (associate professor of computer science at Georgetown University), has famously never set up a social media account and still achieved substantial recognition. He is a strong advocate of a less distracted lifestyle – both for home and work. You can read more about his philosophy and work here. 

Anecdotally, we know that social media can be a time-waster and can keep us for a lot longer than we originally intended. In his book ‘Hooked’, Nir Eyal takes us through how social media tech giants design apps and social media to keep us hooked, and how they make their money.

We also know that our attention and focus are being undermined through social media scrolling. We all enjoy being entertained and TikTok videos and being nosy about what others are up to is a great distraction from other, more difficult, activities. Johann Hari, in his book ‘Stolen Focus’, highlights how our attention and focus have been undermined by some technology use. 

But, what are the advantages of using Social Media? We do need to maintain a balanced perspective of these platforms while understanding the lurking ‘dangers’ they may lure us into. Like any other potentially addictive substance or activity, technology and the apps that they support are not in and of themselves bad. It’s what we do with them and how we use them that determines their overall impact on our daily lives.

Some of the advantages of social media are:

  • It helps us be connected with others who are geographically disconnected from us
  • Conversations and connections can be seamless between offline and online engagement
  • Scrolling through our own feed reminds us of the good things in our lives – friends, family, days/nights out, holidays, pets, etc – which has shown to boost our overall mood and self-esteem
  • For some, experimenting with different personal styles and outlooks can help to shape an individual identity without too much social retribution
  • For some, finding others with similar interests and hobbies can be a great way to build their skills and knowledge – especially when it is quite specialist
  • For those who aren’t able to leave their homes, it can become a connection to the outside world

Viewing social media in the same way we engage with anything else that may have potential addictive qualities may be a bit more of a helpful approach to social media use. 

For some, social media can become very addictive, for others it’s a great tool to build friendships or a business, for others it’s become a real burden.

If you are struggling with ways to unshackle yourself from social media use. There are a few things you can do:

  • Keep social media scrolling to set times each day & set an alarm to alert you to when you need to stop
  • Try switching off your phone and leaving it in a draw or bag for an evening and/or one day a week
  • You could try putting your wifi on a timer, so it switches off at a specific time each night
  • Remove social media apps entirely from your phone
  • You could always just completely delete the social media profiles that you find are either too distracting or not being used. 

Whatever you decide to do with your social media profiles, do it intentionally. Just accepting whatever the tech giants hand over to you is for their benefit, rather than yours. 

‘If you don’t pay for the product, you are the product’. 

If you are unable to access the original Telegraph article, for reference, you can view a PDF of that article here

changing expectations

Changing social engagements and expectations

Most people get a little frustrated when someone checks their phone in the middle of a conversation. But, most of us do it… on a regular basis.

It never used to be socially acceptable to pick something up and start reading it while talking to another. Not many people would pick up a newspaper or a book and start reading it in the middle of a conversation. Yet, we regularly do this with our mobile. It’s become normal.

As a society, we’ve slipped seamlessly into some previously unacceptable social habits with our tech and media usage – especially when others are present. As individuals, workers, families and as a culture, we need to address, challenge and reshift these norms to ones that are more focussed on those physically present with us, rather than those virtually present in another part of the world. 

The interesting phenomenon we are now facing hinges on how much less time we spend building and maintaining the stronger and deeper relationships we have with physical others (which tend to be more enduring and grounding), in contrast to the time spent and reliance we are placing on the shallower and more shifting nature of online relationships. That is not to say there is no value in online relationships, but rather that our cognitive and emotional ‘presence’ has dramatically shifted over the past two decades without us really taking stock of what that means individually and collectively.  

We are doing both ourselves and others a disservice by not being fully present with others. 

A few hints and tips for work: 

  • Don’t take your phone with you into a meeting – unless you are waiting for a call, there is rarely anything so important that it can’t wait until the meeting is finished
  • Keep your phone out of sight while working – having your phone in view while working increases the chance of you randomly checking your phone for messages and notifications, causing you unnecessary distractions and attention shifts

A few hints and tips for home: 

  • Switch your work phone off when you get home
  • Don’t load work emails and work-related apps onto your personal phone
  • Set yourself hours in the day when you can say, ‘I’m no longer working’ – try to stick to it 
  • Keep your phone in your bag or pocket while out with a friend – better yet, leave it at home
  • Negotiate with your family a set of ‘house rules’ and limitations on what and when tech is used in the home
  • Education yourself and your family on why sleep is such a necessary part of current and future mental wellness (Matthew Walkers book on ‘Why We Sleep’ is a good start)
  • Try switching off all technology at least 1-2 hours before bed – giving your brain time to ‘de-escalate’ from the whirlwind that work and life can create.
  • If you can, use separate devices for home and work tasks – giving your brain the cues that you are ‘transitioning’ out of work and into home life and visa versa.

Your psychology and automated processing systems need a daily and weekly rhythm that allows you to regulate your physical, emotional and cognitive energy levels. 

A few hints and tips for managers: 

  • Negotiate digital working practices with your staff and teams.
  • Let people manage their own digital engagement levels after working hours, but make it clear that there is no expectation around communication response times after working hours
  • Set a precedent that if one person sends an email or message to a project platform after work hours, it doesn’t mean that everyone is expected to also do so.
Working after hours

Contact with work after hours is linked to family conflict, distress and sleep issues

'Are communications about work outside regular working hours associated with work-to-family conflict, psychological distress and sleep problems?'
Extracts and summary of the research by: Scott Schieman and Marisa C. Young (2013)

Key quotes from the research:

  • ‘…work contact is associated with higher levels of work-to-family conflict, distress and sleep problems.’
  • ‘…simultaneous exposure to high pressure and contact [with work after hours] heightens arousal that , in turn, poses a greater threat to one’s sense of equilibrium, energy, and mental or physical resources that either one does on its own.’
  • ‘…job pressure might exacerbate the impact of work contact…[in] that both pressure and contact – as different but interrelated demands – draw on the same limited volitional resource…’

Summary of the research: 

Those who are in constant contact with work in private time are more likely to experience conflict with the family by reducing the level of finite time and energy workers have outside of work. Increased work engagement also increases psychological stress and exacerbates sleep issues.

 There are some caveats to this: 

  • Workers who have the ability to manage their workload, such as job control (i.e. flexibility as to when they get the work done) and autonomy (i.e. when and how they get their job done) are less impacted by work contact after hours
  • Those who have more challenging roles that are require the learning of new things, include creative elements, span a variety of different tasks and get to use their skills and abilities are less likely to experience family conflict, be stressed and have sleep issues 
  • In contrast, those whose roles are overwhelming and/or highly pressured intensifies the work contact after hours and exacerbates family contact and sleep problems. 

Having a highly pressurised job or one that is overwhelming is more likely to lead to greater levels of work contact after hours, which reduces the amount of time spent with others. Even that time with family is spent in a state of stress which also reduces the amount of recovery sleep received. 

Having a more rewarding role, that allows a worker the ability to work around other life commitments, and provides a level of personal growth and feeling valued is more likely to lead to lower levels of stress and better sleep, even if the worker has regular contact with work during private hours. 

permission to be bored

Give yourself permission to be bored

Prior to the introduction of the Blackberry and Smartphone, when we stood in queues, waited for a friend at a cafe or travelled on a train, we’d spend time thinking, contemplating, reading, reflecting, planning…. MRI scans on people given tasks to complete and then given nothing to do, showed that there is a middle section of the brain that lights up when we are ‘bored’, when our brain isn’t engaged in activities like social media scrolling, gaming, reading news, doing work, analysing data, etc. *

This part of the brain is generally what is used when we are engaged in self-reflection. This is when we get to process emotions, the events of the day, the social engagements we’ve had, how these have affected us, how we’ve dealt with things, and how we intend to deal with them in the future. If we do not allow our brands this ‘wandering time’, we are unlikely to engage in these self-reflection practices. 

What is fundamental about self-reflection, is that it is an essential ingredient in helping to reduce anxiety levels. 

Another element around technology use during down-time, is that the all to familiar left – right analogy of how our brain works isn’t quite how creative thinking and analytical reasoning works. MRI imaging has shown that distinct areas of our brain (on both the right and the left side) light up when we are thinking creatively and a different areas of our brain (on both the right and the left side) light up when we are thinking analytically. 

The interesting bit here is that the creative and analytical parts of our brain do not ‘light up’ at the same time. This means that as long as we are thinking analytically (or distracting ourselves with tasks or entertainment), the creative parts of our brain are dormant. 

This is why we often get creative ideas when we are in the shower, just as we are falling asleep or just waking up – there is nothing else distracting our brain, so the analytical parts turn off, giving the creative parts the ability to switch on. 

Why is this important? When we spend all our down-time distracting ourselves by staring at a screen, we are actively engaging the analytical parts of our brain. We are effectively silencing any creative or self-reflective thinking time. Being able to see things in new ways is an essential part of business innovation and personal change.

Without that, we tend spiral into stagnation. We copy others through lack of innovation. We produce the same results as everyone else – based on the same data and same analytics. We reduce our ability to be innovative. 

So, what can we do about it? We need to actively give ourselves time  in our day without phones, without technology, without distractions and just ‘be’. Give your brain room to slow down, to stretch, to explore. Give yourself the opportunity to be self-reflective, to be creative. 

A few things you can try: 

  • Try to leave your phone behind when you go out on your own. 
  • Leave your phone in another room for the day. 
  • Don’t use your technology as a constant stream of entertainment and distraction. 
  • Give yourself a few hours before going to bed without any technology – have a pen and paper handy to write down any tasks, ideas of things to remember when they come into your head. 
  • Try to not look at your phone first thing when you wake up – give yourself at least half and hour before switching on any technology to process what you need to do for the day. 

* If you want to know more about this you can read more about Ruth Lanius’s work on the ‘default state network (DSN)’ that Bressel Van Der Kolk refers to in his book ‘The Body Keeps the Score’ (see from page 106 of the Physical Book or Chapter 6 within the Audible Book). 

Every increasing Boundary Blurring

The ever-increasing blurring of the boundary between work and home

Prior to the introduction of the Blackberry at the turn of the century, generally for many, when we left the office, our work for the day was done. We spent limited time thinking about work and focussed on doing things we found enjoyable.

The Blackberry dramatically changed that. 

Initially, having a mobile email device massively improved productivity levels and meant we could be perceived by others as responsive, dedicated and engaged employees.

Then, rapid response times quickly escalated into a workplace norm. Those who didn’t answer an email within a few hours would include a form of apology for the response delay. Little actions like these, intended as a form of placation, indirectly stated to the reader that the sender had response time expectations much shorter than what they had taken to reply. 

The escalating perceived need to respond quickly to emails, messages and texts means that apps need to be left open throughout the day and kept an eye on throughout the evening. Not responding quickly can be perceived as showcasing a lack of commitment. For those desiring to switch off completely from work after hours, there is a potential fear of being left out or left behind, especially when many in the team are engaged in the ongoing conversation. 

Since the turn of the century, the psychological expectations around being an ‘effective worker’ have permanently shifted. Quicker responsive communication is now equated to higher perceived levels of productivity and efficiency as a worker. 

So, we’re at work and we work, and we’re at home and we work. We never really switch off. 

Research shows that those who operate like this are more likely to have:

  • Greater family and partner/spouse conflict.
  • Higher levels of stress and anxiety
  • Physical health issues (due to being constantly hyper-vigilant with lower quality and quantity of sleep)
  • Higher levels of cognitive exhaustion
  • Lower levels of overall productivity

We know that creating a strong physical and mental boundary between work life and home life is critical for cognitive and physical recovery from the demands of knowledge work. But, most people don’t have a strategy for separating out the two life realms, unless they make a cognitive effort to do so. 

And having a ‘strong boundary’ means knowing what type of work-life balance you prefer (or need) and making conscious choices around how to do that. For some, not checking work emails after 7pm or before 8am is what they need. For others, having the option of taking time out during the day from work, but allocating a few hours in the early morning or evening works best. It is about being clear with yourself and others about how you prefer to separate out, or integrate, your home and work life. It also means allowing yourself time to physically and mentally recover from the work you do. 

There is much being reported in the media (especially since March 2020) about work-life balance. But, every person has a different nuanced ideal of what that looks like for them. e.g. 

  • For one person, being able to decide their own working hours to get their work done is key
  • For another person, having chunks of work time that can be juggled around their home commitments works best in managing multiple responsibilities
  • For another, having a 6-8 hours stretch of work that allows them to shut off completely from work at a certain point in the day and not pick it up again until the following morning is the only way they can mentally and physically recover

We’re all different and work best with a level of flexibility and job control in order to get work done and maintain our own version of work-life balance. 

Our individual, bespoke needs and ability to segment or integrate our work and home life are important in reducing overall stress, anxiety and burnout. 

Most importantly, the key in this is actually developing an individual strategy, to manage and separate out the two life realms. For managers, it’s about recognising that others in the team may have a very different interpretation of what a good work-life balance is and finding ways to optimise it.

Generational Differences

Are there generational differences in expectations of work technology use after hours?

'Technological Tethering, Digital Natives, and Challenges in the Work-Family Interface'.
Extracts and summary of the research by: Andrew D. Nevin and Scott Schieman (2020)

Key quotes from the research:

  • ‘…mobile technologies have facilitated the extension of traditional working hours, reflective of workers being “technologically tethered” to their jobs while at home so that they are more accessible than ever to their employers … constant connectivity has become normalised in today’s society and ingrained in organizational cultures by fostering unrealistic expectations of worker availability, which has contributed to current norms of excessive job contact, multitasking, and working overtime’.
  • ‘…the modern worker represents one who is technologically tethered, that is, restricted by traditional separations of physical work and home environments while being digitally available for job contact and monitoring at all times … through technology, fast-paced work demands are “no longer bound by time and space” and have begun to transcend fixed work schedules … often workers cannot choose to disconnect from their devices, which reduces their autonomy and ability to cope with work stress’.
  • ‘…widespread expectations have emerged about the ability of digital natives to better manage technology-based tasks in the workplace and to handle increasing communication demands via work extending technologies.’

Summary of the research: 

‘Digital Natives’, i.e. those who have grown up using technology on a daily basis, are thought to be better more digitally intelligent and have superior digital skills than older ‘Digital Immigrant’ workers. 

This stereotype has been popularised by the media, who showcase them as needing constant stimulation, being more tech-savvy and more likely to use tech to learn and communicate with others. This has led to the perception that they are more likely to adapt to workplace tech demands, better at multi-tasking and more likely to seek out tech-centric roles.

However, the analysis of this research concluded that there was no difference in the generations in terms of their ability to cope with workplace technology use after hours.

Structural ageism assumes that older workers are less able to adapt to newer technologies, however, this study refutes that sentiment and suggests this assumption instead leads to discriminatory experiences amongst digital immigrants and can lead to reduced productivity. 

The study showcases that neither digital natives nor digital immigrants are able to cope with their workplace tech-tethering, which is synonymous with the modern workplace. 

Digital Natives are not better at balancing their various life roles and are as likely to either cope or struggle with role multitasking and constant workplace connectivity. 

The study did confirm previous findings that women are more likely to experience higher levels of role conflict through after-hours work tech use.

It also confirmed that those in higher status roles were more likely to subscribe to the ‘ideal worker’ norms that encourage overwork, increase work hours and workplace technology use after hours. These workers need both a more individualised and a more active commitment to work-life balance strategies. 

This is not an open-source document and will need purchasing to read the full original article.

Future Worker Psychology

Current and future worker psychology is affected by how we use technology to do our work

Anecdotally, it would seem that we have all, in one way or another, been impacted by the Lockdowns over the 2020/21 period. Professionally our psychology has shifted in how we are able to fulfil our work role. 

Computer Self-Efficacy

One of the many positive unintended consequences of Lockdowns, and remote work, is that we’ve become a lot more confident in our ability to use the available technology to get our work done (known as computer-self efficacy).

Not having IT or work colleagues nearby to ‘quickly help us’ with things we’re not sure of, helped us to figure out the tech for ourselves. Doing so empowered us with greater confidence to use the apps and tech we need to get our work done. As a result, we have become more productive in what we do and how we do it.  

Flexible Working

Although the technology was already available for much of the team to effectively and efficiently work in a remote/hybrid or flexible way, this way of working was often posited as ‘impossible’.

In 2014 the UK issued the Flexible Work Regulations, which allowed any worker (not just those with caring responsibilities) to apply for flexible working arrangements. This change in regulations garnered limited press coverage and, therefore, little awareness among workers. Even then, employers often based objections to flexible work on the overriding narrative that ‘working from home was impossible’, ‘it would lower productivity levels’ and ‘it wouldn’t be good for team cohesion, company culture and overall productivity delivery’ (etc).

Then the impossible became possible, and entire workforces were shifted to a remote working environment, within a short space of time. 

If workers had all gone back to the office after those first 3 weeks to ‘flatten the curve’, very little would have psychologically changed in how work got done. The ‘old normal’ would have remained.

What has changed

Extended lockdowns meant we had to:

  • Spend time and mental energy finding better ways to work from home
  • Turn part of our home into a better working solution
  • Develop physical and psychological strategies to juggle different work and home realms, personas and commitments

Effectively more hybrid

So, we’ve inadvertently done a self-taught crash course in how to work remotely. This means we have more choice in how we now ‘do hybrid’ more effectively. We’ve tasted the flexibility that working from home/anywhere gives us, but relish the community that in-office work gives us. Research by Stanford University showcases that 50% of workers want to keep it that way and see hybrid working as a big part of managing their work-life balance more effectively. 

The downside of technology in remote work

Because a number of workers have set up a home-based work environment, there is more opportunity for workers to start their workday earlier and end their workday later. Although this may seem to increase overall productivity, it has limited benefits. Working longer hours increases energy output and reduces personal time and the time needed to psychologically transition between two life realms. 

Workers have become more used to the concept of working while at home. The habit of ‘quickly checking’ emails/messages is a lot easier to indulge as we’ve become mentally more familiarly with working away from the office. The more we check and reply to work emails the more we set expectations of others that we are available after working hours. We reduce the ability to cognitively and emotionally recover from the energy required to perform our work role. We reduce the available time to spend on our own pursuits and time with our friends and family. 

If a dedicated workspace isn’t available to visually separate working space from private-time space, workers are more likely to be constantly reminded of work after working hours. This can be especially true if a laptop or work mobile is left on and notifications can be seen/heard outside of office hours. 

Going forward – technology for work

As technology continues to shift how we use and engage in our workplace, we need to become more mindful of how our use of technology is shifting our psychology about work. If we are more mindful of the impact of work-based technology in our everyday lives, we can take more proactive steps in either enhancing the benefits or curbing the negative personal and professional impact on our psychology, productivity and mental wellbeing. 

Productivity of Working Mothers

The paradox of perceived productivity in working parents

'The Paradox of Family Structure and Plans after Work: Why Single Childless Employees May Be the Least Absorbed at Work'.

Extracts and summary of the research by: Tracy L Dumas and Jill E. Perry-Smith (2018)

Key quotes from the research:

  • ‘single, childless workers reported lower absorption that workers with other family structures’
  • ‘anticipating domestic responsibilities after work reinforces, rather than distracts from, the work mindset, thus keeping employees more immersed psychologically in their work’

Summary of the research: 

Traditional workplace perceptions generally hold that being single is indicative of a person’s ability to be devoted to their work. Single people demonstrate this commitment by working longer hours. They additionally have less home-based distraction during and after working hours.

The same general perception is that those who are married and/or have children have family responsibilities that negatively impact devotion to work, productivity and work performance.

This research showcases the opposite to be a better reflection of reality. It found that parents are, in fact, more absorbed in their work during contracted office hours. 

  • Those who are married and/or have children tend to own their houses, take on cleaning and DIY tasks themselves and are more involved in domestic duties. These parents, when anticipating after-work chores, see their work as more fulfilling and compelling than the anticipated home-based (after-work) tasks. They tend, therefore, to be more absorbed in, focused on and productive while at work.
  • Single employees tend to engage in more leisure activities after work. These after-work activities may be more compelling than their work tasks. This may encourage their minds to wander away from the task at hand, reducing the tendency to be mentally absorbed in their work, and resulting in psychological detachment from work earlier in the day.  
  • Research by Hamilton and colleagues (2006) found that single and childless workers tended to experience greater levels of work-life conflict because of the expectation and pressures from work to be always available. This is because of the perception that they are unencumbered, and therefore always contactable. They also feel as though they do not get the support they would like from work when trying to build a non-work life. 
Phone Presence

The subconscious distraction of a mobile phone

'The Mere Presence of a Cell Phone May be Distracting - Implications for Attention and Task Performance'.
Extracts and summary of the research by: Bill Thornton, Alyson Faires, Maija Robbins, and Eric Rollins (2014)

Key quotes from the research:

  • ‘the use and misuse of mobile technology has negatively impacted productivity both in quantity and quality of work output attributed in large part to the interruptions occurring every 15 min and the time it takes to regain concentration afterwards’.
  • ‘a 3-s distraction (the time it takes to reach out and silence a cell phone) while conducting a sequencing task is sufficient to disrupt attention and result in twice the number of errors made in the post-disruption phase of the task; the longer the interruption, the greater the error rate’.
  • ‘the presence of a cell phone [has] a negative impact on performance when the tasks are more intentionally and cognitively demanding’. 

Summary of the research: 

Previous research has shown that using a phone can be distracting while multi-tasking, such as while walking or driving.

Recent research has even shown that the simple presence of a phone (e.g. placed on a table), with all the extended cyberspace connections and networks that it represents, can distract from and reduce the overall quality and experience of in-person physical social interactions and connections.

This research goes a step further to investigate the distracting capability of the simple presence of a mobile phone while performing tasks that require greater cognitive demands within the workplace (and in education). 

What was found is that the presence of a mobile phone had a negative impact on the quality of work performed when tasks were attentionally and cognitively demanding.

In a similar way to the ability of thoughts unrelated to the task at hand causing the mind to wander, being subconsciously aware of the potential connections that are offered by the use of a mobile phone (e.g. social media connections) may cause the mind to wander and potentially interfere with performance – especially when engaging in more complex tasks.

It is easier to maintain attention on a task at hand when there are fewer visual elements to stimulate thoughts not related to the task itself. The impact of unrelated thoughts depends entirely on the complexity of the task being completed. There is a much lower impact, for example, on tasks that require lower levels of cognitive or attentional demands.

The implications for this subtle distraction that mobile phones have on productivity in the workplace can be wide-ranging. Although the actual use of a mobile phone in the workplace has been considered by many, the distracting ability of the presence of a mobile needs to also be considered. 

An ‘out of sight, out of mind’ concept may be required in some instances, especially when more complex and cognitively demanding tasks are being attended to. 

Constant Phone Checking

Constant phone checking brings life to work and work to life

'When You Just Cannot Get Away - Exploring the use of information and communication technologies in facilitating negative work/home spillover'.

Extracts and a summary of research by: Ronald W. Berkowsky (2013)

Key quotes from the research:

  • ‘Boundaries [between work and home], while sometimes motivated by the needs and beliefs of the individual, are often socially constructed and are based on societal norms, pressures, and expectations’. 
  • ‘Because [mobile digital technology] provides a means for individuals to be available to both work and home contacts at all times, there is an increasing potential for these contacts to impede upon a specific domain in which they do not necessarily belong’.
  • ‘[Mobile digital technology does not] dictate the permeability of the work/home interface, but are instead tools which perpetuate the structural norms associated with work/home boundaries’.
  • ‘Having a heavy workload, having unclear job expectations, and experiencing physical illness/ailments were significant predictors of negative spillover in both directions’.
  • ‘Other work-related characteristics (such as job autonomy and schedule control) … have previously been found to be significant predictors of spillover’. 

Summary of the research: 

The proliferation of mobile-based technology, since the turn of the century, has resulted in workers being constantly connected to friends, family and colleagues at all times of the day and night wherever they happen to be. This constant ability to be contacted has been a significant catalyst for increased physical and mental stress and negative well-being. Berkowski’s research is an investigation of the negative impact of digital technology’s ability to allow for work to spill over into non-work time and visa versa. 

The boundaries we set between one domain and another, and the level to which we allow one to permeate into another, are as distinct and unique as each of us are.

Prior to the introduction of mobile digital technology, the boundary between work and home was (generally) a simplistic and definitive one, determined by a geographic boundary between the two life realms. Mobile digital technology has removed this geographic boundary between work and home, resulting in one that was already more permeable prior to the onset of mass remote and hybrid working. There are advantages and disadvantages to this. 

The advantages are:

  • Life and work roles have the ability to enrich each other – i.e. a positive mood in one life realm can counteract any negative or stressful circumstances in another
  • Being successful in one role can compensate for any areas needing improvement in the other
  • Skillsets and competencies in one role can translate into the other – so participating in a number of different life roles can counterbalance negative stress and struggles in another

The disadvantages are: 

  • ‘Role interference’ – where the stress and negativity of one role can impact on other life realms
  • Work interruptions during private time can reduce the amount of time spent with significant others, reduce overall energy levels and take time away from personal pursuits

The level of either positive or negative impact that the more permeable boundary has on the individual is determined by the preference they have for allowing work to spill over into private time or visa versa.

The level of stress and anxiety is determined by the level of individual ability to meet these expectations in practice. e.g. if someone prefers to have their home and work life overlap, stress and anxiety result when they are not able to do so – either because workplace policies do not allow them to do so or a partner may have a strong preference for a clear segmented approach to work and home life.

Alternatively, if someone prefers very little overlap between work and home, but a line manager or client either sets a meeting for (or sends messages, emails, or calls) outside of official working hours asking questions or expecting a reply, this can result in higher levels of anxiety and stress, both for the work and others within the household. 

The impact of technology use during private time: 

  • Those who have higher levels of ambition and are more involved in their job role are more likely to use mobile technology after work, which results in higher levels of conflict in home life
  • Perceived usefulness of technology, organisational pressures, and after-hours supplementary work is directly associated with work-to-family conflict
  • Checking emails and work-based mobile use, over time, was linked to work negatively spilling over to private time, which was linked to higher levels of distress and lower family satisfaction.
  • Using Social Media to connect with work colleagues in private time can help to reduce stress, as social media is viewed as a means to socially engage with work colleagues outside of work commitments.

This is not an open-source document and will need purchasing to read the full original article.

Personality and Tech

Technology use and personality type

According to research, some personality types are more prone to certain technology use behaviours e.g. those who have a higher neurotic personality trait can become fixated a little more on checking and responding to emails and messages from work on a regular basis, even during private time.

They may also tend to worry about the message itself, how to fix the situation or what the person who sent the message thought about them, and what impact this may have on their job.

They will often keep on checking emails and messages for a response to the last message sent because they worry about it until they get the response.

Hints and Tips:

If you are a bit like this, it could be worth not uploading work emails to your mobile device and switching your computer off at the end of the workday. Keeping emails on your computer and having to switch your computer on after hours in order to access emails – means you are slightly less likely to look at and engage with them after hours.

Have a separate work and personal mobile. This way, you can switch your work phone off at the end of the day.

Have an easily accessible workbook that you can jot down things that you forgot you need to do the next day. Try not to be tempted to turn your computer on, or pick up your mobile to quickly make a note. It’s all too easy for that to turn into a 3-hour work session that takes you away from your family or from your own recovery.

intro and extrovert

How introversion and extroversion affects remote/hybrid workers

We don’t often consider how personalities, can play into how we ‘do work’ and remote/hybrid working in particular.

A lot of research has been done trying to find out how personality type is linked to engagement with technology and apps. Results are often vague or contradictory. However, there are some useful insights that we can consider. One of these is how introverts and extroverts fare while remote or hybrid working. 

Introverts

We tend to think of introverts as shy and extroverts as outspoken. But, from a psychological point of view, introverts are those who find that interacting with others drains them of energy. They need to spend time on their own to recharge. Someone can be really sociable and also be an introvert.

They find working in an office really tiring and find remote working to be easier and less tiring than working in an office. They are more likely to revel in the lower levels of colleague engagement that remote working affords. They may also feel more emotionally and mentally tired when they have to attend extended periods of video calls or have to attend to a constant stream of messages and emails. In the same way as people coming over to the desk on a regular basis, having to keep a messaging window open on their screen all day, can become really tiring.

Hints and Tips:

If you are more of an introvert, try closing your email or messaging apps for chunks of time during the day. If this needs a conversation with your manager and colleagues to let them know that you need blocks of focussed time, then chat with them about when the best time would be for you to do this.

Others quickly get used to you being available via email during specific hours each day, and they often work around it, or they just call if there is anything really urgent that needs dealing with.

Extroverts

In contrast, extroverts tend to get their energy from spending time with others. Someone can be quite shy but also be an extrovert.

Extroverts need regular face-to-face contact and engagement. They are more likely to, therefore, set up online meetings, or go to every online meeting set up by others. They tend to spend a lot of time on, and distract themselves with a lot, of emails and messages.

Sending and reading messages substantially reduces overall concentration and productivity levels. Additionally, extroverts are also more likely to be bored, and frustrated and often, therefore, more likely to play games, spend time on social media and distract themselves with many tasks at once.

Because they get energy from being around others, they are the ones more likely to want to return to the office full-time and are less likely to understand why others prefer not to.

Hints and Tips:

If you are more of an extrovert and required to work remotely most of the time, make a conscious effort to allocate time to focus on engaging with others during the day. Simple things like going to a local coffee shop to work for a few hours or going to your local store and chatting with the teller can help.

Doing this may reduce the need to dabble in excessive messaging and emails, playing games and checking out social media. It may also help you become more focussed and productive once you have received the ‘social fix’ you need.

Work and Home Boundaries

Lessons from Lockdown – Boundaries

Boundaries between work and home

Work and home boundaries were abandoned during the first lockdown with both life realms being geographically merged for the first time for most.

Since then, we’ve adjusted our boundaries and had time to figure out what does or doesn’t work for us. We’ve also had time to shift our perspectives on what is possible and optimal for us and our teams, in a way that can give us the benefits of being fully in-office, hybrid or fully remote. 

However we work, what is important is having a psychological boundary between work and home tasks. We need to have a strategic work-life balance strategy that dedicates chunks of time outside of work to people and activities that aren’t work related and switching off workplace tech during private time. 

Everyone’s definition of what a good work-life balance is can be fundamentally different. But, having a personal work-life balance strategy that allows for cognitive energy recovery time is essential to being a more effective, productive worker because cognitive recovery directly impacts thinking skills, memory, stress levels and mental health. 

Work from anywhere

Lessons from Lockdown – The Second Pivot

The Post-2021 Remote Work Pivot Point

Trickling in during the summer of 2021, the second pivot point started gaining traction. 

The statistics around the number of those who want to return to the office full-time and those wanting a more hybrid way of working differs across studies. But generally: 

56% of knowledge workers prefer to work from home & 39% want to return to the office *

Whatever statistics you may find: 

  • We know that a number of workers do not want to psychologically return to the ‘old normal’
  • We know that those who had more autonomy and job control during Lockdowns had lower overall stress and anxiety levels
  • Once a worker realises they can be more productive with lower levels of stress, it becomes difficult to return to a more controlling, less productive work environment. 

Although the main arguments from those desiring a return to the ‘old normal’, hang on the narrative of productivity levels when working from home, there is a potential that the main driving force behind that narrative is what Apple employees in their open letter to their management describe as ‘the fear of the future of work, the fear of worker autonomy and the fear of losing control’. 

The more a company insists on returning to the ‘old normal’, the more out of step they become with current and future worker ideals. Because the future of work is moving towards us faster than we realise. The past two years have given us an idea and understanding of how quickly and radically technology can shift how we work. We need to be ready for this workplace future. 

24 March 2020 3 Week Lockdown

Lessons from Lockdown – The First Big Pivot

The 2020 Remote Work Pivot Point

There are a few considerations regarding how we manage the way digital work could affect us psychologically going forward. 

The first is that prior to March 2020 digital technology was shifting the workplace and how we conducted work, at a slow but constant pace. But, up to mid-March 2020, even though the technology was available, most companies insisted that it was impossible for people and teams to work effectively from home or remotely. They often said that productivity, creativity and teamwork would suffer. That it couldn’t be done. That it was impossible.

Then ‘the impossible’ became ‘the necessary’. Our daily lives were upended and we had to psychologically (not just physically) re-orient ourselves, our behaviours and habits into new ways of doing things and learning new technology in the process. 

However, the original ‘3 weeks to flatten the curve’ turned into almost 2 years and remote work disruption morphed into an adjusted norm. From a CyberPsychology perspective, one of the main benefits of remote working was the increase in confidence in technology use amongst remote workers. Without colleagues or IT close at hand, workers were forced to figure out how to use IT on their own and needed to acquire greater levels of IT competence (known as computer self-efficacy) in using the tools required to get the work done.

Being more confident in using the tools required to complete the work, gives the worker the ability to be more productive, efficient and effective. 

2022 London Law Expo compo

London Law Expo – Digital Technology is Shifting the Psychology of How We Work

24 May 2022 (In Person -133 Houndsditch, London) 

Digital Technology is Shifting the Psychology of How We Work

Since the rise of mobile technology, working patterns and workplace expectations have shifted. 

The digital, hybrid environment that we now operate in, is evolving the norms that once persisted within the workplace. In order to understand what needs to change, we need to recognising what and how employee psychology and engagement with digital work has evolved, and how this affects employee’s productivity and engagement with work, both now and going forward. 

In this presentation Carolyn Freeman draws on psychological workplace research both pre and post Covid-19 lockdowns. She highlights how digital technology has impacted us both individually and professionally, how it affects how we do our work, how it impacts our psychological wellbeing, and what we can do about it. 

The talk includes:

•How digital media affects employee’s attention, focus, productivity and engagement,
•The impact of personality on our ability to effectively work in a hybrid workplace,
•How digital and hybrid work will become increasingly at odds with the ‘old school’ workplace norms and expectations
•What remote and hybrid work impacts our psychological wellbeing, and what we can do about it.

You can listen to the audio of the talk in the London Law Expo Podcast available here.

You can watch their Expo video below (timestamp: 2:30).

After 2 years of no in-person meet-ups, the London Law Expo returned to London in 2022 to welcome visitors from the world of legal practice management, technology and IT security. This major international law event included 3 presentation stages and, over 30 expert speakers and over 40 exhibitors.

The Expo explored a wide array of topics, issues and opportunities to assist law firms and legal businesses increase their overall performance, profitability and levels of IT security.

Productivity

Lessons from Lockdown – Remote Working & Productivity

Remote working productivity

There is a lot of debate around remote working productivity. Some suggest that working from home (WFH) reduces productivity levels. In contrast, quite a lot of research showcases that although everyone is very different regarding focus and efficiency, on average productivity is higher amongst remote and hybrid workers than amongst office workers. 

But, this general narrative of lower productivity levels amongst remote workers does exacerbate worker productivity signalling, including emails and messaging communications, that remote workers feel they need to do in order to showcase they are being productive. 

Working through traditional commute times

There are many reasons why productivity can vary amongst remote workers.

One potential reason for lower productivity comes from working during traditional commute times. Research shows that doing so doesn’t actually increase productivity or output as it is more cognitively draining to work longer hours and more likely to lead to self-distracting behaviour and lower hourly productivity. 

It is instead more productive to either start work at the same time as you would in the office, or break up your day to allow your body and brain time to recover from the energy drain that results from cognitive work. 

Admin Work

Hybrid work may discriminate against those constantly given lower-value and non-promotable work

Do you seem to take on more of the ‘office housework’ than others in your team? An interesting article in the Guardian highlighting a few points from the book ‘The No Club’, showcases how women tend to take on more admin type work within a team. They find it hard to say ‘no’ because they are expected to work on low-value assignments & non-promotable work.

This seems to be exacerbated by hybrid working where women are no longer seen at their desks. If asked to do less meaningful work, they may not produce as much value-added work as others within their team (regardless of gender).

The solution offered by one of the authors is to systematically distribute necessary but non-promotable work across all team members, have a random or rota-system or delegate these tasks across the team.

If productivity in hybrid working is about output, rather than hours in the office, then leaders need to make sure that all team members share an equal level of productive and non-productive work.

Creative Thinking

How can individual or group creativity and collaboration be enhanced by hybrid working?

Our individualistic personalities and characters means we have our very own best-practice in being productive and creative.

In his short article titled ‘no, you don’t have to meet in person‘, Adam Grant showcases that even though Zoom session can limit group creativity and divergent thinking, in-person creativity sessions can reduce the number of great ideas that may otherwise come from time spent thinking alone. 

My favourite quote from the article is: ‘The best of both worlds is intermittent collaboration: alternating between individual idea generation and group idea evaluation. The most creative virtual teams aren’t in touch every hour or even every day. They divide and conquer on deep work and then come together for periods of burstiness, with messages flying back and forth’.

zoom fatigue

Lessons from Lockdown – Zoom Fatigue

Zoom fatigue

One of the terms that was bandied about a lot during Lockdown 1 was Zoom Fatigue. This was because many of us were experiencing higher levels of emotional and cognitive exhaustion after spending large portions of the day on Zoom calls. 

In his research on this topic, Nick Bloom of Stanford University found a few reasons why we experience video meeting tiredness: 

  1. The Mirror Effect – with the camera on, our peripheral vision catches our movement, our facial expressions, the way we’re sitting, the fall of our clothes, etc, and we are constantly adjusting and readjusting our appearance, which subconsciously weighing up how we see ourselves and how others see us. It is tiring having to constantly self-adjust both posture and facial features – especially when we are spending most of the day on video calls
  2. We all have Personal Boundaries – our brain doesn’t differentiate between physical and virtual distance. Faces on a laptop that feel too close to us, infringe on the personal boundary space normally reserved for close friends and family. It can subconsciously feel like those on the screen are invading our perceived personal space. The psychological desire to counteract the physical boundary infringement takes its mental toll
  3. We physically move less – unlike actual meetings where we generally move more and tend to walk to a meeting room. In physical meetings we are often also looking around the room, subtly engaging with others close to us and sometimes getting up to get something to drink etc. In video conferencing, we sit still, staring at the screen. If we move, others notice it and we feel too self-conscious to do so in order to avoid attracting too much attention, so we try to minimise all movement during the call. Then we switch to another meeting, sometimes without even getting up to stretch, refill a glass or take a natural break. 
  4. We often only see the faces of meeting participants. This means we cannot read other body language cues, requiring greater mental energy to process and interpret the conversation by filling in the gaps of information otherwise given through non-verbal behaviour.

‘Zoom fatigue’ played, and continues to play, a large part in why we feel exhausted at the end of the day – especially if we spend too much time on video calls. 

UK Lockdown Lessons

Lessons from Lockdown – Automatic Behaviour

Automating day-to-day behaviour

By creating subconscious habits (i.e. automated behaviour), we are able to conserve cognitive energy which allows us to focus on more important, strategic tasks. Because every time we change our routines and habits, we must rethink basic processes. This is what happened when we went into the first lockdown, we had to completely readjust our working behaviour. 

This meant that on every single task, we had to rethink how to accomplish what we needed to get the job done. Part of this was considering what knowledge and privacy security issues were involved, how we kept teams functioning, how we communicated with each other, how to use new apps and learn new skillsets, etc. 

All these new learnings required brain capacity to master basic behaviour in this new environment. A large part of our brain capacity was therefore used up in basic functioning – until the basic behaviours became familiar and automatic. This left less brain capacity to allocate to more strategic or productive tasks. 

However, since the first lockdown in March 2020, we’ve gone from the ‘old normal’ to remote work, then back to work, to remote work and now to hybrid work. During this time and because of these constantly shifting work situations, we’ve learnt to become more digitally flexible, and more confident to take on a number of remote and hybrid scenarios in order to get the job done, wherever that geographically may be.

Googles Bias

Merely being able to see the bias, doesn’t protect you from the bias

The title of this post is a direct quote taken from an interview with Dr. Robert Epstein, a Senior Research Psychologist on The Epoch Times TV channel.  

If you were ever wondering how much our opinions are being influenced by ‘Big Tech’, this is worth watching. Dr Epstein has spent the last decade conducting scientific research on the effects of bias in search engines (particularly Google). An interesting quote at 1:04:12 ‘merely being able to see the bias, doesn’t necessarily protect you from the bias’.

We can make changes to our own tech habits and behaviour, but we do need to do something about changing regulations around how tech influences our behaviour. If they can change our behaviour for our good, that is one thing, but changing our behaviour in a socially and personally detrimental way, we need to do something about it.

We are all at risk, no matter our age.

If you are interested, you can read more about the work done by Dr. Epstein here. 

Evolution of Work

How We ‘Do Work’ Evolves with Digital Innovations

'Three Generations of Telework: New ICTs and the (R)evolution from Home Office to Virtual Office'.
Extracts and summary of the research by: Jon. C Messenger and Lutz Gschwind (2016)

Summary of the research: 

Remote working has evolved through three main stages since the 1970’s.

Stage 1: Home Office (1970’s to early 1990’s)

This first stage involved performing office-based tasks at a stationary (often home-based) location using information-based technology (i.e. relatively immobile desktop computer) alongside landline-based, fixed communication technology. 

Stage 2: Mobile Office (early 1990’s to early 2000’s)

The more mobile laptop computer, was used alongside mobile phone-based communication technology to transform static work into mobile work either at home or on the move.  

These first 2 stages are often referred to as “Old ICT” (Information & Communication Technology).  Most research to date around ICT use at work has been focused on these first two evolutionary stages.  

Stage 3: Virtual Office (later 2000’s to 2020)

The third stage, which includes the “New ICT” revolution, started with the launch of smartphones and tablets in the second half of the 2000’s and refers to the merging of both information access and communication into one device.  

It also coincided with the advent of powerful technology that connects any mobile device instantaneously to work via cloud-based systems and does not require work-based information to be physically stored on the device itself in order for work to be completed or to communicate with others.

The effectiveness of remote work increases when managers shift their perspective from work monitoring to information sharing. 

Research Conclusion

‘On the one hand, [digital technology has enabled] us to constantly connect with friends and family as well as with work colleagues and supervisors; on the other hand, paid work becomes increasingly intrusive into the times and spaces normally reserved for personal life. Crucial to this development is the detachment of work activities from traditional office spaces.

Today’s office work is largely supported by Internet connections, and can thus be undertaken from basically anywhere at any time. This new spatial independence dramatically changes the role of technology in the work environment offering both new opportunities and new challenges.

Scholars are increasingly concerned with the advantages and the disadvantages of new ICTs for aspects such as working time, WLB and OSH, as well as individual and organizational performance. 

Notes:
  • As digital technology continues to evolve, how we incorporate this technology into our working lives will change and adapt how we both view our work in addition to how we engage with our work. The development of Extended Realities and The Metaverse will take us into Stage 4…
A reminder of what the acronyms mean:

ICT: Information and Communication Technologies – i.e. digital technology that provides access to electronic information through portals such as wireless networks, mobile phones, tablets and other electronic devices. It includes the use of electronic communication tools such as email, social media and the Internet, for both work and home life. 

WLB: Work-Life Balance

OSH: Occupational Safety and Health.

This is not an open-source document and will need purchasing to read the full original article.

Become an insider – sign up to the free newsletter

* indicates required

Intuit Mailchimp

2040 Work

How will technology change the jobs of the future?

A recent Telegraph article on a book written by Nikolas Badminton called ‘Facing our Futures’ due to be published later in 2022 by Bloomberg, has highlighted a number of potential jobs that may be key for children to consider over the next few decades.

I admire anyone who takes a punt at predicting the future. We are individually racked by biases, worldviews and limited insights of world dynamics. But, I also wonder if we, as humans, are so enamoured by progress and technology that we place all our bets on universal acceptance of all upcoming technology and the complete integration of it into our daily lives. Although the use of new technology changes us as individuals and as a society, there are some fundamental elements of who we are, as humans, that will not change.

We need community. We need physical engagement with others. Some need more than others, but we need physical presence, we need physical touch, we need physical support. Machines can be a substitute, but they are just that, a temporary substitute.

We solve complex, nuanced, problems every day. Knowing how to reach and teach each individual child in a classroom is something AI cannot do. Fixing a burst water pipe behind the toilet under the stairs isn’t something a machine can easily sort. Emotionally supporting and counselling a returning veteran is not the realm of a therapy bot. There may be some very well-paid technology-based roles in the future, but that isn’t much different from similar well-paid technology-based roles now. There will be very few who either have the aptitude, desire or ability to fill those roles.

As for the metaverse and mixed reality. Facebook (or Meta, as MZ prefers to call it), Microsoft and Google are investing epic amounts of cash into this mixed reality environment. Their investment doesn’t mean that the majority of the population will actually engage with it to become ‘the way we do life’. It just means they currently speculate that it will make them a lot of money in the future. There are plenty of very clever people betting on this future semi-reality. But I suspect that there is a general growing undercurrent of dissatisfaction with the emptiness of technology. There seem to be more and more people who are stepping back from their constant interactions with tech and stepping into better connections with physical others. I suspect that the vast majority will use the metaverse for what they can personally get from it – for work and home – and then switch themselves off from it, go outside and meet with real people.

I think that, in general, we need to take a little bit more of a human-centred approach to how we view the workplace of 18 years hence. Will it change very much from the workplace of now for the general population? I would suggest not. We may be using different tools and apps to achieve the same or better levels of productivity, but the majority of our roles will just evolve to accommodate these better apps and these other ways of doing things, rather than us radically shifting to a whole new dimension of job availability and skillsets. As a case in point: when the motor vehicle became popular and the carriage less so, we may have ‘lost’ some key jobs and companies within the carriage-related industries, but the general gamut of jobs remained the same. We still had butchers, bakers, and candlestick makers; the mechanisation of transport just changed what those roles looked like. There is unlikely to be any greater revolution in the general workforce even with new technology being invented and engaged with.

I guess we can only wait and see what happens. However, I have a much more optimistic view of our place in the future world with technology. I cannot buy into the more pessimistic view of technology taking over all our jobs. But, we will have to just wait and see.

CyberSecurity and CyberPsych

When Cyber Security meets CyberPsychology

Cyber Security is not the same as CyberPsychology. It is similar to comparing someone who helps you physically set up home security and someone who seeks to understand why you don’t turn that security on when you leave the house. 

In a recent webinar, one of our Cyber Experts Dr John Blythe joins three of the collaborators of the latest whitepaper on Human Factors in Cyber Security. The video is a playback of the webinar.

If you want to access a copy of the white paper to read, you can find it on the Chartered Institute of Ergonomics and Human Factors website.

The webinar playback showcases a recorded video summary of the white paper and also contains a Q&A session with the three panellists. It provides a value insight, for those involved in Cyber Security within organisations, as to the human factors that have been and continue to affect companies in a remote and hybrid working environment. 

 

AI Recruitment

Is the Future of Recruitment in AI and Algorithms?

On the 23rd March it will have been 2 years since Boris Johnson ushered UK knowledge workers into a new era of doing businesses when he asked the UK public to stay home to ‘flatten the curve’. Much has changed since then, including how we recruit and onboard new staff. In July 2020 Dr Linda Kaye (a senior lecturer in CyberPsychology) wrote an interesting article about how future AI may help HR with new staff recruitment, using psychometric competency profiling, based on our online activities and purchasing behaviour.

This is a futuristic piece, with a focus on the recruitment process. Dr Kaye makes some really good points around the direction and potential positives of future recruitment using online behaviour as a psychometric tool to evaluate a candidate’s potential for the role. However, there are a number of concerns I have around using AI & Algorithms to select potential candidates:

* AI doesn’t pick up the subtle nuances that make us human.

* Big Tech have agendas and profit models that go outside of our individual and business interests

* A number of people either don’t have social media accounts or choose to not engage on social media and tend to do all their shopping locally

* Those pulling together job profiles competencies have their own set of biases around what type of person they would like in the role – and potentially reducing diversity and ability

Personally, I’m not sure I want an AI bot or the algorithms of Big Tech to skew my chances of landing my dream job. But, saying that, we do need to consider how dramatically work has shifted over the past 24 months, and how we are going to need to continually (physically and psychologically) adapt to a more tech-driven workplace and recruitment process.

Avatars and MetaHumans

Should we be calling Avatars MetaHumans?

There is something quite amazing and awe-inspiring about how talented designers and creators of new digital technology are. The box office success of the Avatar movie is a testament to this.

In line with this, the creation and use of 3D Avatars as an online representation of a human in a virtual environment is not a new phenomenon for gamers. There are some really interesting studies that showcase how these avatar representations can be very helpful in improving overall self-esteem. The Ideal Elf and The Proteus Effect are well-cited examples of the research done in this area. 

With the current rise in awareness of the Metaverse as the technology heralded as replacing the current internet, there seems to be a bit of a love-affair with how we represent ourselves online in the future. In line with this, there is new terminology in the naming of these online human representations of ourselves as ‘Meta Humans’. How these are created can be seen in the video below.

As much as I admire and celebrate this incredible creative talent, from a psychological point of view, I would suggest that the terminology used may have unintended consequences on us as humans that we have not yet considered. I would suggest that these could be: 

  • The Facebook has recently renamed itself ‘Meta’. Although I suspect that this is to gain a head-start associative mental link to the future of the interactive online world, it is a worry that the ‘MetaHuman’ naming convention is so closely linked to the Facebook holding company renaming.
  • Avatars are human representations, they are not in-and-of-themselves humans with all the biological, social and communal nuances that make us uniquely human. How and to what extent will this blurring of the cognitive boundaries between how we view and interact with a physical human and an avatar affect our future self-image and that of others in the metaverse?
  • We are already aware of The Online Disinhibition Effect that comes from us acting very differently in an online world to how we act in an offline world, how will engaging in a Metaverse with an avatar representation either increase or decrease our disinhibition to treat others in socially unacceptable ways? 

There are a number of other concerns I have with the MetaHuman naming convention, but they are currently inklings of worry that I have not fully identified or am able to clearly articulate. But what I do feel strongly about is how quickly we are rushing headlong into an new phase of online interactions without fully considering all the unintended consequences (along with all the potential benefits, of course) that may come from doing so. 

We really do need more researchers and academics in this field of CyberPsychology. With the rapid compounding advances in digital technology, there is too much to research and not enough people diving into this critical area of human psychology and behaviour. 

Digital Decluttering

Digital Decluttering – removing unnecessary tech

A lot of us tend to purchase and use digital technology without thinking about the consequences. Once we engage with tech, we get to experience the benefits that technology provides and start engaging with it more. Until it becomes hard to distinguish between the time and attention digital tech consumes and the benefits that technology gives. The smartphone, for instance, promises to make us so much more efficient, informed and productive. Which in so many ways it has. But, in so many ways it steals our time, distracts us, keeps us awake and keeps us preoccupied.

If you had to count the number of digital devices you engage with daily (including your smart meter, smartwatch, smartphone, laptop, etc) you may be surprised at how many devices you juggle. Or it may be that you are not at all surprised yet may feel slightly beholden to check and engage with them on a regular basis.

Many people advocate taking a ‘digital detox’. The problem with a detox (complete abstinence from technology for a certain period of time), is that once that detox time is completed, we tend to revert to old habits – despite being adamant at the end of the detox period not to do so.

 

Digital decluttering should be about taking a more strategic (and then tactical) approach to how you use digital technology. Maximising the benefits and minimising the negative impact is an individual decision and depends on your job and home-based responsibilities. Making a choice to spend more physical time and mental energy with physically present people has greater (physical and mental) health benefits than spending time and mental energy with ‘digital people’.

Much like any project involving minimalism, a better option is to reduce the amount of technology available to use. In an interview with Jordan Harbinger, Cal Newport (a computer scientist trained at MIT) talks through his insights into Digital Decluttering.

Cal explains more in this video.

What Cal doesn’t take into account is that within this decluttering, we need to consider the separation of work and home-based technology use. One area where having more technology is useful (especially for consultants, managers and the self-employed) is the option of having a personal phone and a professional phone. Although it is tempting to give your personal phone number out for business purposes and upload work emails onto your personal phone, it does mean that you never mentally leave work.

It is too easy to check those emails just before going to bed. 

It is too easy to reply to that WhatsApp message on a Sunday. It’s too easy to pick up that call on a Friday evening because your client is working late and has a question they forgot to ask you earlier.

By having a professional phone, it’s much easier to turn it off or leave it in your work bag or in the drawer of your home office in the evenings and weekends. It becomes just that little bit less easy to check and respond. 

A few additional YouTube interviews with Cal Newport on his book are included below.

Digital Accountability

Digital Accountability of Strangers when Remote Working

If you were self-employed or worked as a freelancer prior to March 2020, you would already have been familiar with the daily struggles with procrastination,  meeting and setting (often self-imposed) deadlines and accountability to self and others. Frustration and guilt can become constant companions when not entrenched in an office-based work environment with clients, colleagues and managers in constant attendance. 

For those who have become (un)willingly indoctrinated into this ‘way of working’, it has been difficult, at times, to adjust and cope. It is said that we have limited capacity for self-regulation and willpower. If we are tired or stressed, the ability to tape into these and once the dregs of willpower are used up each day, it becomes really difficult to keep going. It is why having set routines and relying on automated behaviour is such an important part of us being able to be more effective at what we do on a daily basis. 

Since the start of the pandemic, many workers have found tools and techniques to attempt some element of focus and motivation. The most effective of these is accountability to others. A friend of mine (a freelance food writer) started virtually attending the London Writers Salon online writing hour on a daily basis. Having accountability with anyone, even strangers can help one to focus on a particular task that needs completing. Focusmate is one of those ways of doing exactly that

What is coming to light is that our focus and attention are being eroded, both through the technology we use (and how we use it) and potentially through our lifestyle norms that include: higher levels of workplace expectations and stress, lower levels of exercise, less focus on good nutrition and lower quality and quantity of sleep. Technological distractions are a great temptation when hard-cognitive work is required of us. Social media feeds and web browsing is like ‘brain candy’ when we are faced with harder cognitive gymnastic-like tasks.

Having someone you can be accountable to for a short period of time, that forces you to achieve tasks is a useful way to make that happen. Alternatively, teaming up with a work-buddy, a coach or an accountability partner can also help. 

There are plenty of apps and programmes that can help you physically minimise your digital distractions. Find tools and processes that work for you. Whatever you find most effectively, start building that into a daily habit and build on that by finding something else that works well for you. Technology should be used as a tool to make you more productive and efficient. If there are apps or tech behaviours that are too distracting or reducing your ability to get work done, reach out to others (especially if they were already self-employed or freelancing prior to the start of the pandemic) to find out if or how they are trying to maximise technology more effectively. 

Silicon South Panel Interview 16 Feb 22

Silicon South – Employee Performance and Wellbeing

Maintaining and improving employee wellbeing

9th February 2022 (In Person – Barclays Eagle Lab Bournemouth)

This hybrid event looked at :

  • How to maintain and improve employee wellbeing and productivity through challenging conditions
  • How a sustainability agenda can improve staff engagement

Topics Covered: 

  • Employee mindset
  • Knowing where your staff are at
  • Keeping people engaged with the company, through a sustainability agenda
  • Keeping staff motivated

You can watch a recording of the event in the video below.

In this panel discussion, we talk about the various elements of workplace wellbeing, which includes Digital Mental Health and Wellness. 

Tech and our brains

Our brains are malleable and technology is changing them

Why is regular engagement with technology important to consider when it comes to mental and physical wellbeing?

From a physical and cognitive perspective, a term that has fairly recently found its way into the public domain is ‘neuro-plasticity’.

When it comes to human-computer psychology, this is an important factor that really needs greater levels of understanding, research and publicity.

Previously, developmental psychologists stated that at a certain age (around the late teen/early 20’s) our brain has completed its development. They believed that the structure of our brain throughout the remainder of our lives was fixed, and we couldn’t do much about it after that.

But this now has been disproven. Our brains continue to develop and change as we go about life, as we meet people, as we do things and as we learn things.

The information that comes in through our 5 senses activates specific neurons associated with those senses. The bonds between these neurons, and those they are connected to, are strengthened as they are activated.

The more we do something, the stronger and more connected those neurons become. These strong neural bonds allow information to flow quicker and more easily through the brain.

Those neurons that are not continuously used become weaker and information flow becomes a little sludgier. 

This is why developing a new skill or habit is hard work and requires additional willpower and determination. It is also why practising something embeds familiarity and makes a task easier.

It is really the basis of what we call ‘muscle memory’ when we are developing a new skill and expertise. It is also why breaking a bad habit is so difficult to do.

Additionally, the effort of honing a desired skill and doing something well releases mini dopamine hits into our system. Dopamine in our bodies is our natural happy drug, but in doses that give us lower-level, longer-lasting contentment, rather than the mass hits of synthetic ecstasy drugs that give us short-term thrills.

This is relevant, from a technology use point of view, in that technology (including social media and gaming) are specifically designed to keep us hooked.

The flashing and moving images and copy changes distract our eyes, engage our attention and release mini-hits of dopamine. The neural development that happens while using those apps becomes directly associated with the mini-dopamine hits, which we start relying on when we are feeling a little low – and this is what keeps us hooked.

Some us spend substantial amounts of time on our phones: switching regularly between emails, social media or checking messages alongside attempting to get work done. We often open up notifications as soon as they pop up (which most of us do within 30 sec’s of receiving them – no matter the source of the notification). We read that story just in, we check what the score is on the game running in the corner of the screen, we listen to that song now playing on Alexa, we quickly reply to mum’s text, we get back to that email, we message that friend about drinks this evening, we write another paragraph of the presentation, we reply to another email …

What you are doing in this process, is training your brain to reduce the ability to focus and concentrate on harder, more difficult tasks that result in productive work. You are also training your brain, through the mini-dopamine hits you get with each bits of activity.

Hard thinking (deep) work takes mental effort and energy. It’s so much easier, and emotionally more pleasing, to flick between tasks and shower our brain with another quick dopamine hit. In the process, our brains start getting into a habit of being distracted. We crave constant stimulation and the mini-dopamine rush that comes from social connection and information hits.

The overall message here is that although we generally attribute technology addiction and dependence on gamers and teens on social media, a number of us have our own level of reliance on technology. It may not be in the ‘addiction or disorder’ realm, but we do need to be aware of how we use technology and what it is doing for and to us.

Busyness and overwork in the Workplace

Busyness in the workplace and the stealing of leisure time

A century ago, social status was accompanied by ‘an abundance of leisure’. The wealthy and upwardly mobile demonstrated their wealth by how little they did, and how much others did for them.

We’ve now flipped those expectations completely so that social status now comes from a narrative around ‘busyness without leisure’. To the point, that busyness has become a status symbol. When someone asks how work is going, the first response we often get is ‘Things are really busy at the moment, there is so much going on’.

We also seem to get some kind of internal reward from others seeing as hardworking and the ‘look how busy and important I am’ mental narratives that come with additional responsibilities in an organisation.

Longer hours are seen as a core characteristic of the socially privileged and those who have ‘made it’.

For those of us who do not produce ‘things’, but rather ‘ideas’, busyness has become a signal of our knowledge value.

The logic in this is that the busier we make ourselves out to be, the scarcer our knowledge resource must be, and so is, therefore, of greater value than another who isn’t as busy.

But, the longer-term effect of this working longer hours, to increase the perceived value of our knowledge, is that we spend more, and more time at work or ‘doing’ work.

Because these knowledge workers conduct the majority of their work with the tools of technology, they end up being constantly connected to these tools, often worried about not being available when needed or missing out on that ‘one big opportunity’.

Research conducted in this area clearly demonstrates that this type of Always On, Always Available behaviour is stressful and exhausting. It can also reduce both quality and quantity of sleep, thereby not allowing enough cognitive or physical recovery time overnight. This means next-day productivity levels are low and distraction levels are high.

This can result in more work pressure over time. It can also lead to longer-term stress, anxiety and perceived burnout. 

4 Day Work Week

Not all 4-day work weeks are created equal

There seems to be some excitement around the 4-day-work-week being trialled in the UK. However, not all 4-day work weeks are created equal.

There are a few different ways that an employer could implement a shorter working week. Either employees:

* work the same number of hours per week, but reduced to 4 longer work days
* work less hours with the same amount of pay
* work less hours with less pay

The article suggests that of the 30 businesses taking part, participants are required to still complete the same amount of work they were previously doing. And they will still be required to work up to 35 hours per week (i.e. the same number of hours they were required to work previously over 5 days). What this implies is that these workers will be working less number of days, but more hours within each of those days. It also does not make clear who this 4-day work week would apply specifically to. It seems from the link supplied in the article to the 4 Day Week website, that there is a skew towards those who belong to a trade union. I wonder what impact this would have on the potential for overtime hours (and therefore, the potential for earning overtime pay) may have on these workers.

There is only so much productive, effective work our brains are cognitively able to do each day. Expecting increased productivity with the same number of hours worked per week – shoe-horned into just 4 days (as per the current research being conducted in the UK), seems a bit of a self-defeating exercise to me. I also fear that a number of these employees will still be working on their ‘day off’, but not in the office environment. Unless there is a mandated ‘no technology use in your day off’, it will be difficult to manage and monitor the effectiveness of the ‘day off’.

I also wonder how working more hours each day may impact those who are working parents – who have to drop off and collect children from preschool or school. How do these parents manage to fulfil their home-based responsibilities, such as homework, bath times, family meals etc if they are working longer hours? It doesn’t quite seem as feasible or idealistic as initially presented in the Time-Out article or on the ‘Why a 4-day week’ website.

I hope to be proven wrong.

Research conducted by the BCG in 2009 showcases a different type of 4-day work week. Although project teams trialled different working time off options during the week, the main criteria for each of the trials conducted was that consultants were required to refrain from technology use during their mandated time off.

An additional, and I think critical, point is that the teams worked together to decide which team member took the time off and when. The team members also negotiated how the client work would be completed without the client suffering from any team-mandated time-off.

What the research found is that those who participated in the experiments were more productive, and had higher energy levels and standards of service delivered. They were also more likely to stay at the company for longer and reported higher levels of job satisfaction. In addition, the need to maintain high client service levels increased the level of teamwork and effective communication among team members.

I would suggest the BCG model is a better option than simply ‘demanding’ that a working week be reduced to 4 days while working the same number of hours for the same amount of pay.

Social Connections and VR of the Future

Ready Player One or The Matrix? How prevalent will Virtual Reality be in the future?

In a recent Guardian article on David Charmers new book the stance taken by David of VR in the future becoming the norm, and reality becoming the exception is a psychologically irresponsible (and a very 1st-world) one.

I am a great advocate for VR / AR. We’ve only just started scratching the surface of the overall potential of this technology. I do agree with the point that scenarios, objects and situations in VR can feel as psychologically real as ‘real-life’. It’s a phenomenon referred to as ‘Presence’. Your real-world visual and auditory sensory input is ‘overridden’ by what you are seeing and hearing in VR. While in VR, you become very unaware of what is going on in your physical environment. This is why gaming has grown exponentially in the past 2 years. It has been a great way for many to cope with stress and fear. It can be a useful temporary emotional safe haven.

However, when you remove the headset, your brain transforms you instantaneously back into life (with all its joys and worries). Suggesting that living in VR is bound to become a way of living does not consider the physical and biological connectivity that we humans need with others. We are creatures of community and social structure. We live and exist in a physical world. We always have, we always will. We psychologically need physical connectedness with others, with nature, with our food, with our interests. As much as I am a Virtual Reality advocate, I am a much greater advocate for Real-World Reality.

As a case in point – in a 2017 TED talk, Susan Pinker showcases how Social Integration via ‘close personal relationships and face-to-face interactions’ has a greater impact on a person’s longevity than refraining from smoking or drinking. Having people around you that you can trust, lean and rely on (when you most need it) is part of what makes for a longer life. This is rarely the reality of virtual globally-based communities.

Another case in point – Jean Twenge, in her book iGen, demonstrates how smartphones and social media are already changing how young people interact with peers and others. The reduced social interaction of our teens is not conducive to forming and building future families.

We need to be encouraging the building and maintaining of healthy physical communities, that set a strong foundation for optimising any psychological and emotional benefits we get from building and maintaining our virtual connections. Technology should be a tool we use to optimise and improve our real-world lives, not make us slaves to them.

The Autonomy Paradox

Technology both helps and hinders autonomy

'The Autonomy Paradox: The Implications of Mobile Email Devides for Knowledge Professionals'
Extracts and summary of the research by: Melissa Mazmanian, Wanda J. Orlikowski and JoAnne Yates (October 2013)

A note: The original qualitative research for this paper was conducted during 2004 and 2005. It is therefore reminiscent of knowledge workers use of mobile email devices (e.g. Blackberries) and mobile phones (rather than smartphones). Although some mobile phones had internet connection capability from 2001, the first iPhone was launched in 2007.

Key quotes from the research:

  • ‘Although individual use of mobile email devices offered professionals flexibility, peace of mind, and control over interactions in the short term, it also intensified collective expectations of their availability, escalating their engagement and thus reducing their ability to disconnect from work’
  • ‘Professionals were ending up using [mobile email devices] everywhere/all the time, thus diminishing their autonomy in practice’
  • ‘[The] autonomy paradox reflected professionals’ ongoing navigation of the tension between their interests in personal autonomy on the one hand and their professional commitment to colleagues and clients on the other’
  • ‘The ongoing use of mobile email devices enacted a collective dynamic of escalating engagement that was attenuating the very autonomy that professionals were extolling. Having the freedom to use the device anywhere, anytime, the professionals ended up using it everywhere, all the time’.

Summary of the research: 

Autonomy is defined (in this article) as: ‘the ability to exercise a degree of control over the content, timing, location, and performance of activities’. It is traditionally either endowed (through status or seniority) or bestowed (e.g. through experience or length of service) on those who have earned the privilege to decide when and how they get their work done.

In this qualitative research, a number of professionals within interdependent teams were interviewed on their use of mobile email devices (i.e. blackberries). Within these discussions, the researchers came to understand that although these professionals felt that they had been empowered, through the use of a mobile email device, to be more responsive and available to their managers, colleagues and clients as a way of demonstrating their competence, work ethic and desire to succeed in their job, they individually and collectively changed the workplace norms around availability and responsiveness within their work environment.

The workers not only justified their increased technology use by stating that the constant checking of their email device:

  • allowed them to stay up to speed with and manage the flow of information that passed by them
  • gave them the ability to ‘watch work’ and a sense of control over their workload
  • ensured that they did not become a work bottleneck when they were not in the office
  • helped to enhance their sense of professional status and competence

However, the constant checking of their devices had a number of unintended consequences:

  • it shifted the norms, expectations and assumptions of others (colleagues, clients and managers) in terms of accessibility, availability and responsiveness times
  • it increased the number of hours spent looking at and responding to emails, thereby directly reducing their amount of downtime
  • it blurred the lines (temporal boundaries) between work and private time
  • it increased the levels of stress experienced by these professionals

The professionals justified their voluntary increased use of the devices as a way to demonstrate their level of autonomy and their ability to act as responsible and competent professionals. They also stated it to be a consequence of their ‘Type A’ workaholic type personalities that are an integral part of succeeding within a professional environment.

The very behaviour used by these professionals to showcase their workplace dedication, escalated tacitly into a normative expectation by others of what it means to operate within that particular professional environment. The individual actions of each professional subtly changed the collective behaviour of all professionals, increasing ‘the pace and volume of communication in the network, raising expectations of responsiveness and accessibility and leading to a collective reduction of autonomy as workers began to engage with work at all times’. i.e. the normative expectations around quick response times to emails became the very thing that restricted the personal autonomy that these professionals were trying to live out and capitalise on in their daily working lives, and to showcase their level of commitment to their jobs.

Scheduling-Autonomy

There is a Difference Between Job Control and Autonomy

Those who are allowed either job control and/or autonomy within their role are more likely to experience lower levels of stress, anxiety and perceived burnout.

The simple explanation of the difference between these two concepts is that:

  • Schedule Control is the ability to schedule working hours within the course of a day.
  • Job Autonomy is schedule control plus the freedom to decide what and how to get the job done.

Schedule control is often associated with flexible working practices. In 2014 the UK Government passed the Flexible Working Regulations. These regulations allowed for all employees to apply for flexible working, rather than only caregivers and working parents. However, the decision to approve an employee’s flexible work request is the remit of each individual company. These regulations do seem, therefore, to be more of a token gesture, than a viable solution for those who would benefit from flexible working practices.

When it comes to remote and hybrid working, schedule control comes into its own. In research I conducted during Lockdown 1.0 amongst working parents, those who were able to schedule their working day to allow for homeschooling and other home commitments, seemed to be less stressed than those who couldn’t. This was especially important for those who had children under 6 years old (especially as they engage in higher levels of active childcare).

Job autonomy, prior to March 2020, was mostly the remit and privilege of those in particular professional occupations, who had extensive work experience or were in more senior managerial roles. Essentially, job autonomy is the ability and freedom a worker has to make independent, job-related decisions and to choose how and when the tasks get completed.

In theory, this would be an enviable position for many – allowing for a greater ability to manage a more robust work-life balance. However, research has found that instead of technology-aided autonomy allowing workers greater levels of freedom to manage their work role, workers tended to rather spend increased amounts of time on their phones. They effectively diminished their autonomy by justifying extra hours of unpaid work through rationalising the perceived expectation that others had of them.

Research conducted just prior to March 2020, already showcased how workplace norms and the pace of work demands mean that workers felt constantly tethered to their technology. With seniority (and social status synonymous that comes with autonomy), came an additional perception of being indispensable to others. This includes an expectation of needing to keep an eye on project-related communications, ensuring projects are kept moving forward and subordinates are given continuous guidance and answers. This inability to disconnect actually reduced workers’ autonomy and increases their overall job stress.   

Referred to as “The Autonomy Paradox”, the very flexibility and freedom granted to workers – allowing them the ability to work and engage in professional technology-related communication anytime and anywhere, can be the very thing that binds workers to the company, their colleagues and clients every waking hour.

Capturing Our Attention

The Capturing of our Attention

An article by Johann Hari in The Guardian is a review of the research he has done while interviewing a number of experts in the field of attention. Within the article he states that ‘there is strong evidence that stress and exhaustion ruin your attention’ and ‘about 35% of workers feel they can never switch off their phones because their boss might email them at any time of day or night’.

He suggests that a ‘digital detox’ doesn’t actually work for the medium or longer-term (which I agree with). He does, however, suggest two better solutions could be a) implementing ‘the right to disconnect’ allowing workers to determine what is reasonable in after-hours work-based connectivity and b) forcing tech companies to change how they operate and make a profit. 

Although I am sure he highlights a number of other insights and solutions within his book (released later this week: 6th January 2022) that covers the research he’s done on attention, but I would suggest that we need to take a more active, personal role in managing our own attention, rather than subcontracting the responsibility to the government and tech companies. 

This is especially important for those who use technology to fulfil their job function. We need to recognise that the technology we use is changing how we think and how we process information. Technology is capturing our attention and reducing our ability to focus. Both personal and work-based notifications can distract us. Another article from December 2020, highlights research on the impact of notifications points out that, the cognitive effort required to ignore a notification can be mentally draining – wondering what they want and thinking about it until replying.

Technology is capturing our attention and reducing our ability to focus. Both personal and work-based notifications can distract us. In another article from December 2020, highlighting research on the impact of notifications, points out that the cognitive effort required to ignore a notification can be mentally draining. If you receive a notification and can’t reply for a while, you end up wondering what your friend has to say and think about it until replying.

In his book ‘The Shallows’, Nicolas Carr showcases how dependent we have voluntarily become on technology and how technology is constantly rewiring our (neuroplastic) brains. 

Digital detoxes provide a temporary salve to our technology habits. Long-term tech habits, however, require conscientious, continuous steps being taken every day to make a more permanent change to how we engage with technology. 

With technology becoming such a key part of our daily living, our attention is being eroded by the use of the same technology that enables us to be more ‘in-tune’ with others and the world around us.  We need to become more strategic and tactical in what we allow our attention to be focussed on. 

Our brains have limited ability to process the bombardment of incoming stimuli from all of our senses. This is because, the attention that we give to specific stimuli is associated with a process of ‘selection’ i.e. what we pay attention to determines how we allocate our cognitive resources.

This is efficiently demonstrated in a study by an experiment involving ‘The Monkey Business Illusion’. If you haven’t seen this before, it may surprise you how little you notice the first time you watch the video.

A number of other experiments have also been conducted, such as that of Simons and Levin (1998) on change blindness. The experiment showed how few people truly take note of the appearance of a stranger asking them directions and, therefore, how much we truly pay attention to.

A few theories help us to understand more about how our attention works:

  1. Limited Capacity Theory: suggests that the amount of cognitive processing resources allocated to attention is finite.
  2. Multiple Resource Theory: suggests different pools of cognitive resources process different types of incoming stimuli e.g. one pool allocated to sound, another to sight and another to touch.
  3. Attentional Spotlight Theory: is where our cognitive effort is focussed on what our eyes (or our ears) are registering. This can either be concentrated on a small area or lightly spread over a larger area. This theory suggests we can control what we are paying attention to.

Our attention can shift, depending on its meaningfulness to us. Think of those times when we are in the middle of a conversation and we hear our name in another conversation. Our attention shifts dramatically to hear what is being said in the other conversation to the point that we are no longer listening to the person talking to us. 

We do need to recognise that the technology we use is changing how we think, our attention capacity and what we focus on. This directly impacts our levels of productivity and effectiveness within the workplace. Our workplace norms, technological business models and societal norms encourage us to spend as much time as possible in front of a screen. It is up to us as individuals to take back control of our technology use. 

Start with small changes. 

  • Turn off all as many notifications as you are able to – even starting with turning off the notifications from one app every day 
  • Take scheduled tech breaks each day and use the time to do something else completely different – pick up a book, go for a walk, head out into the garden, start a new (non-tech) hobby. Start with short chunks of time and make them longer as you get use to time away from screens
  • Aim to call or meet up with one person a week rather than send them a message 
  • Don’t put your phone on the table when meeting up with someone – put it in your bag if you have one with you
  • Don’t look at your phone during mealtimes – use that time to talk to someone else or focus on the food you are eating
  • Try leaving your phone in a room where you don’t sleep at night – try keeping a notepad by your bed and start writing down things you are grateful for or a ‘to do’ list each evening &/or morning.

Creating good tech habits is like creating good eating or exercise habits. It takes energy, determination, and persistence. There is no ‘silver bullet’ to this and like asking the food industry to stem the tide of obesity, trying to get the tech industry to reduce our reliance on tech is probably not the solution we would hope it would be.

Wendy Suzuki, a neuroscientist who studies the effects of exercise on our brain, has shown that long-term exercise can help us with improving our attention.

A great reason to use a scheduled ‘tech break’ for increasing the exercise you do.

Slightly outside of the realm of the topic of attention, other benefits of exercise on the brain is improved pre-frontal cortex and hippocampus functioning. 

The prefrontal cortex is the ‘work-horse’ of the brain. It is where information is held, processed and where risks are assessed and decisions are made. An interesting fact about the prefrontal cortex is that it only fully matures around 25 years old – which helps to explain why younger people are prone to making riskier life-decisions.

The hippocampus is where spatial and some longer term memory  is stored. Studies done on London Taxi drivers have shown larger than average sized hippocampus, which is due to their having to know every street in London, how to navigate there from memory. 

If you are interested, you can watch the longer version of the talk here.

Please get off your phone

We need to minimise our phone use

There are a number of articles around at the moment about Burnout. They all have good points and good advice to follow. However, there is one small thing I would like to point out. Research has shown that employees are not always aware that they are heading toward burnout.

Although there are a number of reasons people burn out, a lot of the blame is laid at the foot of increased workloads and workplace job pressure. Yes, this is true, but we forget that we are also to blame for ‘allowing’ this to happen. E-anxiety that is one of the causes of burnout comes from excessive email monitoring in private hours.

Monitoring emails and work-based communication when you should be taking time out from work can have a detrimental effect on you as a worker, your significant other and your family. Signs of burnout are often manifested first in home-based conflict. Partners and children start getting frustrated and annoyed with you not being fully present with them, prioritising a project or work colleague/supervisor over them.

Catching burnout before it catches you is something we can do something about. Some people say that they have no choice, but they actually do. We can put our phone down, turn off notifications, switch the phone (or computer) off, walk away, do something else, be more present in our private time. You are not irreplaceable at work, you are irreplaceable at home.

Making Time Off

Making Time Off Predictable – And Required

Extracts and summary of the research: 'Making Time off Predictable and Required'.

Research Authors: Leslie A. Perlow and Jessica L. Porter (October 2009)

Key quotes: 

  • “Responsiveness breeds the need for more responsiveness”
  • “When people are always “on,” responsiveness becomes ingrained in the way they work, expected by clients and partners, and even institutionalized in performance metrics”
  • “Our experiments with time off resulted in more open dialogue among team members…[and] sparked new processes that enhanced the teams’ ability to work most efficiently and effectively”
  • “Compared with those not participating in the experiments, people on time-off teams reported higher job satisfaction, greater likelihood that they could imagine a long-term career at the firm, and higher satisfaction with work/life balance”
  • “Consultants and other professionals can provide the highest standards of service and still have planned, uninterrupted time off”
  • “The payoff… [is] about preserving a strong, engaged pool of talent and, ultimately, cultivating productive work processes for the long term”

Below is a summary of the article from the Harvard Business Review: 

BCG ran a number of predictable time-off experiments with their consultants on a number of projects over the course of a year. Initially, the consultants and project leaders were sceptical and feared career progression and team member retribution. Once the benefits of completely ‘switching off’ from work (and work-based technology) either one evening a week or one full day a week, the consultants noticed how refreshed they were when they recommenced their work. They also found they communicated more and created more efficiencies within their work processes. Additionally, their overall work-life balance improved. 

The researchers found that it is essential that everyone in the team take off the same ‘type of time’, to reduce perceptions of unfairness. This is also more conducive to team members protecting the time that they and their colleagues have off. 

They also found that having ‘time-off goals’ were an important part of the success of the experiment in addition to open dialogue, with regular weekly check-ins – where team members were accountable to and supportive of each other in how to improve their ability to take the required time off. These discussions shifted more towards “how work was being done [rather] than on what work was being done” and towards “priorities, expectations, and problems”, rather than just the problems they were encountering. 

Implementing a work culture or norm that encourages teams to experiment with different processes, allows previously unquestioned ways of doing things. The option of transforming processes into more efficient, effective and integrative ways of working can also increase team collaboration and learning. 

The change in work culture needs to be underpinned with support, openness and encouragement from senior levels. The measurement and rewarding of employee performance also needs adjusting to include: how well team members communicate and maintain personal commitments while delivering against project needs; and how well senior team members model having a sustainable career while respecting personal and team members personal commitments. 

Screen vs Social Media Time

There is a difference between screen time and social media time

CyberPsychologists, in general, have a both-and perspective on technology use. They refer to it as the ‘Goldilocks Hypothesis‘. This hypothesis surmises that there is a balance of ‘just the right amount’ of tech use, rather than the ‘too little’ or ‘too much’ tech use debate. There is, of course, another element to consider: the individual i.e. ‘What’, ‘How’ and ‘Why’ they are using the technology, and the accompanying impact or empowerment on that individual. The what-how-why framework, developed by Dr Linda Kaye, showcases that not every minute spent using technology has the same impact on everyone.

A recent article in The Washington Post, has helped to highlight that there is a difference between ‘screen time’ (terminology parents often use) and ‘social media time’ (which is what is often measured when referring to smartphone use and teen mental wellness – a rather ‘hot topic’ for many within mass media). In general, there is a correlation between extensive social media use and teens mental health – especially amongst girls. Although this is a worthy debate to be had, the media (and potentially a lot of researchers) seem to have forgotten that spending excessive amounts of time on social media has mental health implications for adults too.

As working adults, we do need to become better at distinguishing between how much time is spent online versus how much time is spent on social media. We also need to become more conscienscious of how the time spent engaging online is taking us away from other activities (known as ‘displacement theory’) that may help to boost our mental wellness – such as time spent in productive work, spending in-person time with families, friends and others in our community, as well as time spent outside or engaging in hobbies, reading, charity work, etc.

Social media companies use the time we spend on social media to make money and they know how to keep us spending a lot of time on their channels. Someone recently said (when referring to smartphone apps) that either we pay for a product, or we are the product.

In light of that, we need to become more conscious of how we view ourselves when we do feel we’ve ‘wasted’ time on social media. We need to stop berating ourselves around ‘wasting scrolling time’. We are agents of our own time choices and can make better choices going forward. A few suggestions:

* Turn off push notifications – helping to reduce a tendancy to slip into periods of mindless scrolling.

* Set aside dedicated ‘social media time’ each day that you can rack-up to ‘guilt free’ scrolling time.

* Reach out to others in your closer network via messenger or a phone call.

* If you have children in your household, have conversations around screen-time, social media time, the boundaries, the benefits and the implications and negotiate an agreed ‘healthy’ amount of time spent on their phone/apps.

Rethinking Digital Leadership Skills

Rethinking Digital Leadership Skills

Many experts are espousing the notion that ‘Hybrid Work’ is the future for knowledge work roles.

The question is whether we have fully come to understand how this may play out in terms of:

  • leadership behaviour,
  • who, how often and when hybrid working is a good idea for a company and the individuals employees and
  • how we can maximise team productivity while maintaining strong emotional and mental wellbeing amongst the individuals within that same team – wherever they get the job done.

Leading remote and teams requires a different set of management skills to those required for managing in-office teams. 

Historically, companies promoted successful employees (i.e. those that made the biggest impact on the company bottom line) into management positions as a reward for a ‘job well done’. This premise may also assume that successful employees will be best able to lead successful teams. Even pre-pandemic this notion often proved unsuccessful. 

A recent McKinsey Report on ‘The Great Resignation’ found that employees prioritise: 

  • feeling valued by their organisation or manager
  • feel a sense of belonging at work
  • having a good work-life balance

Employees are also looking for better and stronger career paths where they are recognised and developed within their roles. These new expectations around satisfying work roles requires a very different management mindset.

With this in mind, keeping good employees is going to require:

  • team-based negotiation around working hours and how team members intend to meet individual and team KPI’s
  • open communication amongst team members with managers being a co-ordinator of (rather than the bottle-neck for) team knowledge, ensuring all team members are up to speed on projects they are involved in
  • regular coordination of work and project updates
  • regular check-ups on remote or hybrid team members
  • higher than average empathetic skills, emotional intelligence and social intelligence
  • ability to build a sense of community amongst project and team members – wherever and whenever individual members get work done. 

In addition to all of this, good leaders will understand:

  • the implications of remote and hybrid working on mental wellness and work-life balance
  • how various digital technologies impact on productivity levels, tiredness and cause anxiety or stress amongst team members
  • how to spot the signs of overwork, stress, tiredness, or mental exhaustion amongst their team and where to signpost them to help team members to strike a better balance. 

In summary, the way forward in the digital work marketplace is one that requires a different type of manager than the previous industrial revolution required. With a constant engagement with digital technology in order to get work done, knowledge workers do not need a ‘productivity-focussed manager’, but rather a human-centred manager that can help each team member achieve a more productive, focussed working life. 

Do we control technology

My Little Therapy Box – technology and individual well-being

How technology impacts our individual well-being

27 November 2021 (Pre-recorded online video presentation at the Annual Mental Health Conference) 

My Little Therapy Box

Pre-recorded online video presentation at the Annual Mental Health Conference: 27 November 2021

How technology impacts our individual well-being

Topics Covered: 

  • What is CyberPsychology
  • The Remote / Hybrid Working Model
  • Workplace Norms
  • Working Parents
  • Busyness and Email Expectations
  • Our Brains are Malleable
  • Embrace Individual Personality Differences
  • Create Boundaries Between Home and Work
  • Use Strategic Technology Layering
  • Create Better Tech Habits in Personal Time
  • Managing Zoom Fatigue